PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP /NY/
SB-2, 1996-12-27
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: NEW JERSEY DAILY MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND INC, N-30D, 1996-12-27
Next: NAVISTAR FINANCIAL SECURITIES CORP, 8-K, 1996-12-27





<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 27, 1996
                                                REGISTRATION NO. 333[          ]
================================================================================
                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                      UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                   ----------


                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                 (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CHARTER)


<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                             <C>
          NEW YORK                           6162                    13-3763437
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION     (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL     (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
OF INCORPORATION OR              CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)    IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
ORGANIZATION)

</TABLE>


                   6660 RESEDA BLVD. RESEDA, CALIFORNIA 91335
                                 (818) 776-0590
                   (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND
                PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER)

                                  GLENDA KLEIN
                               SR. VICE PRESIDENT
                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                   6660 RESEDA BLVD. RESEDA, CALIFORNIA 91335
                                 (818) 776-0590
                       (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER
                              OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                   ----------

                                   COPIES TO:

    STEVEN D. DREYER, ESQ.                      IRWIN M. ROSENTHAL, ESQ.
HALL DICKLER KENT FRIEDMAN & WOOD, LLP     RUBIN BAUM LEVIN CONSTANT & FRIEDMAN
      909 THIRD AVENUE                           30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA
  NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10022                    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10112
      (212)339-5400                                (212) 698-7700

                                   ----------

Approximate  date of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable  after
the effective date of the registration statement.

                                   ----------

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act  registration  number of the earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]




 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

If delivery  of the  prospectus  is  expected  to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

===============================================================================================
                               CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO    AMOUNT TO BE     PROPOSED     PROPOSED     AMOUNT OF
BE REGISTERED                           REGISTERED       MAXIMUM      MAXIMUM      REGISTRATION
                                                         OFFERING     AGGREGATE    FEE
                                                         PRICE PER    OFFERING
                                                         SECURITY(1)  PRICE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>
Units, each consisting of one share of  4,312,500 (2)    $1.63        $7,029,375      $2,130.12
  Common Stock , $.01 par value (the
  "Common Stock") and one Five Year
  Redeemable Class A Warrant (the "Class
             A Warrants")
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Common Stock               4,312,500 (3)     n/a          ---              ---
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Class A Warrants             4,312,500 (4)     n/a          ---              ---
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise     4,312,500 (5)     1.63         7,029,375       2,130.12
      of Class A Warrants
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Representative's Warrants           375,000         .001               375            .11
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Units Issuable Upon Exercise of        375,000          1.96 (6)      735,000         222.73
      Representative's Warrants
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Common Stock Components of Units       375,000 (5)      ---          ---             ---
      Issuable Upon Exercise of
      Representative's Warrants
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Class A Warrant Components of Units      375,000          ---          ---             ---
      Issuable Upon Exercise of
      Representative's Warrants
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of    375,000 (5)      1.63          611,250         185.23
 Class A Warrant Components of Units                                                  ---------
      Issuable Upon Exercise of                                                  
      Representative's Warrants
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Totals                         ---          ---      $15,405,375      $4,668.31
                                                                                      =========
===============================================================================================

</TABLE>

(1) Estimated,  pursuant to Rule 457(c),  solely for purposes of the calculation
of the fee due  hereunder,  on the basis of the maximum  offering price is based
upon the last sale price of the Common Stock on December 20, 1996.

(2) Includes 562,500 Units which the Underwriters have the option to purchase to
cover over-allotments, if any.

(3) Includes  562,500  shares of Common Stock  issuable as components of 562,500
Units   which  the   Underwriters   have  the  option  to   purchase   to  cover
over-allotments, if any.




 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




(4) Includes  562,500  Class A Warrants  issuable as components of 562,500 Units
which the Underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments,  if
any.

(5) Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also being registered such additional shares
of Common Stock as may be issued pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of the
Class  A  Warrants,  the  Representative's  Warrants  and the  Class  A  Warrant
components of the Units issuable upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants.

(6)     Based upon 120% of the maximum offering price of the Units.

                                   ----------

        THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.


================================================================================




 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                      [LEFT MARGIN OF FRONT OUTSIDE COVER OF PROSPECTUS]

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.




 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 27, 1996

                                 3,750,000 UNITS

                                     [LOGO]

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                EACH CONSISTING OF ONE SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND
              ONE REDEEMABLE CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

                                -----------------

           Each unit ("Unit") of Pioneer  Commercial  Funding  Corp., a New York
corporation (the "Company") consists of one share of the Company's Common Stock,
par value,  $.01 per share  (the  "Common  Stock")  and one  Redeemable  Class A
Warrant (the "Class A Warrants"). The components of the Units will be separately
transferrable immediately.  Each Class A Warrant entitles the holder to purchase
one share of Common Stock, at an exercise price equal to the Market Price of the
Common  Stock,  as hereinafter defined.  The Class A Warrants are exercisable at
any time during the five year period  commencing on the date of this  Prospectus
(the "Exercise  Period").  The Class A Warrants are subject to redemption by the
Company  at  any  time  during  the  four  year  period  commencing on the first
anniversary of the date of this Prospectus and continuing through the end of the
Exercise  Period,  for  $.10  per  Class A Warrant,  upon 30 days' prior written
notice, if the closing sale price of the Common Stock as quoted on the principal
market  on which it shall  then be  trading  shall be not less than  140% of the
Market Price  per  share during any period of 30 consecutive trading days ending
on the third day preceding  the date of such  notice;  and further provided that
the  Class A  Warrant  holders may exercise  their  Class A Warrants at any time
prior to the redemption date  specified  in  such  notice.   See "Description of
Securities -- Class A Warrants."

           The offering of Units being made hereby (the  "Offering")  involves a
high degree of risk. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 10.

           The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Marketsm under the
symbol  "PCFC."  The  closing  sale price of the Common  Stock on such market on
December 20, 1996 was $1.63.  Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no market
for  the  Units  or  the  Class  A  Warrants.  Although  the  Company  has  made
applications  for  inclusion  of the Units and Class A  Warrants  on the  Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, and for listing of the Units, Common Stock and Class A Warrants
on the Boston Stock  Exchange and the Pacific  Stock  Exchange,  there can be no
assurance  that  any of such  applications  will be  granted,  or if any of such
applications  is granted,  that an active and liquid  market in such  securities
will develop, or if such a market does develop,  that it will be sustained.  See
"Market for Common Equity and Related Shareholder  Matters;" and "Description of
Securities - Nasdaq SmallCap  Market Listing;  Boston Stock Exchange and Pacific
Stock Exchange Listing Applications."

                                ----------------



 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                -----------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

==============================================================================================
                                  Price to Public       Underwriting        Proceeds to
                                                        Discounts and       Company (2)
                                                        Commissions (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Per Unit                                 $              $                   $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3)                                $              $                   $
==============================================================================================

</TABLE>

(1) Does not include (a) warrants to be issued to LT Lawrence & Co.,  Inc.  (the
"Representative") to purchase 375,000 Units, at an exercise price per Unit equal
to 120% of the public offering price per Unit (the "Representative's  Warrants")
or (b) a non-accountable  expense allowance payable to the Representative  equal
to 3% of the gross proceeds of the Offering.  The Representative's  Warrants are
exercisable for a period of four years commencing one year from the date of this
Prospectus.  The Company has agreed to indemnify the  Underwriters  against,  or
contribute to losses arising from, certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities
under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act").  See
"Underwriting."

(2)  Before  deducting  estimated  expenses,   including  the   Representative's
non-accountable   expense  allowance,   of  $            in  the  aggregate  (or
$            if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is exercised in full)
payable by the Company. See "Underwriting."

(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option  exercisable for a period
of 45 days from the date of this  Prospectus  to  purchase  up to an  additional
562,500  Units,  upon the same terms and  conditions  as the Units being offered
hereby,  solely to cover  over-allotments,  if any. If the Underwriters exercise
the  over-allotment  option in full,  the total  Price to  Public,  Underwriting
Discounts  and  Commissions  and  Proceeds to Company  will be  $              ,
$              and $               , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                                -----------------

           These  Units are being  offered  by the  several  Underwriters  named
herein on a firm  commitment  basis,  subject  to prior  sale,  when,  as and if
delivered  to and  accepted  by them and  subject to certain  conditions.  It is
expected that delivery of the  certificates  representing  the components of the
Units will be made against payment  therefor at the offices of the LT Lawrence &
Co., Inc., 3 New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004, or through the facilities
of the Depositary Trust Company, on or about        , 1997.



 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                             LT LAWRENCE & CO., INC.

                                -----------------

                                  ______, 1997




 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                       [INSIDE FRONT COVER OF PROSPECTUS]

           The Company intends to furnish its  shareholders  with annual reports
containing  audited financial  statements of the Company,  after the end of each
fiscal year, and to make  available  such other periodic  reports as the Company
may deem  appropriate,  or as may be required by law. The  Company's  accounting
year ends on March 31.

IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE UNITS,  COMMON
STOCK AND CLASS A WARRANTS AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL
IN THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ  SMALLCAP
MARKETSM,  THE BOSTON STOCK  EXCHANGE,  THE PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE.
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING,  CERTAIN  UNDERWRITERS  MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE
MARKET MAKING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 10B-6A  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934.  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."



                                   ----------



 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           The  following  summary  is  qualified  in its  entirety  by the more
detailed  information  and  Financial  Statements  and Notes  thereto  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.

           The   discussions   contained   herein   assume  that  the  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  has been  amended  to  increase  and  change the
Company's  authorized  capital  stock from  5,000,000  shares of Common Stock to
25,000,000  shares,  of which  20,000,000  shall be Common Stock,  and 5,000,000
shall be  preferred  stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share.  See  "Description  of
Securities.  A Special Meeting of Shareholders  will be held on January 15, 1997
to consider and vote upon a proposal to authorize such action.

           The Company,  formerly known as PCF Acquisition Corp.  ("PCF"),  is a
New  York  corporation  organized  in  March  1994  which  merged  with  Pioneer
Commercial Funding Corp.  ("Pioneer"),  a New York corporation in November 1994.
In connection with such merger (the "Merger"),  PCF, as the surviving  entity in
the Merger,  changed its name to Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp. and became the
successor to Pioneer's business as a mortgage warehouse lender.
See "The Merger."

           Unless  otherwise  indicated,  (i) all references to "Pioneer"  shall
mean the corporation which, prior to the Merger, was known as Pioneer Commercial
Funding Corp.,  (ii) all references to the "Company"  shall mean the post-Merger
New York corporation now known as Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp. and (iii) all
references  to "PCF" shall mean the  Company,  as it was  constituted  and named
prior to such Merger.  All information in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of
the Underwriters'  over-allotment option or the Representative's  Warrants.  See
"Underwriting."

                                   THE COMPANY

           The  Company  is  a  specialized  niche  financial  services  company
currently  engaged  in (i)  residential  mortgage  warehouse  lending  and  (ii)
origination of consumer  automobile loan and lease financings through a recently
acquired 50% interest in Trans  Lending  Corporation  ("Trans  Lending").  Trans
Lending  presently  represents  AVCO  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("AVCO"),  ACC
Consumer Finance Corporation ("ACC") and Norwest Financial, Inc. ("Norwest") who
have agreed to purchase auto loan and lease contracts (the "Contracts") acquired
by Trans Lending from  approximately 60 dealers located in Florida.  The Company
will seek to enter other specialty  financial  service sectors primarily through
acquisitions  of  businesses  or joint  ventures  with  businesses or executives
having extensive experience in the targeted specialty.

           Mortgage   Warehouse   Lending   Operations.   The  Company  provides
short-term  (generally 10 to 30 day) financing to small to medium sized mortgage
bankers with at least  $350,000 of capital who hold  ("warehouse")  the mortgage
loans



 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

they  originate  pending  the  nonrecourse  sale of such loans to  institutional
investors  in the  secondary  mortgage  market such as  government  sponsored or
sanctioned   entities,   e.g.,  the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association
("GNMA"),  the Federal National  Mortgage  Association  ("FNMA") and the Federal
Home  Loan  Mortgage   Corporation   ("FHLMC")   and/or   accredited   financial
institutions  such as banks,  thrifts,  insurance  carriers  and large  mortgage
bankers  (each  such  entity  or  firm,  an  "Agency,"  and  collectively,   the
"Agencies").  The mortgage  loans for which the Company  provides such financing
are primarily  single family  residences  and other owner  occupied  residential
properties  including  one to four  unit  properties  in which  the owner is the
occupant of at least one of such units.

           Generally,  the Company's customers do not possess sufficient capital
or lines of credit to fully  fund all of the loans  they  originate  during  the
period of time that  transpires  between  the date on which a loan is closed and
the date on which an Agency will purchase  that loan pursuant to the  commitment
obtained from it by the customer  (the "Agency  Commitment  Date").  The Company
provides its customers with lines of credit that are collateralized by the loans
that the Company funds.  Those lines of credit enable the customers to warehouse
the loans for the  period of 10 to 30 days that  typically  occurs  between  the
closing  of a loan and the Agency  Commitment  Date.  During  this  period,  the
Company will hold the loan documents  (generally,  the  promissory  note and the
first deed of trust or mortgage securing the note) and upon delivery of the loan
documents to the Agency, the Company is paid the aggregate amount of the loan.

           The Company manages the risks inherent in its business, and prepares,
tracks and  confirms  the on-time  delivery of all  necessary  documents  to the
appropriate  Agency with its Collateral  Tracking System ("CTS"),  a proprietary
set of  computer-based  standards,  procedures  and  controls.  The CTS programs
enable the Company to avoid the problems caused by, and the monetary losses that
can result from, the frequent short-term processing  deadlines,  the high volume
of loan  transactions  and the complex  document  structures  of  mortgage  loan
financing  transactions  which are integral parts of the mortgage loan warehouse
financing business.

           Between June 14, 1993,  the date when  Pioneer  recommenced  business
operations  upon its  emergence  from  Chapter 11  bankruptcy  proceedings  (the
"Inception  Date"),  and  September  30,  1996,  no loan which was  approved for
funding by the Company failed to close, and every loan which was closed with the
Company's funds during said period was sold to one of the Agencies in accordance
with the commitments given by them in advance of such closings. Accordingly, the
Company suffered no loss of its principal  during that period.  See "Business --
The Mortgage Loan Process From Application by a Customer Through Funding."

           Automobile  Loan  Financing  Operations.   Trans  Lending  originates
consumer automobile  financing  transactions for non-prime borrowers  (consumers



                                       2


 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

who are  typically  unable to obtain  financing  from  traditional  sources)  by
acquiring Contracts from franchised and independent car dealers.

           Strategy.  The Company's  multi-pronged  growth  strategy to maximize
long-term shareholder values is:

           . Expanding the scope of the  Company's  mortgage  warehouse  lending
activities  by  increasing  its  available  lines of  credit  and the  number of
mortgage bankers served.

           . Developing  and  expanding  Trans  Lending's  automobile  financing
activities  through its  representation  of a greater  number of banks and other
institutional  purchasers  of auto  loans,  and  through  the  establishment  of
Contract  acquisition  relationships  with a greater  number of  franchised  and
independent used car dealerships.

           . Expanding into other  specialty  finance niche activities primarily
through  acquisitions  of  businesses, or joint  ventures  with  businesses   or
executives having extensive experience in the targeted specialty.

           . Obtaining commitments from Arthur H. Goldberg,  the Company's Chief
Executive Officer, and Elie Housman, the Company's President and Chief Operating
Officer,  to devote  substantial  portions  of their time to the  affairs of the
Company.

           The  Company's  office is located at 6660 Reseda  Boulevard,  Reseda,
California 91330, and its telephone number at that location is (818) 776-0590.



                                       3


 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
Securities offered..........................    3,750,000  Units,  each Unit consisting of one
                                                share  of   Common   Stock  and  One  Class  A
                                                Warrant  entitling  the holder to purchase one
                                                share  of  Common  Stock  for  $  [the  Market
                                                Price] per share.

Common Stock currently
 outstanding................................    1,442,272 shares (1)

Common Stock to be outstanding
   after Offering...........................                     shares (1)

Use of proceeds.............................    The  net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will  be
                                                used to increase the funds  available  for the
                                                Company's    warehouse   lending   operations.
                                                A  portion  of  such  proceeds  may be used to
                                                enable  Trans  Lending to engage in the direct
                                                financing  of auto loan  transactions,  and as
                                                working capital.   See "Use of Proceeds."

Nasdaq SmallCap Market symbols
Units   (proposed)..........................    PCFCU
Common Stock................................    PCFC
  Class A Warrants (proposed)...............    PCFC[A]

Proposed Boston Stock Exchange
symbols
Units   ....................................    [         ]
Common Stock................................    [         ]
  Class A Warrants .........................    [         ]

Proposed Pacific Stock Exchange
symbols
Units   ....................................    [         ]
Common Stock................................    [         ]
  Class A Warrants .........................    [         ]

Risk Factors................................    The  Offering  involves a high degree of risk.
                                                See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10.

</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) Does not include (a) up to 4,875,000  shares of Common Stock issuable in the
event  that  (i) all of the  Class A  Warrants  are  fully  exercised;  (ii) the
Underwriters'



                                       4

 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

over-allotment  option is fully exercised;  and (iii) the Class A Warrants to be
issued in connection  therewith are fully exercised;  (b) up to 1,056,424 shares
of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of various  warrants and options which
were  heretofore  granted by the Company at exercise prices ranging from $[    ]
to $[    ] (i) in the initial  public  offering of securities  which the Company
completed in August 1996 (the "IPO"); (ii) to various officers;  (iii) to United
the Mizrahi Bank & Trust Company ("UMB");  or (c) up to 750,000 shares of Common
Stock the which shall be  issuable  in the events that (i) the  Representative's
Warrants are fully the exercised;  and (ii) the Class A Warrants to be issued in
connection therewith are also fully the exercised; and (iv) up to 700,000 shares
of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon exercise of options  granted by the
Company  to  Messrs.   Goldberg  and   Housman,   subject  to  approval  by  the
shareholders.  See  "Management - Employment  Agreements;"  "Principal  Security
Holders;" "Description of Securities - UMB Option;" and "Underwriting."







                                       5


 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




             SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

               The following selected historical financial  information relating
to the Company for the fiscal  year ended March 31, 1996 has been  derived  from
the financial  statements appearing elsewhere herein. Such information should be
read in  conjunction  with  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the Financial Statements and notes thereto
and the report of Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  independent  public  accountants  with
respect to the Company's financial  statements  appearing elsewhere therein. The
income statement data set forth below with respect to the six month period ended
September 30, 1996, and the balance sheet data at September 30, 1996 are derived
from the unaudited  financial  statements  appearing  elsewhere  herein.  In the
opinion of management of the Company,  such unaudited financial  statements have
been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial  statements and include
all  adjustments,  consisting of normal recurring  adjustments,  necessary for a
fair  presentation  thereof.  The income statement data for the six month period
ended September 30, 1996 is not necessarily  indicative of the results which may
be expected for any interim period or the full fiscal year.

               The Proforma - Offering information includes and accounts for the
effects of: (a) the payment of the principal of and accrued  interest on certain
bridge financing loans undertaken by the Company in connection with the IPO; and
(b) the  anticipated  results of the  completion of the sale of 3,750,000  Units
offered  hereby  (not  including  562,500  Units  subject  to the  Underwriters'
over-allotment  option) at an assumed public offering price of $ per Unit (after
deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions,  and expenses
of the Offering).




                                       6

 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




Proforma Statement of Operations Data for the year ended March 31, 1996:
(in 000's except for share related data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Financial Statement       Offering Adjustments(1)         Proforma
                                      Balance            IPO          Current Offering    Balance
                                -------------------      ---          ----------------    ---------
<S>                                <C>                 <C>            <C>                 <C>
Income                                $   97                                               $   97

Costs and Expenses:

  Direct Costs                          (174)         $  79  (2)                              (95)

  Operating Expenses                    (434)          (110) (3)                             (544)

  Total Costs and Expenses               608           ( 31)                                 (639)

Loss from Operations                    (511)           (31)                                 (542)

Other Income (Expenses)                   31                                                   31

Net Loss                              $ (480)         $( 31)                                $(511)
                                      =======         ======           ========             =====

Net Loss per Share
  of Common Stock                     $(0.58)                                              $(0.10)

Weighted Average
  Shares Outstanding (4)             826,644                                            5,192,272

Common and Common
  Equivalent Shares
  Outstanding                        835,000        607,272 (5)       3,750,000 (6)     5,192,272


</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) Offering  adjustments do not include the potential  earnings impact from the
Company's  ability to utilize the net proceeds obtained from the Offering in its
operations for the year ended March 31, 1996.

(2) To eliminate  interest  expense on the bridge  financing  undertaken  by the
Company in connection with its IPO (the "IPO Bridge  Financing")  which was paid
upon completion of the IPO.

(3) Incremental payroll expense payable to the Company's chief executive officer
and chief financial officer. See "Management - Employment Agreements."

(4) Share and per share  amounts  have been have been  adjusted  to reflect  the
effects of a 1:758 reverse stock split which occurred in June 1996.

(5) To reflect the effects upon the year ended March 31, 1996 of issuance of (a)
600,000  shares of Common Stock in August 1996 upon  completion  of the IPO; and
(b)  7,272  additional  shares of Common  Stock  issued in June 1996 to  certain
lenders  who had  provided  part of the IPO Bridge  Financing  (the "IPO  Bridge
Financing





                                       7

 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



Lenders").  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations - Bridge Lending."

(6) To reflect  the  effects on the year ended  March 31,  1996 of  issuance  of
3,750,000 shares of Common Stock upon completion of the Offering.


Proforma Statement of Operations Data for the six months ended September 30,
1996:
(in 000's except for share related data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                Financial Statement       Offering Adjustments(1)         Proforma
                                      Balance            IPO          Current Offering    Balance
                                -------------------      ---          ----------------    ---------
<S>                                <C>                 <C>            <C>                 <C>
Income                              $   130                                                $ 130

Costs and Expenses:

  Direct Costs                         (163)            $ 42 (2)                            (121)

  Operating Expenses                   (219)             (46) (3)                           (265)
                                       ----              ----             -----             ----
Total Costs and Expenses                382               (4)                               (386)
                                       ----              ----             -----             ----
Loss from Operations                   (252)              (4)                               (256)
                                       ----              ----             -----             ----
Other Income (Expenses)                   7                                                    7
                                       ----              ----             -----             ----
Net Loss                            $  (245)            $  (4)                            $ (249)
                                       ====              ====             =====            =====
Net Loss per Share
  of Common Stock                   $ (0.25)                                              $(0.05)

Weighted Average
  Shares Outstanding (4)            996,629                                            5,192,272

Common and Common
  Equivalent Shares
  Outstanding                     1,442,272                              3,750,000 (4) 5,192,272

</TABLE>


- ----------

(1) Offering  adjustments do not include the potential  earnings impact from the
Company's  ability to utilize the net proceeds obtained from the Offering in its
operations for the six months ended September 30, 1996.

(2) To eliminate  interest  expense on the IPO Bridge  Financing  which was paid
upon completion of the IPO.

(3) Incremental payroll expense payable to the Company's chief executive officer
and chief financial officer. See "Management - Employment Agreements."

(4) To reflect the effects on the six month period ended  September  30, 1996 of
issuance of 3,750,000 shares of Common Stock upon completion of the Offering.




                                       8

 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Proforma Balance Sheet Data at September 30, 1996:
(in 000's)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              Financial Statement           Offering       Proforma
                                    Balance                Adjustments     Balance
                                    -------                -----------     -------
<S>                              <C>                       <C>              <C>
Cash                               $   587                 $       (1)     $

Loans Receivable, Mortgage
  Warehouse                          3,086                                   3,086

Other Assets                           397                     ---             397
                                   -------                  -------        -------
Total Assets                       $ 4,070                  $ ,            $  ,
                                   =======                  =======        =======

Loans Payable, Mortgage
  Warehouse                        $ 1,582                                 $ 1,582

Other Liabilities                      232                                     232
                                   -------                  -------        -------
Total Liabilities                  $ 1,814                                 $ 1,814
                                   =======                  =======        =======

Common Stock and
  Paid in Capital                  $10,577                  $              $

Accumulated Deficit                 (8,321)                                 (8,321)
                                    ------                  ------          ------

Total Shareholder's Equity         $ 2,256                  $               $
                                   =======                  =======         =======

</TABLE>

- -----------------------------

(1) To reflect the sale of 3,750,000 Units in connection with this Offering at $
per Unit.





                                       9


 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>









                                  RISK FACTORS

               An investment in the Units offered hereby  involves a high degree
of risk.  Prospective investors should carefully consider all of the information
in this Prospectus including the following risk factors.

LIMITED  OPERATING   HISTORY;   RECENT  EMERGENCE  FROM  CHAPTER  11  BANKRUPTCY
PROCEEDINGS;  CONTINUING  LOSSES;  COMPANY'S  ABILITY  TO  CONTINUE  AS A  GOING
CONCERN.

               Pioneer  emerged  from  the  protection  of  Chapter  11  of  the
Bankruptcy Code in April 1993. Accordingly, although Pioneer was founded in 1980
and engaged in  substantial  business  operations  during the ensuing  nine year
period,  the nature and extent of the business that it has conducted since April
1993 are  substantially  different from the business which it conducted prior to
commencement  of such  proceedings  in January  1990.  Due, in large part to the
limited  credit lines that were  available to Pioneer  upon its  emergence  from
bankruptcy  and the time it took  thereafter  to find and approve  two  mortgage
banking customers, Pioneer only engaged in limited operations during said fiscal
year,  and  incurred a loss of $393,155  for said year.  During the fiscal years
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company  sustained  losses from operations in
the amounts of $583,736 and $511,159,  respectively.  At September 30, 1996, the
Company's  accumulated  deficit  amounted to $8,320,936  (including  accumulated
deficit of  approximately  $6,602,000  upon emergence  from  bankruptcy in April
1993). In order to operate  profitably in future periods,  the Company will need
to increase its capacity to fund loan transactions and correspondingly  increase
loan volume demand.  Its ability to achieve such increases will depend upon such
factors as how successful the Company will be in acquiring  additional  lines of
credit  from  its  financing   sources,   and  in   establishing   new  customer
relationships  with others mortgage bankers.  The net proceeds which the Company
derived from its IPO have enabled it to seek such additional credit lines and to
expand its customer  base.  Since the  completion of the IPO in August 1996, the
Company  has  sought  new credit  lines  from  approximately  20 banks and other
financial  institutions.  As of the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company's
applications  have been  rejected by three of such  institutions,  and are still
pending with the others. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve
profitability  in the  future,  if at  all.  If the  Company  fails  to  achieve
profitability,  it would be materially  adversely affected.  In this regard, see
the Report of Independent Public Accountants  accompanying the Company's audited
financial  statements  appearing  elsewhere herein which cites substantial doubt
about the  Company's  ability to  continue as a going  concern.  There can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve  profitability in the future, if at all.
See  "Business - Pioneer's Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Proceedings" and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations."

               Trans Lending commenced operations in December 1996. There can be
no assurance  that Trans  Lending  will be able to  successfully  implement  its
business




                                       10
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

strategy  or that  unanticipated  expenses,  problems or  difficulties  will not
result in material delays in its implementation.  See "Business -- The Company's
Acquisition of Trans Lending."

POSSIBLE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

               Implementation of the Company's growth strategy and future growth
of the Company's  business may require additional  capital.  No assurance can be
given that the  Company  will be able to obtain  the  necessary  financing.  The
Company currently estimates that the net proceeds of the Offering, together with
cash  generated  from  operations,  will be  sufficient  to finance  its current
operations  and planned  capital  expenditures  for at least the next 12 months.
However,  there can be no assurance that the Company will not require additional
capital at an earlier date. The Company may, from time to time,  seek additional
funding  through  public or private  debt or equity  financing.  There can be no
assurance  that funding will be available as needed or, if  available,  on terms
acceptable  to the Company.  If  additional  funds are raised by issuing  equity
securities, existing shareholders may experience dilution.

DEPENDENCE ON AND INEXPERIENCE OF MANAGEMENT; KEY MAN INSURANCE.

               Although Messrs. Goldberg and Housman have experience in managing
businesses  substantially larger than the Company,  neither Mr. Goldberg nor Mr.
Housman has material  experience managing a mortgage warehouse lending business.
The  Company  will be  depending  on  Messrs.  Goldberg  and  Housman to provide
managerial  supervision and strategic guidance in connection with the conduct of
the Company's operations. There can be no assurance that the management provided
by Messrs.  Goldberg  and Housman  will  result in  profitable  operations.  The
Company has applied for key man life insurance coverage on Messrs.  Goldberg and
Housman.  No assurance can be given that such insurance will be issued  covering
any or all of such persons. See "Management."

               In  addition,  the  success  of  Trans  Lending's  operations  is
dependent upon the experience and ability of Kenneth  Germain,  Trans  Lending's
Chief Operating Officer. The loss of Mr. Germain could have an adverse effect on
Trans Lending's  business.  See "Business -- The Company's  Acquisition of Trans
Lending."

RELIANCE UPON LIMITED SOURCES OF FUNDS;  POSSIBLE  UNAVAILABILITY  OF ADDITIONAL
FUNDING SOURCES.

               The Company's  principal  source of financing is the  warehousing
line of credit  granted to Pioneer by UMB. This line of credit,  in the original
principal  amount  of  $2,000,000,  has been  increased  to  $4,000,000,  and is
currently  scheduled  to expire  August 31,  1997.  The  Company has applied for
additional  lines of credit  with  approximately  20 banks  and other  financial
institutions.  No  assurance  can be  given  that  the  Company  will be able to
maintain its existing financing arrangements, or



                                       11
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


obtain replacement financing as current arrangements expire. Furthermore, if the
Company's  mortgage  banking  customers  experience  difficulty in selling their
mortgage loans or  mortgage-backed  securities,  the Company may have to curtail
loan warehousing  activities,  which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's  operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources;"  and
"Business."


DEPENDENCE ON LIMITED NUMBER OF MORTGAGE BANKING CUSTOMERS.

               The Company is conducting  business with Windtree Financial Corp.
("Windtree"),  1st Financial  Corp.  ("1st  Financial"),  Pacific Crest Mortgage
Corp.  ("Pacific  Crest"),  National  Home Funding  Corp.  ("Home  Funding") and
Citizens  Mortgage  Service Corp.  ("Citizens"),  as  customers.  The Company is
currently  analyzing  applications  from  four  other  potential  customers  who
originate  residential family mortgage loans in Arizona,  California,  Colorado,
Delaware,   Florida,   Nevada,   New  Mexico,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  Oregon,
Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Utah and Washington.

               Although  the Company  expects to conduct  business in the future
with a greater  number of mortgage  banking  customers,  and thereby  reduce the
risks  attendant  in relying  upon a small  number of  customers  to support its
business,  no  assurance  can be given that it will  receive  applications  from
potential  customers  who will be able to satisfy its  standards,  or if it does
receive  such  applications,  that such  applicants  will  thereafter  engage in
material volumes of mortgage  warehouse  lending  transactions with the Company.
The cessation of business by any customers could materially adversely affect the
Company's ability to generate  sufficient  revenues to operate  profitably.  See
"Business - The Company's Mortgage Banking Customers."

TRANS LENDING'S DEPENDENCE ON DEALERS.

               Trans Lending's  business depends in large part on its ability to
maintain  and service it  relationships  with  automobile  dealers.  While Trans
Lending  believes  that it has been  successful in  developing  and  maintaining
relationships with dealers, there can be no assurance that Trans Lending will be
successful in continuing to maintain  such  relationships  or in increasing  the
number of dealers with which it does business,  or that its existing dealer base
will  generate  volume of loans or leases  sufficient to permit Trans Lending to
operate profitably. See "Business -- Sales and Marketing."

HIGH RISK OF LOANS AND LEASES ORIGINATED OR TO BE ACQUIRED BY TRANS LENDING.

               If Trans  Lending  engages in direct  financing  activities,  its
ability to generate profits will depend upon,  among other things,  its capacity
to properly  evaluate the  creditworthiness  of customers and to minimize losses
following



                                       12
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


defaults  with the proceeds  from the sale of  repossessed  collateral  and with
insurance  proceeds.  Trans  Lending  has just  commenced  operations,  does not
possess a seasoned loan or lease  portfolio,  and has no prior  experience  upon
which to gauge the  delinquency  and loss rates  which may apply to it in future
periods. If Trans Lending engages in direct financing  activities,  there can be
no  assurance  that  the  performance  of  Trans  Lending's  portfolio  will  be
satisfactory,  or that if satisfactory results are obtained,  that Trans Lending
will be able to maintain such  performance,  or that the rate of future defaults
and/or  losses  will be at levels  that will  permit  Trans  Lending  to achieve
profitability.  See "Business -- The Non-Prime  Auto Finance  Industry;" and "--
Trans Lending's Business Strategy."

CYCLICAL NATURE OF MORTGAGE BANKING INDUSTRY.

               Mortgage banking firms have historically experienced a wide range
of financial  results,  from highly  profitable  to highly  unprofitable.  These
financial  results are due to many factors which affect most, if not all,  firms
in the mortgage banking business at about the same time, but three  predominate:
changes in mortgage  interest rates, the  availability of affordable  credit and
the state of the domestic economy. These three factors, among others, affect the
demand  for new  and  used  housing  and  thus  the  demand  for  financing  and
refinancing of mortgages.

COMPETITION IN THE MORTGAGE BANKING BUSINESS.

               The business of  originating  and  financing the  origination  of
residential  mortgage loans is highly competitive.  Certain companies which have
longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than those of the
Company are engaged in providing multi-state, computer-based bridge financing of
residential  mortgage loans.  Larger established  mortgage warehouse lenders are
making  substantial   investments  in  their  computer   operations  to  achieve
significant  economies of scale and greater  flexibility in rendering  services.
Also, major  bank-related  organizations like the Mortgage Warehouse Division of
Bank of New York,  Bank of America,  PNC Bank, and other  businesses  engaged in
lending  activities,  such as CWM Mortgage  Holding,  Inc.'s  Warehouse  Lending
Corporation of America,  The Associates  First  Collateral  Services and General
Electric  Capital  Corp.'s  Residential  Funding  Corporation  are  entering  or
reentering the mortgage warehouse financing business.  There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to compete effectively with such competitors, that
additional  competitors will not enter the market, or that such competition will
not make it more difficult for the Company to secure a sufficient number of high
quality mortgage banking  customers to realize its anticipated  business growth.
See "Business - Competition."



                                       13
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

COMPETITION AND MARKET CONDITIONS IN THE AUTOMOBILE FINANCE BUSINESS.

               The  non-prime  consumer  automobile  finance  market  is  highly
competitive.  The level of  competition  has increased  significantly  in recent
years and this trend is expected to continue.  Historically,  commercial  banks,
savings and loan associations,  credit unions,  captive finance  subsidiaries of
automobile  manufacturers  and  other  consumer  lenders,  many  of  which  have
significantly  greater  resources  than Trans  Lending,  have not  competed  for
non-prime  consumer  business.  To the extent  that such  lenders  expand  their
activities in the non-prime consumer market,Trans  Lending's financial condition
and  results  of  operations  could  be  materially   adversely  affected.   See
"Business--Competition."  During  the past two  years,  several  companies  have
devoted  considerable  resources to the  non-prime  consumer  market,  including
well-capitalized public companies.  Specifically,  Ford Motor Credit Company has
begun to finance  non-prime  consumers,  General  Electric  Capital  Corporation
established   strategic  alliances  with  several  regional  non-prime  consumer
automobile  finance companies and KeyCorp acquired  AutoFinance Group, Inc., one
of  Trans  Lending's  competitors.   Other  companies,   including  Mellon  Bank
Corporation and Southern National Corporation, have also entered the market.

               Trans Lending's business is also affected by certain demographic,
economic and industry trends. These trends include increased sales of used cars,
rising  new car prices  relative  to used car  prices,  stability  in  non-prime
consumers'  demand for used cars,  the inability of non-prime  consumers to find
lower cost  financing from other sources and the overall level of interest rates
in  general.  A  reversal  of any of these  trends  or a change  in any of these
conditions  could have a material  adverse  effect on Trans Lending 's financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business--Competition."

IMPACT OF MORTGAGE INTEREST RATE FLUCTUATIONS.

               Prevailing  mortgage  interest  rates,  which  have an  impact on
consumer  decisions to obtain new loans or to  refinance  existing  loans,  will
affect the ability of the  Company's  mortgage  banking  customers  to originate
mortgage loans. In recent years, a declining interest rate environment favorable
to mortgage loan originations has existed. Increasing interest rates could cause
a decrease in the pool of  consumers  seeking new or  refinanced  mortgage  loan
transactions,  and a concomitant  increase in competition among mortgage bankers
for better  quality  mortgage  loan  transactions.  Such  increased  competitive
pressures  on the  Company's  customers  might force the Company to decrease the
amount of the transactional  fees that it charges in order to cooperate with its
customers'  efforts to attract  business  from the  diminished  supply of better
quality  loan  customers,  and  thereby  maintain  good  relationships  with its
customers.  Fluctuating  interest rates also may affect the net interest  income
earned by the Company  resulting  from the  difference  between the yield to the
Company on a mortgage loan warehoused by the Company and the interest paid by it
for funds advanced under its line of credit.  The Company's net



                                       14
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

interest  income is comprised of the spread between  interest rates on mortgages
warehoused by it and interest  rates paid on the Company's  warehousing  line of
credit.  A  decrease  in  this  spread,  or a  decrease  in  the  amount  of the
transactional  fees  which the  Company  charges  its  customers,  would  have a
negative  effect on the Company's net interest income and its ability to operate
profitably. See "Business."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS.

               The Company is not currently  considering  the acquisition of any
business, or a joint venture with any other business or individual. From time to
time in the  future,  the Company may enter into  negotiations  with  respect to
potential  acquisitions  or  joint  ventures,   some  of  which  may  result  in
preliminary  agreements.  In the course of the Company's negotiations and/or due
diligence,  these negotiations and/or preliminary agreements may be abandoned or
terminated.  No  assurance  can be given  that the  Company  will find  suitable
acquisition or joint venture  candidates,  or that future  acquisitions or joint
ventures will be financed and made on acceptable  terms,  or if completed,  that
such acquisitions or ventures will be successful.

DEPENDENCE ON SECONDARY MARKET SALES; POTENTIAL CHANGES TO AGENCY PROGRAMS.

               The  Company's  business  will depend upon its  mortgage  banking
customers'  abilities  to sell  new  mortgage  loans on  favorable  terms in the
secondary  mortgage market in order to generate the funds necessary to originate
additional mortgage loans. Accordingly,  any significant change in the secondary
mortgage market such as changes in the operations, programs, levels of activity,
underwriting  criteria or applicable  regulations of any of the Agencies,  or in
the Company's  customers'  qualifications as loan issuers,  sellers or servicers
under such regulations, could impair the Company's ability to warehouse mortgage
loans on a favorable or timely basis.  Any such impairment could have a material
adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business  and  results  of  operations.  See
"Business Regulation - Mortgage Warehouse Lending."

DEPENDENCE ON GOVERNMENT PROGRAMS.

               Although the Company is not aware of any plans to  discontinue or
reduce  significantly  the operation of programs  administered by GNMA, FNMA and
FHLMC which  facilitate  the issuance of  mortgage-backed  securities,  any such
action, as well as any reduction or impairment of the Company's mortgage banking
customers' continued  eligibility to participate in such programs,  would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business operations and prospects.  See
"Business."

               Similarly, although the Company is not aware of any plans for any
of the Agencies to enter the mortgage  warehouse lending business,  any of these
Agencies has the capital,  the  expertise,  and the industry  knowledge to enter
this




                                       15
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

business in a significant manner.  Furthermore, if any of the Agencies did enter
this business, it would constitute very strong competition to the Company in its
efforts to secure well  qualified  customers on terms  favorable to the Company.
Such an increase in competition in the mortgage  warehouse business could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business operations and prospects. See,
"Business - Competition."

REGULATION AND REGULATORY CHANGES - MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE LENDING.

               Although  mortgage loan  warehousing is not presently  subject to
federal regulation,  the California Finance Lenders Law went into effect July 1,
1995. That law imposes licensing obligations on the Company, requires the filing
of annual and periodic reports, establishes maximum interest rates and repayment
terms in certain cases, and provides for fines and imprisonment for violation of
the law. Other participants in the mortgage warehouse financing process, such as
title  companies  and  appraisers,  also may be regulated by the states in which
they reside and such  regulations  often determine the scope and approach of the
Company's collateral control monitoring program.  Furthermore,  mortgage banking
is a highly regulated  industry.  The Company's  mortgage banking  customers are
subject to the rules and  regulations  of,  and  examinations  by,  the  Federal
Housing Administration  ("FHA"), the Veterans Administration ("VA"), GNMA, FNMA,
FHLMC and state regulatory authorities with respect to originating,  processing,
underwriting, selling, securitizing and servicing residential mortgage loans. In
addition,  there are other federal and state statutes and regulations  affecting
such activities.  Potential future changes in these rules and regulations could,
among other things,  adversely  impact its  customers'  business  activities by,
among  other  things,   establishing  eligibility  criteria  for  mortgage  loan
warehousing,   prohibiting   discrimination,   providing  for   inspections  and
appraisals of properties,  requiring  credit  reports on prospective  borrowers,
regulating  payment  features,  requiring  disclosures  to customers,  governing
secured transactions,  establishing collection, repossession and claims handling
procedures and other trade practices and, in some cases, fixing maximum interest
rates, insurance coverages,  fees and loan amounts. Failure to comply with these
requirements  could lead to loss of approved  status,  class action lawsuits and
administrative enforcement actions.

               Although  the  Company is not  presently  aware of any pending or
proposed laws,  rules or regulations  which,  if adopted,  would make compliance
more  difficult  or  expensive,  restrict  the  Company's  ability  to fund  the
warehousing  of mortgage  loans,  restrict the Company's  customers'  ability to
originate  or sell  mortgage  loans,  further  limit or  restrict  the amount of
interest  and other  charges  earned  from loans  warehoused  by the  Company or
otherwise  adversely  affect  the  business  or  prospects  of the  Company,  no
assurance can be given that limitations and/or  restrictions of that nature will
not be adopted in the future. See "Business -- Regulation -- Mortgage  Warehouse
Lending."

REGULATION - NON-PRIME AUTO FINANCING.



                                       16
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


               Trans Lending's  business will be subject to numerous federal and
state consumer laws and regulations,  which, among other things,  require it to:
obtain and  maintain  certain  licenses and  qualifications;  limit the interest
rates,  fees and other  charges  Trans  Lending is  allowed to charge;  limit or
prescribe certain other terms of its contracts;  provide  specified  disclosure;
and define Trans Lending's rights to repossess and sell  collateral.  An adverse
change in existing laws or regulations,  or in the interpretation or enforcement
thereof, or the promulgation of any additional laws or regulations would have an
adverse  effect  on  Trans  Lending's  business.   See  "Business  --  Non-Prime
Automobile Financing."

RISK OF CHANGING ECONOMIC CONDITIONS; GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF BUSINESS.

               The Company's  results of operations will depend heavily upon the
ability of its mortgage  banking  customers to originate  mortgage  loans.  This
ability is largely dependent upon general economic  conditions in the geographic
areas  that the  Company  serves.  Because  these  general  economic  conditions
fluctuate,  there can be no assurance that prevailing  economic conditions will,
at any point in time, favor the Company's business and operations. These changes
could materially and adversely affect the Company's revenues and net income. See
"Business."

THE OPERATIONAL PROCESSING RISK.

               The basis for the Company's mortgage warehouse financing business
is the acceptance of long-term  loans,  typically 15 to 30 year mortgages,  from
the Company's customers as collateral for very short-term  financing,  typically
15 days, until the mortgage loans are sold to an Agency.  Although the Company's
customers  must have a commitment  for each loan from an approved  Agency before
the Company will extend mortgage warehouse financing, there is no guarantee that
the Agency will, in fact,  accept the mortgage loan when  delivered to it. Among
the reasons for which a mortgage  loan would not be accepted  upon  delivery are
the  following:   incomplete  documentation,   inaccurate  documentation  or  an
over-allotment to the Agency's commitment by the mortgage originator.

               If for any reason an Agency  does not accept the  mortgage  loan,
the Company could find itself the owner of a long-term  loan of less than market
value instead of short-term bridge financing collateral. While the Company has a
repurchase  agreement with each of its customers  which requires the customer to
buy back the mortgage loan upon demand,  there is no assurance that the customer
will  honor the  repurchase  agreement.  Furthermore,  the  Company  can give no
assurance that, absent this repurchase by its customer,  it will be able to sell
the mortgage loan to another  secondary market investor without incurring a loss
in its  investment  in the loan.  Failure  of the  Company  to dispose of such a
mortgage loan not accepted by an Agency could  materially  adversely  affect the
Company's  financial  position,  its liquidity,  and its relationships  with its
sources of  financing,  principally



                                       17
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

banks to whom it may provide  certain loan  covenants  that could be violated by
one or several of these events.

               Furthermore,  frequent short-term  processing  deadlines,  a high
volume of loan  transactions,  the complex  document  structure of each mortgage
loan  financing  transaction,  and  very  substantial  penalties  for  delay  in
delivering  loan  documents  to the  secondary  market,  which may range  from a
surcharge  of 1% - 2% of the  principal  amount of a loan in the case of a delay
regarding an individual loan commitment,  to a complete rejection and refusal to
purchase  an  entire  pool of  loans,  in the case of a delay in  filling a pool
commitment,  are an  integral  part of the  mortgage  loan  warehouse  financing
business.  Although  a delay in  purchasing  a pool of loans  could  hinder  the
Company's  ability to timely fund additional loans submitted by other customers,
and thereby  adversely affect its ongoing relations with such other customers as
a reliable  source of mortgage  warehouse  financing,  any charges or  penalties
resulting from such delays are the  responsibility  of the Company's  customers.
See "Business - The  Collateral  Tracking  System;" and "Business - The Mortgage
Loan Process From Application to a Pioneer Customer Through Funding."

DIVIDEND POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS.

               The Company has never paid cash  dividends  on its Common  Stock.
Furthermore,  the  provisions  of  the  plan  of  reorganization  pertaining  to
Pioneer's  emergence from bankruptcy  prohibit Pioneer from paying any dividends
to its common  shareholders  until the sum of $1,350,000 shall have been paid to
Pioneer's  pre-bankruptcy  unsecured creditors.  Further in accordance with said
plan,  Pioneer  became  obligated  to pay certain  portions of its net income in
satisfaction of said payment  obligation to its pre-bankruptcy  creditors.  Upon
consummation of the Merger,  the Company became obligated,  by operation of law,
to comply with such payment  obligation and dividend  payment  prohibition.  The
Board of Directors does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its Common Stock
in the foreseeable future as it intends to retain future earnings to finance the
growth of the business. The payment of future cash dividends on the Common Stock
will  depend  on  such   factors  as  earnings   levels,   anticipated   capital
requirements,  the operating  and  financial  condition of the Company and other
factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.  See "Dividend  Policy;" "The
Merger" and "Business - Pioneer's Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Proceedings."

BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.

               The  Company  intends  to  use  all of the  net  proceeds  of the
Offering for mortgage warehouse lending activities,  provided,  however, that it
has  reserved  the right to  reallocate  portions of such net proceeds for other
uses -- up to $2,000,000  may be used for direct  financing of Contracts,  up to
$500,000  may be used  for  working  capital  and up to  $1,000,000  of such net
proceeds may be used to enter into other  specialty  financial  service  sectors
through  acquisitions  or joint  ventures  with




                                       18
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

entities and executives having extensive  experience in the targeted  specialty.
See "Use of Proceeds."

CURRENT PROSPECTUS AND STATE BLUE SKY REGISTRATION REQUIRED TO EXERCISE CLASS A
WARRANTS.

               The Company will be able to issue shares of its Common Stock upon
exercise  of the  Class A  Warrants  only if there is then in  effect a  current
prospectus  relating to such  Common  Stock,  and only if such  Common  Stock is
qualified  for sale or exempt from such  qualification  under  applicable  state
securities laws of the jurisdictions in which the various holders of the Class A
Warrants  reside.  Although the Company has  undertaken to, and intends to, file
and keep  current a  prospectus  which will permit the  purchase and sale of the
Common Stock underlying the Class A Warrants, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to do so. Class A Warrants may not be exercised after [
         ], 1997  (nine  months  after the date of this  Prospectus)  unless and
until a Post-Effective Amendment has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  ("SEC" or Commission") and becomes  effective.  Although the Company
intends to seek to qualify for sale the shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the
Class A  Warrants  in those  states in which the  Units  are to be  offered,  no
assurance can be given that such  qualification will occur. The Class A Warrants
may be  deprived  of any value and the market  for the Class A  Warrants  may be
limited if a current prospectus covering the Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of the Class A Warrants is not kept  effective  or if such  Common  Stock is not
qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders
of the Class A Warrants then reside.  See  "Description  of Securities - Class A
Warrants."

MARKET FOR UNITS,  COMMON  STOCK AND CLASS A WARRANTS;  POSSIBLE  VOLATILITY  OF
PRICES.

               Although the Common Stock and the warrants  issued by the Company
in connection  with its IPO have been quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market since
August  1996,  both  securities  have often been and may  continue  to be thinly
traded.  The Company has applied for quotation of the Units and Class A Warrants
on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,  and for listing of the Units,  Common Stock and
Class A Warrants on the Boston Stock  Exchange and the Pacific  Stock  Exchange.
Such  quotation  and/or  listings will not provide any assurance  that an active
public market for the Units, Common Stock or Class A Warrants will develop or be
sustained. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained,  the
market price and  liquidity  of the Units,  Common Stock and/or Class A Warrants
may be adversely  affected.  In  addition,  the stock market in recent years has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated
or   disproportionate   to  the  operating   performance  of  companies.   These
fluctuations  as well as general  economic and market  conditions  may adversely
affect  the market  price of the Units,  Common  Stock  and/or  Class A Warrants
prevailing from time to time.



                                       19
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


CLASS A WARRANTS REDEEMABLE.

               The Class A Warrants may be redeemed by the  Company,  whether or
not a current  prospectus is available,  at any time during the four year period
commencing  one year  after the date of this  Prospectus  at a price of $.10 per
Class A Warrant,  provided  that the closing price of the Common Stock as quoted
on the principal  market on which such shares shall then be trading shall be not
less than  the  Market  Price per share  during  any  period  of 30  consecutive
trading days ending on the third day preceding the date of such notice. Although
a Class A Warrant holder has the right to exercise his Class A Warrants  through
the date of redemption,  he may not be able to exercise because of lack of funds
at the time of redemption or if there is not then in effect a current prospectus
relating to the Common Stock underlying such Class A Warrants.  Furthermore,  in
the event that the Company timely and properly  issues a notice of redemption of
the Class A Warrants, no trading in such securities shall be permitted after the
close of business on the date of redemption. At such time the value of all Class
A Warrants  which shall not have been timely  exercised  prior  thereto shall be
reduced to the redemption price. See "Underwriting."

AUTHORIZATION OF PREFERRED STOCK.

               The  Company's   Certificate  of  Incorporation   authorizes  the
issuance of preferred stock with designations, rights and preferences determined
from time to time by the Board of Directors. Accordingly, the Board of Directors
is  empowered,  without  shareholder  approval,  to issue  preferred  stock with
dividend, liquidation,  conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely
affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Common  Stock.  In the
event of  issuance,  the  preferred  stock  could  be  utilized,  under  certain
circumstances,  as a method of discouraging,  delaying or preventing a change in
control of the  Company.  The  issuance of  preferred  stock with  anti-takeover
measures could have a depressive  effect on the market price of the Common Stock
(should a market develop for the Common Stock) and could discourage hostile bids
in which shareholders may receive premiums for their shares. See "Description of
Securities -- Preferred Stock."

IMPACT ON THE MARKET OF EXERCISE OF REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS.

               The holders of the Representative's Warrants may exercise them at
a time when the  Company  would,  in all  likelihood,  be able to obtain  equity
capital by the sale of securities on terms more favorable than those provided by
the Representative's  Warrants. If the Representative's  Warrants are exercised,
the dilution of the voting and equity  interests of the  Company's  shareholders
which shall result  therefrom  could cause a decrease in the market price of the
Company's securities, and may also adversely affect the Representative's ability
to make  and  maintain  an  orderly  market  in the  Company's  securities.  See
"Description of Securities - Representative's Warrants."



                                       20
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


THE REPRESENTATIVE'S INFLUENCE ON THE MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES.

               A significant amount of the securities offered hereby may be sold
to customers of the  Representative.  Such customers  subsequently may engage in
transactions   for  the  sale  or   purchase   of  such   securities   with  the
Representative.  Although  it has no  obligation  to do so,  the  Representative
intends to make a market in the Units, Common Stock and Class A Warrants and may
otherwise  effect  transactions  in such  securities.  If it participates in the
market, the Representative may exert significant influence on the market, if one
develops,  for the securities  described in this Prospectus.  Such market making
activity may be  discontinued at any time. The price and liquidity of the Units,
Common Stock and Class A Warrants may be  significantly  affected by the degree,
if any, of the Representative's  participation in such market. Additionally, the
Representative  may participate in the solicitation of the exercise of the Class
A Warrants,  in which event,  it may be  prohibited  from engaging in any market
making  activities with respect to the Units,  Common Stock and Class A Warrants
during  certain  periods  while  the  Class A  Warrants  are  exercisable.  Such
restrictions may adversely  affect the price and liquidity of the Units,  Common
Stock and Class A Warrants.  Furthermore,  if the Representative should exercise
its registration  rights to effect the  distribution of the Units,  Common Stock
and  Class  A   Warrants   underlying   the   Representative's   Warrants,   the
Representative,  prior to and during such distribution, will be unable to make a
market in the Units,  Common Stock and Class A Warrants.  If the  Representative
ceases making a market, the market and market prices for the Units, Common Stock
and Class A Warrants may be adversely  affected,  and the holders thereof may be
unable to sell such securities.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.

               Sales  of the  Common  Stock  in the  public  market  after  this
Offering  could  adversely  affect the market  price of the Common  Stock.  Upon
completion  of this  Offering,  the Company  will have  outstanding  [         ]
shares of Common Stock  ([        ] shares if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is exercised in full). Of these shares,  [        ] shares will be freely
tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act. The remaining [        ]
shares of Common Stock held by existing  shareholders are restricted  securities
within the meaning of Rule 144.  In  accordance  with Rule 144,  802,272 of such
shares are presently  eligible for sale to the public  notwithstanding  the fact
that they have not been registered under the Securities Act. Pursuant to certain
restrictions upon sale imposed by a "lockup" agreement which the holders of said
802,272  shares  executed  and  delivered  to the  underwriter  of the  IPO as a
condition  to the  closing  of  that  offering,  all of  those  shares  will  be
ineligible  for sale in the public market until August 15, 1997,  provided that,
after May 15,  1997,  each of the  holders of such  shares may sell up to 10% of
such holder's shares  pursuant to Rule 144. In addition to the foregoing  lockup
restrictions,  the Representative has required, as a condition to the closing of
the Offering, that each of the Company's directors,  officers, key employees and
holders of 2% or more of the



                                       21
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


Common Stock must execute written lockup agreements providing that, for a period
of 12 months from the date of this Prospectus,  they shall not offer,  register,
sell, contract to sell, grant an option for the sale of, issue, assign, transfer
or otherwise dispose of any of the Company's securities held by them without the
Representative's  prior  written  consent.  See  "Description  of  Securities  -
Registration  Rights," "Shares Eligible for Future Sale," "Dividend  Policy" and
"Underwriting."

IMPACT OF MERGER ON NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS.

               As of March 31, 1996, the Company had  accumulated  net operating
loss  carryforwards  in the approximate  amount of $2.0 million.  The Merger has
limited the Company's use of such net operating loss  carryforwards to an annual
limitation not to exceed  approximately  $100,000  imposed by Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  Management  believes that the losses
that the Company has incurred  since the Merger  (aggregating  $896,000) are not
subject to these  limitations.  The Company's  ability to use such net operating
loss  carryforwards  is dependent upon its ability to generate taxable income in
the  future.  See  Note 6 of  Notes  to  Financial  Statements  of  Pioneer  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Impact of Merger on Net Operating Loss Carryforwards."

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS; POSSIBLE INABILITY TO RENEW OFFICERS'
AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITY INSURANCE.

               Arthur H. Goldberg and Elie Housman,  the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Operating Officer, of the Company, respectively,  have agreed to enter
into  employment  agreements with the Company,  and Glenda Klein,  the Company's
Chief  Financial  Officer,  has entered into an  employment  agreement  with the
Company.  Such proposed agreements will provide,  and Ms. Klein's agreement does
provide,  for the  indemnification of such individuals  against losses that they
may incur in legal  proceedings  resulting from their services to the Company in
the  capacities of officers and  directors.  In addition,  the Company's  Bylaws
provide for the  indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent
permitted by law. The Company has entered into  indemnification  agreements with
its other  directors.  Although the Company  currently  maintains  officers' and
directors'  liability  insurance  providing limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence,
there  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  maintain  such
insurance on  acceptable  terms or at all.  Failure to maintain  such  insurance
could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  ability to attract and
retain directors and officers.  Any amounts which the Company may be required to
pay under such indemnification agreements which are not reimbursed by insurance,
either  because no  insurance  policy is then in effect or because the amount of
such required  payments exceeds the policy limit,  could have a material adverse
effect on the Company. See "Management - Employment Agreements," and "Management
- - Indemnification of Directors and Officers."




                                       22
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

NASDAQ MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS; POSSIBLE DELISTING OF SECURITIES FROM NASDAQ
SYSTEM; RISKS OF LOW-PRICED STOCKS.

               The Common  Stock is listed on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  The
Company has applied to the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market for listing of the Units and
Class A Warrants.  If the Company is unable to satisfy Nasdaq's listing criteria
for the Units and/or Class A Warrants,  or if such  securities are listed on the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  and the  Company  thereafter  fails  to  satisfy  the
maintenance  criteria for  continued  listing of any or all of such  securities,
they will be subject to being delisted, and trading, if any, would thereafter be
conducted in the OTC Bulletin  Board.  As a consequence  of such  delisting,  an
investor  could  find it more  difficult  to dispose  of, or to obtain  accurate
quotations  as to the price of,  the  Units,  Common  Stock  and/or  the Class A
Warrants. The Securities Enforcement and Penny Stock Reform Act of 1990 requires
additional  disclosure  relating  to  the  market  for  penny  stocks.  The  SEC
regulations  generally define a penny stock to be any equity security that has a
market price or exercise price of less than $5.00 per share,  subject to certain
exceptions. Such exceptions include any equity security listed on Nasdaq and any
equity security issued by an issuer that has (i) net tangible assets of at least
$2,000,000, if such issuer has been in continuous operation for three (3) years,
(ii) net  tangible  assets of at least  $5,000,000  if such  issuer  has been in
continuous  operation for less than three years, or (iii) average annual revenue
of at least  $6,000,000  during such  issuer's  last three years of  operations.
Unless an exception is available, the regulations require the delivery, prior to
any transaction involving a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule explaining the
penny  stock  market  and  the  risks  associated  therewith.   Furthermore,  in
connection  with any  transaction  in a penny  stock,  brokers must also provide
investors with current bid and offer  quotations  therefor,  the compensation of
the broker and its  salesperson  in  connection  therewith  and monthly  account
statements  showing  the  market  value of each  penny  stock in the  investor's
account. See "Description of Securities - Nasdaq SmallCap Market Listing; Boston
Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange Listing Applications."

               In addition,  if the Units,  Common Stock or Class A Warrants are
not quoted on Nasdaq,  or the Company does not have  $2,000,000  in net tangible
assets, trading in the Units, Common Stock and Class A Warrants would be covered
by Rule 15g-9 promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act") for non-Nasdaq and non-exchange  listed  securities.  Under
such rule,  broker/dealers  who recommend such  securities to persons other than
established  customers  and  accredited  investors  must make a special  written
suitability  determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written
agreement to a transaction  prior to sale.  Securities also are exempt from this
rule if the market price is at least $5.00 per share.

               As of the date of this Prospectus,  the Company believes that the
Units,  Common Stock and Class A Warrants will be outside the definitional scope
of a penny stock.  In the event the Company's  securities  were  subsequently to
become



                                       23
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

characterized as penny stocks, the market liquidity for such securities could be
adversely  affected.  In such an event,  the  regulations  on penny stocks could
limit the ability of broker/dealers  to sell the Units,  Common Stock and/or the
Class A Warrants and thus the ability of purchasers  of the Units,  Common Stock
and Class A Warrants to sell such  securities in the  secondary  market would be
adversely affected.

DIRECTORS' INVOLVEMENT IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS.

               Between 1973 and 1989, Arthur H. Goldberg served as President and
Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Integrated  Resources,  Inc.  ("Integrated"),   a
diversified financial services company which commenced proceedings under Chapter
11 of the U.S.  Bankruptcy Code in 1989.  During the period in 1989  immediately
prior to the commencement of such bankruptcy proceedings, Mr. Goldberg served as
Integrated's   President  and  Chief  Executive   Officer.   In  November  1994,
Integrated's sixth amended  reorganization  plan was consummated.  In accordance
therewith,  senior  creditors  of the  reorganized  company  (known as  Presidio
Capital  Corp.) may receive as much as 70% of their  original  claims  totalling
approximately  $1.1 billion,  and junior creditors will receive between 3.1% and
4.5% of their claims of approximately $672 million.

               In 1993,  Glenda Klein,  a director and Senior vice  President of
the  Company,  and her  husband,  filed a petition  pursuant to Chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code.  After receiving a discharge in bankruptcy,  Mr. and Mrs. Klein
reopened the bankruptcy  proceedings  and converted same to a case under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code. In April 1995, Mr. and Mrs. Klein deposited  $100,000
into the Bankruptcy Court for the purpose of paying in full, with interest,  any
of the creditors of their  bankrupt  estate who had filed claims against in said
proceedings. In October 1995, such proceedings were closed.

LACK OF UNDERWRITING HISTORY

               The  Representative  was  organized  in  February  1992 and first
registered  as  a   broker-dealer   in  1994.   Prior  to  this  Offering,   the
Representative  has  participated  as  a  sole  or  co-manager  in  four  public
offerings.  Prospective  purchasers of the Units offered hereby should  consider
the  lack  of  experience  of  the  Representative  in  being  a  manager  of an
underwritten public offering. See "Underwriting."

                SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

               Certain  Statements  in the  Prospectus  Summary  and  under  the
captions  "Risk  Factors,"  "Use  of  Proceeds,"  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operation,"  "Business"  and
elsewhere in this Prospectus constitute "forward-looking  statements' within the
meaning  of  the  Private  Securities   Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Such
forward-looking  statements  involve known and unknown risks,  uncertainties and
other factors which may



                                       24
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

cause the  actual  results,  performance  or  achievements  of the  Company,  or
industry  results,   to  be  materially   different  from  any  future  results,
performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  such  forward-looking
statement.  Such factors include,  among others,  the following general economic
and business conditions:  fluctuations in the nationwide and regional demand for
housing and for  automobiles;  the capacity of the mortgage banking industry and
the non-prime automobile financing industry and the Company's customers in those
respective  industries to satisfy  consumer  demand for  respectively,  mortgage
loans  and  automobiles;  demographic  changes;  competition;  the  loss  of any
significant  customers;  changes in  business  strategy  or  development  plans;
availability and successful integration of acquisition candidates; availability,
terms and deployment of capital;  quality of management;  business abilities and
judgment of personnel;  availability of qualified personnel;  changes in, or the
failure to comply with, government  regulations;  and other factors discussed in
this Prospectus. See "Risk Factors."

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

               The net  proceeds to the Company  from the sale of the  3,750,000
Units offered by the Company  hereby at the public  offering price of $      per
Unit,  are estimated to be $          ($          if the  over-allotment  option
granted  to  the   Underwriters  is  exercised  in  full)  after  deducting  the
underwriting  discounts and commissions,  the Underwriters' ull) non-accountable
expense  allowance and the other estimated  expenses of this Offering.  The ull)
Company expects to use the net proceeds, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Amount      Percent
                                                               ------      -------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
mortgage warehouse lending operations (1) (4)               $                     %
direct financing of automobile loans and leases (2)          2,000,000            %
working capital (3)                                            500,000            %
                                                             ---------       -----
                                                             $               100.0%
                                                             =========       =====

</TABLE>

- ----------

(1)The Company may allocate a portion of the proceeds of the Offering for use in
connection  with its strategic  goal of expanding into other  specialty  finance
niche activities through acquisitions or joint ventures. To the extent that such
expansion activities will require the Company to expend cash, the source thereof
will  be  the  funds  employed  in  the  Company's  mortgage  warehouse  lending
operations.  Accordingly,  the funds  employed by the  Company in such  mortgage
warehouse  lending  activities will be concomitantly  reduced.  See "Business --
Strategy."

(2)The  Company  may lend up to  $2,000,000  to Trans  Lending  to engage in the
direct  financing  of  automobile  loans  and  leases.  Until  such  time as the
Company's management decides whether to enter into one or more loan transactions
with



                                       25
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


Trans Lending for such purpose,  the $2,000,000  shall be used by the Company in
its mortgage warehouse lending operations.

(3)The  Company  may use up to  $500,000  to pay  rent  and/or  other  operating
expenses.  Until  such  time any  portion  of such  proceeds  is so  used,  said
$500,000, or the unapplied balance thereof,  shall be employed by the Company in
its mortgage warehouse lending operations.

(4)The  allocation  of the  net  proceeds  of  this  Offering  set  forth  above
represents  the Company's  best estimate of its intended uses thereof based upon
Management's  present  understanding  of the Company's  financial  condition and
business prospects. If the Company deems it necessary or advisable to enter into
other  specialty  financial  service sectors,  primarily through acquisitions of
businesses, or joint ventures  with  businesses or executives  having  extensive
experience  in the targeted specialty, it may reallocate up to $1,000,000 of the
proceeds  currently   earmarked  for  use  in  its  mortgage  warehouse  lending
activities for such uses.



               If the  Representative  exercises  the  over-allotment  option in
full, the Company will realize additional net proceeds of approximately $, which
will be added to the Company's  working  capital and used for general  corporate
purposes.  The  proceeds,  if any, from the exercise of the Class A Warrants and
any  outstanding  warrants and options will be added to working capital and used
for general corporate purposes.








                                       26


 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




                                 CAPITALIZATION

               The following table sets forth the  capitalization of the Company
as of September  30,  1996.  The  Proforma - Offering  information  includes and
accounts for the effect of the anticipated results of the completion of the sale
of 3,750,000  Units offered hereby (not  including  562,500 Units subject to the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option) at an offering price of $ per Unit (after
deduction of the estimated  underwriting  discounts and commissions and expenses
of the Offering).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(in 000's)
                                                                Offering        Proforma
                                    Sept. 30, 1996           Adjustments        Offering
                                    --------------           -----------        ---------

<S>                                  <C>                      <C>               <C>
Debt Obligations:

  Loans payable, Mortgage
  Warehouse                           $1,582                    $ ---             $1,582

Total Debt Obligations (1)             1,582                      ---              1,582
                                       =====                     ====              =====

Common Stock (1) - $.01
 par value, authorized 20,000,000,
 issued and outstanding:
 1,442,272 shares at Sept. 30,
 1996: 5,xxx,xxx shares
 - Proforma Offering                      15                     38                   53

Preferred Stock - $.01 par value,
 authorized 5,000,000 shares,
 issued and outstanding at Sept. 30,
 1996: 0

Additional paid-in capital (2)        10,563

Accumulated Deficit                   (8,321)                   ---               (8,321)
                                       -----                   -----               -----

Total Shareholders Equity              2,257
                                       -----                   -----               -----

Total Capitalization                  $3,839                    $                  $
                                       =====                     ====              =====

</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) Does not include  additional  non-debt related  liabilities of approximately
$232,000.

(2) Net equity impact of issuance of 3,750,000 Units at $ per Unit.


                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

               The Company has never paid cash  dividends  on its Common  Stock.
Furthermore,  the  provisions  of  the  plan  of  reorganization  pertaining  to
Pioneer's  emergence from  bankruptcy,  prohibit it from paying any dividends to
its common



                                       27
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


shareholders   until  the  sum  of  $1,350,000  shall  have  been  paid  to  its
pre-bankruptcy  unsecured creditors,  provided,  however, that such prohibitions
shall not be  applicable  in the  event  that 50% of the  proceeds  in excess of
$5,000,000  derived from any public  offering of securities  made by it shall be
utilized for payment of said $1,350,000.  The proceeds which the Company derived
from the IPO did not exceed said  $5,000,000  threshold.  The proceeds which the
Company shall derive from this Offering will exceed such threshold. The Board of
Directors  does not anticipate  that it will use any portion  thereof to pay any
part of said $1,350,000 obligation. Accordingly, the Board of Directors does not
anticipate paying cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.
Upon  satisfaction of the foregoing  payment  obligation,  the payment of future
cash  dividends  on the Common  Stock will  depend on such  factors as  earnings
levels, anticipated capital requirements,  the operating and financial condition
of the Company and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.  See
"Business - Pioneer's  Chapter 11 Bankruptcy  Proceedings"  and  "Description of
Securities."

            MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

               The Company's  Common Stock began trading on the Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market on August 14, 1996. The ranges of the high, low and closing prices of the
Common Stock on a  quarter-by-quarter  since said date through December 20, 1996
were, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 Quarter-End        High           Low            Close
                 -----------        ----           ---            -----
<S>                                 <C>            <C>           <C>  
             Sept. 30, 1996         $4.875         $2.375        $2.75
             Dec. 20, 1996          $2.75          $1.38         $1.63

</TABLE>

               As of December 20, 1996, there were  approximately 500 beneficial
holders of the Company's Common Stock.

               The Company has not paid any dividends on its Common  Stock,  and
has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."






                                       28
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>





                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

               As of June 14, 1993, when the Company commenced active operations
following  its  emergence  from  Chapter 11  bankruptcy  proceedings,  it had an
available credit line of $1 million from one source, UMB. The Company's lines of
available credit were subsequently increased to an aggregate of $2.35 million as
of March 31,  1995 and $4.2  million as of June 1996.  Substantially  all of the
business conducted by the Company during the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1995
was with one active  mortgage  banking company who had a credit line approved by
the Company in the amount of $2 million. In April 1995, the Company discontinued
that  customer's  credit  line  when it  failed  to  comply  with the  Company's
underwriting  requirement to provide audited  financial  statements for the year
ended December 31,1994.

               As a result of the death of the  Company's  former  Chairman  and
Chief Executive Officer,  the Company did not engage in any substantial mortgage
warehouse  lending  activities  from April 1995 through August 1995.  During the
period from August 1995 through  November 1995, the Company  developed  customer
relationships  with three new mortgage banking  companies,  and from August 1995
through  March  1996,  the  Company  generated  approximately  $20.4  million in
mortgage  warehouse  lending volume from those new  customers.  Between April 1,
1996 and September 30, 1996 these three customers generated  approximately $26.8
million in  warehouse  loan volume,  a 31%  increase  over the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1996. During September 1996, the Company added a fourth customer which
received a $5 million line of credit.

               The Company is in the process of evaluating the  creditworthiness
of several other potential customers.  Although the Company will seek to conduct
business in the future with a greater number of mortgage banking customers,  and
thereby reduce the risks  attendant in relying upon a small number of sources to
support  its  business,  no  assurance  can be given that it will  receive  such
applications,  or that such applicants will thereafter  engage in a large enough
volume of mortgage  warehouse  lending  transactions  to sustain  the  Company's
operations.  The cessation of business of any of the Company's  active customers
or the inability of its customers to provide the Company with an increased level
of loan  volume  could  materially  adversely  affect the  Company's  ability to
generate  sufficient  revenues to operate profitably and to continue to meet its
cash obligations in future periods.

               During  the  fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  1995 and 1996,  the
Company incurred net losses of $589,000 and $480,000,  respectively. Such losses
were  partly   attributable  to  noncash   expenses   (primarily   depreciation,
amortization, debt discount expenses and deferred consulting agreement expenses)
totalling  $329,000



                                       29
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

and  $164,000  during  1995 and 1996,  respectively,  and the  inability  of the
Company to generate a sufficient volume of loan transactions with its customers.

               During the six month periods  ended  September 30, 1995 and 1996,
the Company  incurred  net losses of $229,043 and  $246,369  respectively.  Such
losses were  partly  attributed  to noncash  expenses  (primarily  depreciation,
amortization  and debt discount  expenses)  totaling $98,267 and $110,936 during
the 1995 and 1996  periods,  respectively,  and the  inability of the Company to
generate a sufficient volume of loan transactions with its customers.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 COMPARED WITH YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

               REVENUES.   Due  primarily  to  the  death  of  Uri  Lieber,  the
lessening,  and  ultimate  cessation  of mortgage  lending  operations,  and the
restructuring of the Company's management and operations which took place during
the first half of the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996,  the Company  generated
only $97,190 in revenues,  a 43.5%  decrease from its fiscal year 1995 revenues.
Such revenues were  generated by funding 201 loans  totalling  $20,501,107  with
three  customers.  The interest  income  component of such revenues  amounted to
$76,957,  a 22.6% decrease over the interest income  generated during the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1995.  Such decrease was due to the  Company's  operational
inactivity  during  the  first  half of the  fiscal  year.  The  processing  fee
component of such revenues amounted to $15,733, which represented a 76% decrease
from the results of the prior fiscal year.  Such decrease was due to the smaller
volume and aggregate dollar value of loans financed.

               DIRECT COSTS.  The Company's direct costs consist of the interest
and other charges which it must pay to its revolving  credit line  providers and
to the IPO Bridge  Financing  Lenders.  During the fiscal  year ended  March 31,
1995, the Company's interest expense and other bank charges paid to providers of
its  revolving  lines of credit  amounted to $68,552.  During this  period,  the
Company  financed  a total of 222  loans  aggregating  $26,222,221  in  weighted
average principal  amounts of approximately  $118,118 for an average duration of
12 days per  borrowing,  which  amounts  include 101 loans  funded  through bank
borrowings  aggregating  $11,454,426 in weighted  average  principal  amounts of
$113,410 for an average duration of 11 days.  During the fiscal year ended March
31,  1996,  the  Company's  interest  expense  and other  bank  charges  paid to
providers of the Company's revolving lines of credit amounted to $95,408. During
this period,  the Company financed a total of 201 loans aggregating  $20,501,107
in weighted average principal  amounts of approximately  $101,996 for an average
duration  of 15 days per  borrowing,  which  amounts  include  152 loans  funded
through bank borrowings  aggregating  $16,507,308 in weighted average  principal
amounts of $108,601 for an average  duration of 15 days.  Such  decrease in loan
activity was due to the Company's above-mentioned  operational inactivity during
the first half of the fiscal



                                       30
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

year ended March 31, 1996.  The 28% increase in interest  expense which occurred
notwithstanding  the  decrease  in  lending  activity  was due  primarily  to an
increase in use of the Company's bank credit facility, an increase in the length
of time  when such  loans  were  outstanding  from an  average  of 12 days to an
average of 15 days and a higher  weighted  average  prime rate during the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1996 over the average weighted prime rate of fiscal 1995.

               Interest  expense on the IPO Bridge  Financing in fiscal 1995 and
1996  amounted to $142,748 and  $79,231,  respectively,  consisting  of interest
payable of $24,000 and $21,163,  respectively,  debt  discount  amortization  of
$102,748 and $55,244,  respectively,  and deferred issuance cost amortization of
$16,000 and $2,824, respectively. In February, 1996, the Company paid the sum of
$122,492  in full  satisfaction  of its  indebtedness  to two of the IPO  Bridge
Financing Lenders.  The Company's IPO Bridge Financing  obligations were be paid
in full upon closing of its IPO.

               OPERATING EXPENSES.  The Company's operating expenses of $544,462
during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995 consisted  primarily of salaries and
benefits paid or accrued to Uri Lieber and Glenda Klein ($159,427), depreciation
and amortization  ($110,498),  the primary  component of which is the Collateral
Tracking  System  software  ($91,327),  accounting  and  legal  fees  ($71,010),
amortization of a consulting  agreement ($96,000),  telephone ($22,352),  office
rent  ($23,803)  and  miscellaneous  expenses  ($61,372 in the  aggregate).  The
Company's  operating expenses of $433,709 during the fiscal year ended March 31,
1996  consisted  primarily of salary and benefits paid to Glenda Klein and other
staff  ($134,555),   depreciation  and  amortization  ($101,300),   the  primary
component  of  which  is the  Collateral  Tracking  System  software  ($92,312),
accounting and legal fees (114,382),  telephone ($19,782), office rent ($11,609)
and miscellaneous  expenses  ($52,081 in the aggregate).  It is anticipated that
aggregate operating expenses will increase less than proportionately as staffing
and office space is increased to manage the greater number of mortgage warehouse
loan transactions that management believes the Company will be implementing with
the  proceeds  of the IPO and this  Offering.  See  "Business -  Employees"  and
"Business - Facilities."


               NET LOSS.  During the fiscal years ended March  31,1995 and 1996,
the Company  incurred a net loss of $589,155  and  $479,803,  respectively.  The
limited  nature of the  lending  capital  which was  available  to the  Company,
coupled with the non-cash  expenses which it incurred  during each of such years
(primarily  depreciation,  amortization,  debt discount and deferred  consulting
agreement  expenses)  totalling  $328,965  and  $164,080,   respectively,   were
substantial  contributing  factors  to such  losses.  The  inability  to attract
customers and the higher loan volume which they would generate which were caused
by the Company's  lack of sufficient  warehouse  loan credit  availability  also
negatively impacted net income for the above-mentioned periods. In addition, the
Company has not historically incurred salary expense at a level which equals the
current  combined  compensation




                                       31
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

arrangements with its Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer,  and with its
Chief  Executive and Chief Operating  Officers.  Had such  arrangements  been in
place  during the years ended March 31,  1995 and 1996,  the Company  would have
incurred additional salary expense of approximately $44,000 and $110,000 in 1995
and 1996,  respectively,  which would have  increased  the Company's net loss to
approximately  $633,000  and  $590,000,  respectively,  for  such  periods.  See
"Management - Employment Agreements."


               CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS.  The Company generated  negative cash
flows from  operations  of  approximately  $194,000  and $253,000 for the fiscal
years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.  Such negative cash flows are
primarily a result of the Company's  inability to generate a sufficient level of
loan  volume  from its  customers  which is further  negatively  impacted by the
limited  funds  available  to the  Company  for  use in its  mortgage  warehouse
activities  (approximately  $4.2  million in lines of credit and $150,000 in net
liquid assets).  In order to generate  positive cash flows from operations,  the
Company  will need to increase its loan  funding  capacity  and  correspondingly
increase its loan revenues and loan volumes.

               The Company believes that the addition of the $1,970,466  portion
of the proceeds of the IPO which it is  employing  in its  mortgage  warehousing
operations  will enable it to increase its base of customers  and  concomitantly
increase its loan volume to a level  sufficient to generate  positive  operating
cash flows and net income. The infusion of such proceeds increased the Company's
net  worth  to   approximately   $2,600,000,   increased  its  cash  balance  to
approximately $2,300,000,  and provided it, without effecting any changes in its
business operations,  with sufficient cash to support such operations during the
12 month period following the closing of the IPO.

               REALIZABILITY OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS.  Management has evaluated the
realizability of its long-lived  assets  (primarily  furniture and equipment and
proprietary  computer software) having a net book value of $217,990 at March 31,
1996 in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  No. 121  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and
Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of."

     SIX MONTH  PERIOD  ENDED  SEPTEMBER  30, 1995  COMPARED  WITH THE SIX MONTH
     PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

               REVENUES.  During the six month period ended  September 30, 1996,
revenues  increased  to $129,723  compared  to $11,392 for the six month  period
ended  September 30, 1995.  Such revenue was generated from the three  customers
added  during the period  August,  1995  through  November,  1995 and the fourth
customer added  September 20, 1996. 331 loans totaling  $26,796,000  were funded
during the six month period ended September 30, 1996, which  represented 65% and
31% increases,




                                       32
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

respectively, in the total number of loans and the dollar volume of loans funded
during the entire fiscal year ended March 31, 1996.  The interest and processing
fee component of such revenues  reported for the six months ended  September 30,
1996  amounted  to $103,280  and  $26,443,  respectively,  compared to $6,452 in
interest and $4,940 in  processing  fees for the six months ended  September 30,
1995.

               DIRECT COSTS.  The Company's direct costs consist of the interest
and other charges which it must pay to its revolving  credit line  providers and
the interest which it paid to the IPO Bridge Financing  Lenders.  During the six
month periods ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, the Company's  interest expense
and other bank charges paid to revolving  line of credit  providers  amounted to
$9,051 and $120,887,  respectively.  Due primarily to the death of the Company's
former Chairman and Chief  Executive in March 1995, the lessening,  and ultimate
cessation of mortgage lending operations which took place by reason thereof, and
the  restructuring  of the Company's  management and operations which took place
during the first  half of the fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1996,  the  Company
financed  a total  of 17  loans  totaling  $1,233,236  in the  weighted  average
principal  amount of $72,543 for an average  duration  of 14 days per  borrowing
during the six month  period  ended  September  30,  1995.  During the six month
period  ended  September  30,  1996,  the Company  financed a total of 331 loans
totaling  $26,796,000 in the weighted average principal amount of $80,955 for an
average  duration  of 14 days per  borrowing,  which  amounts  include 277 loans
funded through bank borrowings  aggregating  $22,349,000 in the weighted average
principal  amount of  $80,682.  Such  increase in loan  activity  was due to the
Company's above mentioned  addition of four customers.  The increase in interest
expense and bank fees was due to the increase in loan funding operations and the
use of the Company's bank credit facility.

        Interest  expense on the IPO Bridge  Financing for the six month periods
ended  September 30, 1995 and September 30, 1996 amounted to $14,824 and $4,885,
respectively,  and debt discount  amortization  thereon  during the same periods
amounted to $42,744 and $37,500,  respectively.  In February,  1996, the Company
paid the sum of $122,492 in full  satisfaction of its indebtedness to two of the
IPO Bridge  Financing  Lenders.  Upon the closing of the IPO, the  remaining IPO
Bridge  Financing  obligation  of $128,356  (which  included  $28,356 in accrued
interest) was retired in full.

               OPERATING EXPENSES.  The Company's operating expenses of $193,870
during the six month  period ended  September  30, 1995  consisted  primarily of
depreciation and amortization of $50,650,  the primary component of which is the
Collateral  Tracking  System  ($46,156);  salaries and benefits to the Company's
former  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer and to its Senior Vice  President
($66,859); legal and accounting fees ($25,203);  telephone ($8,853), office rent
($5,805),  temporary staff ($15,776) and miscellaneous  expenses ($20,724 in the
aggregate).  The Company's  operating  expenses of $218,379 during the six month
period  ended  September  30,  1996  consisted  primarily  of  depreciation  and
amortization  of  ($50,650),




                                       33
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

the primary  component of which is the  Collateral  Tracking  System  ($46,156),
salary and benefits to the Company's Chief Executive,  its President, its Senior
Vice President and office staff ($52,821);  accounting and legal fees ($26,196);
telephone  ($11,144);  office  rent  ($5,805);  temporary  staff  ($23,849)  and
miscellaneous  of ($47,914).  The increase in such expenses during the six month
period ended  September  30, 1996 as compared to the  comparable  period  during
1995,  was due to the  increase  in lending  activity  and the  increased  costs
associated  with the  professional,  financial  consulting and similar  services
which  the  Company  has  incurred  by reason  of its  change  in status  from a
privately owned to a publicly held company.

               NET LOSS.  During the six month periods ended  September 30, 1995
and 1996 the Company incurred net losses of $229,043 and $246,369, respectively.
Such losses were  primarily  due to the  Company's  inability  during the former
period to attract  additional  warehouse lines of credit which it needs in order
to operate  profitably,  and the  Company's  inability  to improve such lines of
credit during the latter period while it was seeking to obtain additional credit
lines from approximately 20 banks and other financial institutions following the
completion of the IPO. Such non-cash expenses as depreciation,  amortization and
debt  discount   totaling   $98,267  and  $110,936,   respectively,   were  also
contributing factors to such losses.

               CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS.  The Company generated  negative cash
flows from  operations of $157,542 for the six month period ended  September 30,
1995 which  resulted  primarily  from a loss from  operations  of $229,043.  The
negative  cash flow from  operations  of $494,292 for the six month period ended
September 30, 1996 resulted  primarily  from a decrease in accounts  payable and
accrued expenses  ($150,277),  an increase in other assets of ($191,900) and the
loss from operations of ($246,369).

        In order to  operate  profitably,  the  Company  needs to  increase  its
warehouse  loan  lines  of  credit  beyond  its  current  level  of  $4,000,000.
Accordingly,  immediately  after the closing of its IPO,  the  Company  began to
focus its efforts on acquiring such additional credit lines. In that regard, the
Company  has sought  warehouse  lending  lines of credit from  approximately  20
different  banks  and  financial  institutions.  Several  of such  lenders  have
declined to extend credit to the Company for a variety of reasons including, but
not  limited to, the  relatively  small size of the  Company's  asset and equity
bases in relation to such lenders'  lending  parameters.  As of the date of this
Prospectus,  the  Company is  maintaining  dialogues  with  approximately  eight
financing  sources who have expressed an interest in  considering  the Company's
application  for financing,  and it intends to make  applications  to additional
warehouse  line of  credit  sources.  Although  the  Company  believes  that the
addition  of the  $1,970,466  portion  of the  proceeds  of the IPO  which it is
employing in its mortgage  warehousing  operations  will enable it to effect the
needed  expansion of its credit  facilities by as much as $10 - 20 million,  and
thereby achieve  profitability through the ability to increase its customer base
and aggregate  dollar loan volume



                                       34
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

which  such  additional  lending  capacity  will  permit  it  to  undertake,  no
assurances can be given in that regard.

               REALIZABILITY OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS.  Management has evaluated the
realization  of its  long-lived  assets  (primarily  furniture and equipment and
proprietary  computer software) having a net book value of $175,089 at September
30,1996 in accordance  with the provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 121 "Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived
Assets  to  be  Disposed  of."  Based  on  such   evaluation   and  taking  into
consideration  the positive cash flows and earnings the Company believes it will
be able to generate in future periods, management does not believe that there is
an impairment of its long-lived assets at September 30, 1996.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

               On July 31, 1995,  the Company paid UMB a $20,000  renewal fee in
connection  with its  consummation  of a thirteen month extension (due to expire
August 31, 1996) of its $2,000,000  warehousing  line of credit.  On November 9,
1995 and February 23, 1996, respectively,  the Company paid an additional $4,167
and  $7,917  in  consideration  for the  extension  of said  line of  credit  to
$2,500,000 and then to  $4,000,000.  In connection  therewith,  the Company also
granted  to UMB a five year  option to  purchase  up to 41,271  shares of Common
Stock at an exercise  price of $5.50 per share.  Said option  shall  expire with
respect to any  unexercised  portion  thereof  in the event  that the  Company's
credit  line with UMB shall not be  renewed or  extended.  See  "Description  of
Securities - UMB Option."

               On September 10, 1996, the Company paid UMB a $40,000 renewal fee
in connection with the extension of its credit facility through August 31, 1997.
The Company's  primary  sources of the capital which it employs in its warehouse
lending  operations  are  borrowings  under its UMB line of  credit  and its net
equity capital funds of approximately $2,072,000.

               PIONEER'S  CHAPTER  11  BANKRUPTCY  PROCEEDINGS.  In April  1993,
Pioneer  emerged  from  bankruptcy  pursuant  to a plan  of  reorganization,  as
subsequently  modified (the "Plan"),  which provided,  among other things,  that
each unsecured  creditor would receive a distribution  equal to such  creditor's
pro rata share of $150,000,  plus a  non-interest  bearing  unsecured  note (the
"Note").  Pursuant to the terms of the Notes, if at the close of the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1995, the Company had any net income (net income, as reported in
the Company's  audited financial  statements,  increased by any deductions taken
for depreciation or amortization, and decreased by certain interest earnings) in
excess of  $400,000,  each holder of a Note would have been  entitled to receive
distributions  equal to such  creditor's pro rata share of 20% of the net income
in excess of said $400,000.  However,  the Company had no net income during said
fiscal year.  Beginning with the close of the fiscal year ending March 31, 1996,
and for all fiscal years thereafter,  each holder of a Note shall be entitled to
receive a distribution equal to such


                                       35
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


creditor's pro rata share of 20% of the net income  available for note payments,
if the net income for any such fiscal year  exceeds  $1,300,000.  Holders of the
Notes shall continue to receive  payments under the Notes,  consistent  with the
foregoing  terms,  until an aggregate of $1,350,000 is paid under the Notes.  At
such time,  the Notes shall be deemed fully  satisfied  and  discharged  and the
Company shall have no other or further obligations  thereunder.  The Company was
not required to make any payments to the Note holders with respect to the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1996.

               The Plan,  as assumed by  operation  of law by the Company at the
time of consummation of the Merger,  further  provides that,  until such time as
said  $1,350,000  has been paid in full, no dividends may be declared or paid to
the  holders of any class of the  Company's  common  stock,  it may not  redeem,
purchase or otherwise  acquire for value any of its capital stock and it may not
return  any of its  assets  or make any  distribution  of  assets  to any of its
shareholders,  provided, however, that such prohibitions shall not be applicable
in the event that 50% of the proceeds in excess of  $5,000,000  derived from any
public  offering of securities made by the Company shall be utilized for payment
of said $1,350,000.  The proceeds which the Company derived from the IPO did not
exceed said  $5,000,000  threshold.  The proceeds which the Company shall derive
from this Offering will exceed such  threshold.  The Board of Directors does not
anticipate  that  it will  use  any  portion  thereof  to pay  any  part of said
$1,350,000  obligation.  Therefore,  it is not expected that the Company will be
undertaking  any of  the  aforementioned  currently  prohibited  actions  in the
foreseeable future.

               Accordingly, until such time as the Notes have been paid in full,
the Company will be obligated,  to the extent hereinabove  described,  to pay to
Pioneer's  pre-Chapter 11 unsecured  creditors an aggregate of $1,300,000 of the
income  that  otherwise  would  be  available  for use in  connection  with  the
Company's operations, or for distribution to its shareholders.  No holder of any
of the Notes was affiliated with Pioneer, or is affiliated with the Company.

IMPACT OF NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

               In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards Number 109,  Accounting for Income
Taxes ("FAS No. 109") which requires the use of an asset and liability approach.
The asset and  liability  approach  computes  deferred  taxes  based on expected
future tax consequences to be in effect when timing differences reverse, whereas
the  deferred  method  utilizes  the  tax  rate  in  effect  at the  time of the
origination of the timing  differences.  The Company  adopted FAS No. 109 in its
current  fiscal  year.  Implementation  of FAS No.  109 did not have a  material
effect on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

               In January 1995,  the Company  adopted FAS 114,  "Accounting by a
Creditor  for  Impairment  of a Loan," FAS 118,  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for
Impairment  of a Loan  -  Income  Recognition  and  Disclosures"  and  FAS  119,


                                       36
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


"Disclosure About Derivative  Financial  Instruments and Fair Value of Financial
Instruments."  Adoption of these new accounting and disclosure standards did not
have a  material  effect on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

IMPACT OF IPO ON NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS

               As of September 30, 1996, the Company had available net operating
loss carryforwards of approximately $2.3 million.  As a result of changes in the
Company's common stock ownership,  the Company is subject to annual  limitations
pertaining to the use of such operating loss carryforwards.  The Company expects
that the amount of net operating loss carryforwards which may be utilized in any
future period will be limited to an amount not to exceed approximately  $100,000
per year.  Management  believes  that the losses that it has incurred  since the
Merger  (aggregating  $896,000)  are  not  subject  to  these  limitations.  The
Company's ability to use such net operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon
its ability to  generate  taxable  income in the future.  See Note 6 of Notes to
Pioneer's Financial Statements.


                                   THE MERGER

               In November 1994, PCF and Pioneer consummated the Merger pursuant
to an Agreement  and Plan of Merger (the "Merger  Plan") which  provided,  among
other things that (a) Pioneer would merge with and into PCF; (b) the Company, as
the  surviving  constituent  of the  merger  would  change  its name to  Pioneer
Commercial  Funding Corp.; (c) upon consummation of the Merger,  the persons who
were serving as the  directors  and officers of Pioneer  would serve in the same
capacities as the directors and officers of the Company (see "Management");  and
(d) the Merger  would be effected by issuing one share of the  Company's  Common
Stock in  exchange  and  extinguishment  of each share of  Pioneer's  common and
preferred stock then held by its shareholders.  Upon consummation of the Merger,
the Company exchanged,  on a share for share basis, 814,126 shares of its Common
Stock for the 318,017  shares of  Pioneer's  Class A common  stock,  the 333,311
shares of  Pioneer's  Class B common  stock and the 162,798  shares of Pioneer's
Class A preferred stock which had been issued and outstanding  immediately prior
to the Merger.

               Further in accordance with the Merger Plan, all property, rights,
privileges, powers, contracts, and franchises and every other interest possessed
by Pioneer in any capacity  became the  property of the  Company,  all rights of
creditors and all liens upon any property of Pioneer were  preserved  unimpaired
and all debts,  liabilities  and duties of Pioneer  attached  to the Company and
became enforceable against it to the same extent as if said debts,  liabilities,
and duties had been incurred or contracted by the Company.

               The foregoing  discussion is a summary of the principal  terms of
the Merger Plan. It does not purport to be complete,  and it is qualified in its
entirety  by



                                       37
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

reference  to the Merger  Plan,  a copy of which is on file as an exhibit to the
Company's  Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part.  See
"Available Information."

                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL OVERVIEW

               The Company is a specialized  niche  financial  services  company
currently  engaged  in (i)  residential  mortgage  warehouse  lending  and  (ii)
origination of consumer  automobile loan and lease financings through a recently
acquired 50% interest in Trans Lending. Trans Lending presently represents AVCO,
ACC and Norwest who have agreed to purchase  Contracts acquired by Trans Lending
from approximately 60 dealers located in Florida. The Company will seek to enter
other specialty  financial  service sectors  primarily  through  acquisitions of
businesses or joint  ventures with  businesses  or executives  having  extensive
experience in the targeted specialty.

               The Company is a mortgage  warehouse lender providing  short-term
(generally 10 - 30 day) financing to small to medium sized mortgage  bankers who
hold  ("warehouse")  the mortgage loans they originate  pending the  nonrecourse
sale of such loans to institutional  investor agencies in the secondary mortgage
market such as GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC and/or  accredited  financial  institutions
such as banks, thrifts, insurance carriers and large mortgage bankers.

STRATEGY

               The Company's multi-pronged growth strategy to maximize long-term
shareholder values is:

                      Expanding  the scope of the Company's  mortgage  warehouse
lending activities by increasing its available lines of credit and the number of
mortgage bankers served.

                      Developing  and  expanding  Trans   Lending's   automobile
financing activities through its representation of a greater number of banks and
other  institutional  purchasers of auto loans, and through the establishment of
Contract  acquisition  relationships  with a greater  number of  franchised  and
independent used car dealerships.

                      Expanding into other  specialty  finance niche  activities
primarily through acquisitions of businesses, or joint ventures with  businesses
or executives having extensive experience in the targeted specialty.



                                       38
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


                     Obtaining   commitments  from  Arthur  H.  Goldberg,   the
Company's Chief Executive Officer, and Elie Housman, the Company's President and
Chief Operating  Officer,  to devote  substantial  portions of their time to the
affairs of the Company.

MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE LENDING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

               General. Mortgage bankers (i) originate mortgage loans, as direct
lenders;  (ii) act as  intermediaries  in the  subsequent  marketing and sale of
mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market; (iii) warehouse mortgage loans;
and (iv) service mortgage loans.

               Historically,  mortgage banks have originated approximately 20% -
25% of all mortgage loans. However,  according to the U.S. Department of Housing
and Urban Development, due to changes during the late 1980's and early 1990's in
the  composition  and  liquidity of the savings and loan  industry (the historic
market leader in mortgage loan originations),  and the regulatory  tightening of
commercial banking industry capital requirements,  mortgage banks have increased
their share of the mortgage loan origination market to approximately 50%.

               Mortgage   warehouse  lending   transactions  are  collateralized
principally  by its receipt of (i) an  instrument  of assignment of the original
mortgage  loan note  endorsed in blank by the primary  lender;  (ii) a certified
copy of the mortgage or deed of trust and an instrument  of  assignment  thereof
executed in blank by the primary lender;  and (iii) an executed  commitment from
an Agency to purchase the mortgage loan at a specific price and time.

               The  Secondary  Mortgage  Market.  After World War II, the United
States   Government   created  three   for-profit   entities  to  stimulate  the
availability of mortgage  financing for residential  dwellings,  FNMA, FHLMC and
GNMA. Prior to the creation of these Agencies, commercial and savings banks made
mortgage  loans only to the extent  they  could  retain  such loans in their own
portfolios  or sell  them to  private  investors.  These  Agencies  created  the
secondary  mortgage  market by issuing and  guaranteeing  mortgage-backed  fixed
income securities to the investing public.

               The Agencies  obtain their funds by offering  long-term  bonds to
institutional  investors which are secured by the underlying mortgages purchased
by the  Agencies,  and  which  pass  through  to the  bondholders  the  mortgage
principal  and  interest  payments  received by the  holders of such  mortgages.
Additionally,  inasmuch as GNMA is an organ of the United States government, its
bonds are also  backed by the full  faith and credit of the U.S.  Treasury.  The
Agencies rely on independent companies to service the loans they purchase. Often
the servicing  agent is the same  mortgage bank from whom an Agency  purchases a
mortgage loan. Such services include collecting  interest and principal payments
on a monthly  basis


                                       39
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


and insuring that property taxes and property insurance premiums are paid as and
when they become due.

               The Agencies  purchase  mortgages  pursuant to commitments  which
they issue to mortgage banks and other mortgage loan  originators  who have been
previously  screened by the Agency and qualified as an Agency-approved  mortgage
lender. The most prevalent  commitment provides for the purchase by an Agency of
"standard  pools" of  mortgage  loans in blocks  ranging  from $1  million to $5
million.  That pool of mortgage loans, either separately or when aggregated with
other similar pools  purchased by an Agency,  becomes the underlying  collateral
for the fixed income, so-called "mortgage-backed securities" that are issued and
guaranteed by the Agency.

               During the five year  period  between  1991 and 1995,  the dollar
volume of residential  mortgage loans purchased by the FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA, VA and
FHA was, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                FHLMC          FNMA         GNMA                VA            FHA         Totals
                -----          ----         ----                --            ---         ------
                                    (Billions of Dollars)

<S>           <C>           <C>          <C>                    <C>          <C>         <C>
1995          $ 93.386      $167.048     $ 72.866               N/A         $ 43.800     $382.120
1994           124.246       192.011      111.215               N/A           94.900      522.342
1993           229.706       313.751      138.000               N/A           102.200     783.657
1992           191.126        75.905       81.900               $24.500       50.900      424.331
1991            99.965        37.202       62.600               15.300        47.800      262.867


</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
Source: Reports of FHLMC and FNMA for the years 1991 - 1995.


               Mortgage bankers desiring to originate and sell mortgage loans to
the Agencies are required to produce such loans in accordance with very specific
Agency  guidelines  and criteria.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  the loan
limits imposed for the mortgage loans on owner-occupied  residential  properties
that the FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA, VA and FHA will purchase are, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            FHLMC(1)        FNMA(1)      GNMA(2)      VA(2)       FHA(1)
                            --------        -------      -------      -----       ------
<S>                         <C>            <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>     
Single Family               $207,000       $207,000     $185,000    $185,000    $155,250
2 Units                      264,750        264,750                              198,550
3 Units                      320,050        320,050                              240,000
4 Units                      397,800        397,800                              298,350

</TABLE>

- -------------------------
Source: Reports of FHLMC and FNMA for the years 1991 - 1995.




                                       40
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

(1) The loan  limits  imposed by FHLMC,  FNMA and FHA are  generally  applicable
throughout the United States.

(2) The loan  limits set forth  herein  are those  imposed by GNMA and the VA in
regions of the United States such as Southern  California and  Metropolitan  New
York which they have designated as "High Cost Areas."

THE COMPANY'S MORTGAGE LENDING OPERATIONS

               The Company provides financing for small to medium sized mortgage
bankers  possessing  at least  $350,000 of capital  who have been  approved as a
seller or  servicer of mortgage  loans by one or more of the  Agencies,  and who
have been  granted a  mortgage  warehouse  line of credit by the  Company  after
satisfying  its own  financial,  business and  creditworthiness  standards.  The
mortgage  loans for which the Company  provides  such  financing  are  primarily
single  family  residences  and  other  owner  occupied  residential  properties
including  one to four unit  properties in which the owner is the occupant of at
least one of such units.

               In a mortgage warehouse loan transaction,  the Company's mortgage
banking  customer will first purchase a funding  commitment from an Agency for a
fee which is usually a fraction of a percent of the commitment amount. Then, the
Company's  customer will seek to fill the  commitment  through the submission of
one or  more  loans  to the  Agency  which  conform  not  only  to the  Agency's
established loan criteria,  but also to the commitment's rate and delivery date.
These  commitments  can take three  forms:  individual  loan,  small  pool,  and
standard pool. An individual loan commitment is an agreement by an Agency,  with
a usual term of no longer than two weeks,  to purchase a single  whole loan of a
specified amount on or before a specified date at a specified rate. A small pool
commitment  is an  agreement  by an Agency,  with a usual term of no longer than
three weeks,  to purchase an  unrestricted  number of whole loans of a specified
total amount on or before a specified date at a specified  rate. A standard pool
commitment  is an  agreement  by an Agency,  with a usual term of no longer than
four weeks,  to purchase  an  unrestricted  number of whole loans of a specified
total  amount of no less than $1  million  on or  before a  specified  date at a
specified rate.

               In general,  the  Company's  customers do not possess  sufficient
capital or bank lines of credit to fully  fund loans they  originate  during the
period of time that  transpires  between  the date on which a loan is closed and
the Agency Commitment Date. Accordingly,  the Company provides its customer with
a line of  credit  that is  collateralized  by each  loan  that it funds for its
customer,  which line of credit  enables the customer to warehouse  the loan for
the period of approximately 10 to 30 days that typically occurs from the closing
of the loan until the Agency  Commitment Date.  During this period,  the Company
holds the loan documents  (generally,  the promissory note and the first deed of
trust  or  mortgage  securing  the  note),  and upon  its  delivery  of the loan
documents to the Agency, the Company is paid the aggregate amount of the loan.



                                       41
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


               The Company derives its revenues from the transaction-based  fees
that it charges its  customers  in  connection  with the loans it funds on their
behalf, and the interest rate spread (generally 0.75%) between the yield paid by
the Company to its financial  sources for its borrowed  funds,  and the interest
rate  charged by it for  mortgage  loans that it funds on behalf of its mortgage
banker customers.

               Transaction fees are determined pursuant to a schedule based upon
the  length  of  time  between  the  funding  of  a  loan  by  the  Company  and
reimbursement  of same by an Agency.  In each case,  the  Company's  customer is
charged an initial fee of $70.00 to $90.00 upon  funding of a loan.  If the loan
is repaid  within 30 days of the  funding  date,  no  additional  fee is usually
earned by the  Company on such  loan.  If such loan is not  repaid  within  such
period, its customer must pay an additional fee of $150.00.

               In the event that the Company  disburses funds to a title company
in preparation for closing of a loan which  thereafter does not close,  only the
initial  fee,  plus  interest  for the one to three days that it normally  takes
before such funds are  returned by the title  company to the Company are charged
by it to its customer.

               Generally,  the Company's  mortgage  warehouse loan customers pay
interest  for the  funds  they  borrow  from it at a rate that  ranges  from one
quarter of one percentage  point to one percentage point over the UMB Prime Rate
(as defined below).

THE COMPANY'S UMB LINE OF CREDIT

               In accordance  with the  $4,000,000  revolving line of credit and
security   agreement   between  the  Company  and  UMB,  as  amended  (the  "UMB
Agreement"), the Company pays a fee of $30.00 per loan plus interest on advances
made under its  credit  line at a rate which is one  percent  above the  highest
"prime rate" of interest, quoted from time to time by the Wall Street Journal as
the "base rate on corporate loans at large U.S. money center  commercial  banks"
(the "UMB Prime Rate"). As collateral security for its indebtedness to UMB under
said  agreement,  the Company has granted to UMB a security  interest in various
assets  including,  but not limited  to, all  promissory  notes  acquired by the
Company with respect to any loan funded by it with moneys advanced under its UMB
credit line and all mortgages or other forms of collateral  security obtained by
the Company in connection with the funding of such loans.

THE COMPANY'S MORTGAGE BANKING CUSTOMERS

               During the fiscal  year ended  March 31,  1995,  the  Company did
business  with  three  mortgage  banking  customers,  Premium  Mortgage  Company
("Premium"), National Mortgage Banking Group, Inc. ("National") and The Mortgage
Group,  Inc. ("TMG").  Premium is located in, and originates  mortgage


                                       42
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

loans in, California.  National is located in, and originates  mortgage loans in
Southern California.  TMG is located in Virginia,  and originates mortgage loans
in Virginia,  Washington, D.C. and California. 82.25% of the Company's warehouse
lending  business  between the  Inception  Date and March 31, 1995 was conducted
with Premium.  The Company  suspended its customer  relationship with Premium in
April 1995 due to Premium's  failure to comply with the  Company's  underwriting
criteria.

               Between April 1, 1994 and January 1, 1995, the date when National
ceased doing  business,  the Company  funded four loans  totalling  $471,259 for
National.  The average size of such loans was  $117,815.  The Company  commenced
business  operations  with TMG on August 10, 1994.  In January  1995,  TMG began
processing its warehouse loan credit needs through another provider,  and ceased
doing  business  with the  Company.  During the six month period when TMG was an
active customer,  the Company funded 63 loans for TMG totalling $7,838,277.  The
average size of such loans was $124,417.

               In August 1995, the Company  commenced  business  operations with
Windtree,  and from said date through  March 31, 1996,  Pioneer  funded 81 loans
with said  customer  totaling  $7,249,533  The  average  size of such  loans was
$89,500.  On September 26, 1995 the Company commenced  business  operations with
1st Financial and funded 49 loans totaling $3,529,393 with said customer through
March 1996. The average size of such loans was $72,028.  On November 9, 1995 the
Company  commenced  business  operations  with  Home  Funding,  a FHLMC and FNMA
mortgage banker in California,  and funded 70 loans with said customer  totaling
$9,599,530  through March 31, 1996. The average size of such loans was $137,136.

               As of September 20, 1996,  the Company  commenced  doing business
with Citizens,  a FNMA mortgage banker which does business in Pennsylvania,  New
Jersey,  Virginia and Delaware.  On October 16, 1996,  Pacific Crest, a Southern
California  FNMA  mortgage  banker was added to the  Company's  approved list of
customers,  and on December 16,  1996,  AIB, a New York based  mortgage  banking
customer, also was added to the Company's list of approved customers.

               During the six months  ended  September  30,  1996,  the  Company
funded a total of 331  loans for five  customers  aggregating  $26,796,269.  The
average size of such loans was $80,955,  and the average duration thereof was 12
days. 210 of such loans aggregating  $17,081,344  (average size - $$81.340) were
funded for Windtree,  92 of such loans  aggregating  $6,435,833  (average size -
$69,955) were funded for 1st Financial,  15 of such loans aggregating $2,154,724
(average  size -  $143,648)  were  funded for Home  Funding and 14 of such loans
aggregating $1,124,368 (average size - $80,312) were funded for Citizens.




                                       43
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               The Company is currently  analyzing  applications from four other
potential customers who originate  residential family mortgage loans in Arizona,
California,  Colorado,  Nevada, New Mexico, New Jersey, New York, Oregon,  South
Carolina, Utah and Washington.

STANDARDS FOR APPROVAL AS A CUSTOMER

               In order to be  approved  as a  customer,  a  mortgage  bank must
satisfy a set of standards that have been established by the Company.  To insure
completeness,  the process of reviewing and determining whether an applicant has
satisfied  all  of  such  standards  is  fully  monitored  through  the  CTS,  a
proprietary set of computer-based standards, procedures and controls designed to
manage the risks  inherent in the  Company's  business  (see "-- The  Collateral
Tracking System"). In accordance with those standards:

               the  applicant  must be in  business a minimum of three years and
               possess certified  financial  statements  conforming to generally
               accepted accounting principles

               the applicant must have been approved by at least two Agencies

               the applicant must have a minimum net worth of $350,000

               an applicant  who  possesses a net worth of $500,000 or less will
               be  restricted  to a  warehouse  credit  line  of not  more  than
               $2,000,000

               the  applicant  must produce  corporate  and personal  income tax
               returns covering the three most recent years

               the applicant must produce banking  statements  covering the most
               recent six months of its operations for review by the Company

               background  and reference  checks are performed on the customer's
               principals and its key underwriting personnel

               a credit analysis is performed using independent certified public
               accountants

               the customer's  underwriting  and quality  control  standards and
               procedures are reviewed

               after thorough  screening,  the Company  determines  which of the
               secondary  mortgage market  investors  (other than GNMA, FNMA and
               FHLMC),  as well as the  appraisers,  title  companies and escrow
               agents  previously  used  by  the  customer  meet  the  Company's
               standards,  and




                                       44
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               only  they  will  be  permitted  to be used  by the  customer  in
               connection with loans funded by the Company

               the customer must carry errors and omissions  insurance  coverage
               satisfactory  to the  Company,  and must name the  Company  as an
               additional insured under such coverage

               all title companies, escrow agents and appraisers approved by the
               Company  must  carry  errors  and  omissions  insurance  coverage
               satisfactory  to the  Company.  All of such title  companies  and
               escrow agents must issue insured  closing  protection  letters to
               the Company  with  respect to the  transactions  that the Company
               funds through each of them

               the customer's principals must personally guaranty payment of all
               moneys which the customer will borrow from the Company


               After  a  customer  has  satisfied   the  Company's   application
standards,  a credit  facility  is  entered  into by it and the  customer  which
specifies,  among other things,  the maximum amount which can be borrowed by the
customer under the facility,  the maximum percentage of any single mortgage loan
that will be  advanced,  the  interest  rate and terms of  repayment.  All funds
advanced  by the  Company  under the credit  facility  are  collateralized  by a
security  interest  in,  among other  things,  the note and  mortgage or deed of
trust,  as  well  as  all   instruments   and  documents   comprising  the  loan
documentation on each loan funded by the Company.

THE COLLATERAL TRACKING SYSTEM

               The Company  manages  the risks  inherent  in its  business,  and
prepares, tracks and confirms the on-time delivery of all necessary documents to
the  appropriate  Agency  with  its CTS,  a  proprietary  set of  computer-based
standards,  procedures  and  controls  which was  developed  principally  by the
Company  for its  business,  and not for  resale  to  other  mortgage  financing
companies.  The CTS programs enable the Company to avoid the problems caused by,
and the monetary losses that can result from, the frequent short-term processing
deadlines,  the  high  volume  of loan  transactions  and the  complex  document
structures of mortgage loan financing  transactions  which are integral parts of
the mortgage loan warehouse financing business.  Substantial penalties for delay
in delivering  loan  documents to the secondary  market,  which may range from a
surcharge  of 1% - 2% of the  principal  amount of a loan in the case of a delay
regarding an individual loan commitment,  to a complete rejection and refusal to
purchase  an  entire  pool of  loans,  in the case of a delay in  filling a pool
commitment,  are an  integral  part of the  mortgage  loan  warehouse  financing
business. An individual loan surcharge will not have any adverse effect upon the
Company,  inasmuch as the amount  thereof would be



                                       45
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

deducted  from the  proceeds  of the  particular  loan which the  Company  would
otherwise  be  obligated  to remit to its  mortgage  banking  customer  upon its
acceptance  and  funding by an Agency.  However,  a delay  which  would cause an
Agency to refuse to purchase a pool,  could  result in a delay of  indeterminate
length in replacing the rescinded  pool  commitment  with a new pool  commitment
from another  Agency,  or in selling the  components  of the pool as  individual
loans.  Although the Company would  ultimately be compensated  for the delay via
the  generation of higher fees and interest  charges  payable by its customer on
the pool loans in  question,  the delay could  hinder its ability to timely fund
additional loans submitted by other customers,  and thereby adversely affect its
ongoing  relations  with such other  customers as a reliable  source of mortgage
warehouse  financing.  Since the Inception  Date, none of the individual or pool
loans  funded by the  Company on behalf of its  customers  has been  rejected by
reason of a delay in the  delivery  thereof to an Agency,  and the  Company  has
suffered  no  loss  of  principal.  See  "--  The  Mortgage  Loan  Process  From
Application to a Customer Through Funding."

               The CTS programs have been modified and altered over time so that
they fit the  Company's  business  without  seeking  to  create  a  standardized
exportable  system,  and they  include  all  phases  of the  Company's  mortgage
financing operations in their scope including, but not limited to the following:

        Establishing a credit line with a mortgage banking customer

               credit worthiness of the proposed customer
               background checks of customer's principals
               quality of loans financed by customer
               loan underwriting procedures and safeguards
               use of property appraisers approved by the Company
               use of title insurance companies approved by the Company

        Processing of loans to be financed by the Company

               no funds will be transferred until  appropriate  verification has
               been entered into CTS regarding the receipt,  generation,  review
               and accuracy of each of the following documents

                      the  original  mortgage  note  manually  executed  by  the
                      borrower and properly endorsed
                      a copy of the Agency's commitment to purchase the note
                      a certified  copy of the  mortgage  instrument  or deed of
                      trust
                      a duly  executed  assignment  of the  mortgage  or deed of
                      trust to the Company
                      copies of any intervening assignments
                      a copy of the preliminary Title Report



                                       46
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                      a copy of the appraisal  prepared in full  compliance with
                      the applicable FHA VA loan guidelines
                      a copy of the  borrower's  signed  loan  application  - an
                      executed  Regulation  Z Statement  - a power of  attorney,
                      when needed
                      a notice of right to cancel, when applicable
                      the Lender's escrow instructions
                      a mortgage insurance certificate, when applicable
                      proof of hazard  insurance  coverage  and  payment  of the
                      premium therefor
                      a flood insurance certificate, when applicable
                      a copy of Grant/Warrantee Deed, when applicable

               CTS  automatically  tracks the presence or absence of each of the
               foregoing  documents  with respect to each loan being  processed,
               and provides appropriate on-screen warnings and reports regarding
               deficiencies in documentation for any loan

        Funding of Loans

               CTS keeps track of all amounts funded under its  customer's  line
               of credit,  automatically determines whether a sufficient balance
               remains  thereunder  to fund a particular  loan;  and updates the
               available balance information upon transfer of funds

               CTS  generates  all  documentation  pertaining to the transfer of
               funds to the title company  closing a loan, the  transmittal  and
               release of loan  documents to an Agency,  the receipt of funds in
               payment of loans  purchased by an Agency and the  distribution of
               funds to the mortgage bank in repayment of the 2% portion of each
               loan funded by it

THE MORTGAGE LOAN PROCESS FROM APPLICATION
        BY A CUSTOMER THROUGH FUNDING

               The Company's customers are  Agency-approved  mortgage banks that
generally originate two categories of mortgage loans which are purchased by such
Agencies, i.e., (i) residential mortgage loans which either have been insured by
the Federal Housing Administration,  insured by the Farmer's Home Administration
or guaranteed by the Veteran's  Administration  (collectively,  "FHA/VA Loans");
and (ii) conventional  residential mortgage loans, i.e.,  non-FHA/VA Loans which
comply with the requirements  for sale to, or conversion  into,  mortgage-backed
securities issued by FNMA or FHLMC ("conforming loans").

               The Company is first  contacted about a loan to be funded for one
of its mortgage bank customers after the mortgage bank has (i) already completed
the  application  review and  underwriting  process for the loan; (ii) satisfied
itself that the



                                       47
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

loan complies with applicable FHA/VA Loan guidelines,  as well as the applicable
Agency's loan  requirements;  and (iii) received a commitment from the Agency to
purchase the loan or a pool of loans which will  encompass the loan in question.
In  order  to be able to gain  access  to its  mortgage  warehouse  loan  credit
facility, the CTS must confirm receipt from the mortgage bank of all of the loan
documentation hereinabove discussed.

               In general,  within one day of the CTS's confirmation that all of
such  documentation  has been  received,  reviewed  by the  Company's  staff and
confirmed  as to accuracy  and  completeness,  it will wire  transfer 98% of the
proceeds  of the loan to the  appropriate  escrow  agent or title  company  with
instructions  to  disburse  same  only  upon  consummation  of the  closing,  or
otherwise return the funds to the Company. At the time of closing,  the mortgage
banker funds the 2% balance of the loan proceeds.

               On or shortly before  expiration of the Agency  Commitment  Date,
the Company delivers all notes and mortgage instruments  comprising the loans to
be purchased  pursuant to the Agency's  commitment to the Agency's payment agent
under cover of a "Bailee Flow Letter" which  conditions the transfer of title of
such documents from the Company to the Agency upon payment to the Company of the
aggregate  principal amount of the loans being  delivered.  Upon receipt of such
funds from the paying agent,  the Company  remits a part thereof to its mortgage
banking customer equal to the 2% portion of the loan proceeds funded directly by
the mortgage bank, less the Company's fees and the interest payable with respect
to the funds  borrowed  from the date of closing of the loan through the date of
the Company's receipt of the funds from the Agency's paying agent.

               By limiting  the  mortgage  loans to those that conform to Agency
criteria, which criteria define the prevalent standards for the entire secondary
mortgage  market,  the  Company  reduces its  overall  financing  risks to those
mortgages which are the most liquid and readily acceptable by secondary mortgage
market lenders.  Furthermore, by insisting on receipt of full documentation with
respect to a loan,  the Company is assured  that if, for any  reason,  an Agency
refuses to accept and pay for a loan  subsequent  to the  closing  thereof,  the
Company will have all of the data and  documentation  necessary to sell the loan
to another Agency,  or to a mortgage loan  originator or warehouse  lender which
will  seek to pool the loan with  other  loans  and  market it in the  secondary
mortgage market.  In the event that an Agency,  for any reason,  were to fail to
accept a loan for purchase  under a previously  issued  commitment,  the Company
would be able to avail itself of one of the  following  three  options:  (i) the
Company could require its mortgage  banking customer to resubmit the loan to the
same Agency after curing the error or other reason for its rejection  which,  in
most cases  according  to  Pioneer's  experience,  is  incomplete  or  illegible
documentation;  (ii) the Company  could require its customer to sell the loan to
another  Agency or  secondary  market  institutional  investor  that will accept
mortgage  loans  on an "as is"  basis,  in which  case,  the  customer,  not the
Company,  would be required to absorb any loss accruing to such transaction;  or
(iii)


                                       48
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

the Company  could  exercise the right it possesses  under the loan and security
agreement  that it enters into with each of its  mortgage  banking  customers to
demand that such customer  refund all warehouse  financing funds advanced by the
Company  with respect to the rejected  loan upon 24 hours'  notice.  Between the
Inception Date and September 30, 1996, no loan which was approved for funding by
the Company failed to close,  and every loan which was closed with the Company's
funds during said period was sold to one of the Agencies in accordance  with the
commitments  given by them in  advance  of such  closings.  During  the 18 month
period which  preceded the November 1989  commencement  of Pioneer's  Chapter 11
bankruptcy  proceedings,  less  than  100  of  the  approximately  12,000  loans
aggregating  approximately $1.3 billion that Pioneer funded were rejected by the
Agencies  which had originally  committed to purchase  them.  Every one of those
rejected  loans  was sold by  Pioneer  to  another  purchaser  in the  secondary
mortgage market.

EMPLOYEES

               As of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has  three
executives,  and three part time loan processors.  Although the Company has been
accruing  a  compensation  obligation  to its Chief  Executive  Officer  and its
President at the rate of $55,000 per annum for each  executive,  it has not paid
any portion  thereof to either  officer,  although it is  anticipated  that such
payments  will be made prior to the end of the current  fiscal year.  It is also
anticipated  that,  prior to the end of the current  fiscal year,  the Company's
part time  employees will become full time employees and that it will hire up to
four  additional  employees  to process the  expanded  volume of  mortgage  loan
transactions  that the Company  expects to fund with its use of the net proceeds
of the Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds".  The Company's Chief Executive  Officer
and Chief Operating Officer have agreed to enter into employment agreements, and
its Chief  Financial  Officer  has entered  into an  employment  agreement.  See
"Management -- Employment  Agreements."  None of the employees of the Company is
represented by a labor union or is subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
The Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.

FACILITIES

               The  Company  maintains  its  office  at 6660  Reseda  Boulevard,
Reseda,  California  which is  occupied  pursuant  to a five  year  lease  which
commenced on November 1, 1996, and which provides for the payment of rent in the
amount of $2,178 per month.  Following  completion of the Offering,  the Company
intends to lease executive office facilities in New York, New York.

COMPETITION - MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE LENDING

               The business of  originating  and  financing the  origination  of
residential  mortgage loans in highly competitive.  In order to obtain qualified
residential  mortgage  loans from  small to medium  sized  originating  mortgage
bankers,  the


                                       49
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Company must  compete with  national,  regional and local  commercial  banks and
mortgage banking companies who engage in mortgage loan warehouse  lending.  Many
of those institutions and companies,  which have longer operating  histories and
significantly  greater  resources  than  those of the  Company,  are  engaged in
providing on much greater  scales than the Company's  resources  will permit for
the  foreseeable  future,  the same or similar  kinds of  computer-based  bridge
financing of residential  mortgage loans that Pioneer has heretofore  offered to
its customers,  and which the Company is presently offering.  Larger established
mortgage warehouse lenders are making substantial  investments in their computer
operations to achieve significant  economies of scale and greater flexibility in
rendering  services.  Also, major  bank-related  organizations like the Mortgage
Warehouse  Division of Bank of New York,  Bank of America,  PNC Bank,  and other
businesses engaged in lending activities,  such as CWM Mortgage Holding,  Inc.'s
Warehouse  Lending  Corporation  of America,  The  Associates  First  Collateral
Services and General Electric Capital Corp.'s  Residential  Funding  Corporation
are entering or reentering the mortgage warehouse financing business. Similarly,
although  the Company is not aware of any plans for any of the Agencies to enter
the mortgage warehouse lending business,  any of these Agencies has the capital,
the expertise, and the industry know-how to enter this business in a significant
manner.  Furthermore,  if any of the Agencies did enter this business,  it would
constitute very strong  competition to the Company in its efforts to secure well
qualified  customers  on terms  favorable  to the  Company.  Such an increase in
competition in the mortgage  warehouse  business  could have a material  adverse
effect on the  Company's  business  operations  and  prospects.  There can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will be able to  compete  effectively  with  such
competitors, that additional competitors will not enter the market, or that such
competition  will  not  make it more  difficult  for the  Company  to  secure  a
sufficient  number of high  quality  mortgage  banking  customers to realize its
anticipated business growth.

REGULATION - MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE LENDING

               Although  mortgage loan  warehousing is not presently  subject to
federal regulation,  the California Finance Lenders Law went into effect July 1,
1995. That law imposes licensing obligations on the Company, requires the filing
of annual and periodic reports, establishes maximum interest rates and repayment
terms in certain cases, and provides for fines and imprisonment for violation of
the law. Other participants in the mortgage warehouse financing process, such as
title  companies  and  appraisers,  also may be regulated by the states in which
they reside and such  regulations  often determine the scope and approach of the
Company's collateral control monitoring program.  Furthermore,  mortgage banking
is a highly regulated  industry.  The Company's  mortgage banking  customers are
subject to the rules and regulations of, and examinations by, the FHA, VA, GNMA,
FNMA,  FHLMC and state  regulatory  authorities  with  respect  to  originating,
processing,   underwriting,  selling,  securitizing  and  servicing  residential
mortgage  loans.  In addition,  there are other  federal and state  statutes and
regulations  affecting such activities.  Potential future changes in these rules
and  regulations  could,  among



                                       50
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

other things,  adversely  impact its  customers'  business  activities by, among
other things,  establishing  eligibility criteria for mortgage loan warehousing,
prohibiting   discrimination,   providing  for  inspections  and  appraisals  of
properties,  requiring  credit  reports  on  prospective  borrowers,  regulating
payment  features,   requiring  disclosures  to  customers,   governing  secured
transactions,   establishing   collection,   repossession  and  claims  handling
procedures and other trade practices and, in some cases, fixing maximum interest
rates, insurance coverages,  fees and loan amounts. Failure to comply with these
requirements  could lead to loss of approved  status,  class action lawsuits and
administrative enforcement actions.

               Although  the  Company is not  presently  aware of any pending or
proposed laws,  rules or regulations  which,  if adopted,  would make compliance
more  difficult  or  expensive,  restrict  the  Company's  ability  to fund  the
warehousing  of mortgage  loans,  restrict the Company's  customers'  ability to
originate  or sell  mortgage  loans,  further  limit or  restrict  the amount of
interest  and other  charges  earned  from loans  warehoused  by the  Company or
otherwise  adversely  affect  the  business  or  prospects  of the  Company,  no
assurance can be given that limitations and/or  restrictions of that nature will
not be adopted in the future.

PIONEER'S CHAPTER 11 BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS

               Pioneer  was founded in 1980 as a  financial  services,  merchant
banking,  and mortgage warehouse lending company. Its principal business was the
financing  of  companies  within  the  airline,  mortgage,  and heavy  equipment
industries  on both a secured and  unsecured  basis.  Pioneer  provided  working
capital  loans  monthly to  regional  and  commuter  airlines,  which loans were
generally secured by accounts  receivable owed by the Airline Clearing House, an
agent for participating airlines in the settlement and reconciliation of certain
obligations that arise between the participating airlines in the ordinary course
of business.  In 1988 and 1989,  Pioneer processed over $1.3 billion in mortgage
warehouse  loans  which  it  made to  approximately  thirty  mortgage  companies
nationwide.

               In 1989, Presidential Airways ("Presidential"), a United Airlines
("United")  "feeder"  carrier which was not affiliated  with United's  corporate
structure,  and which did business under the name "United Express," owed Pioneer
approximately $19 million which was fully collateralized by a perfected security
interest in Presidential's  accounts receivable,  and it owed Pioneer $2 million
which  was  unsecured.   At  the  same  time,   Presidential  also  owed  United
approximately   $7.5  million  on  an  unsecured  basis.  In  September,   1989,
Presidential  informed  Pioneer  that,  pursuant  to a  demand  made by  United,
Presidential had used $7.5 million of the collateral  underlying its $19 million
secured  indebtedness  to  Pioneer  in order to pay an  unsecured  debt  owed to
United.  Shortly  thereafter,   Presidential  filed  a  voluntary  petition  for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Act.

               The conversion of Pioneer's collateral essentially eliminated 80%
of Pioneer's net worth  resulting in the violation of loan  covenants  that were
the



                                       51
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

financial  underpinnings  of  lines of  credit  aggregating  approximately  $130
million which Pioneer maintained with various domestic and international banking
institutions. Pioneer's management believes that the cancellation of such credit
lines which occurred by reason of such covenant violations resulted in Pioneer's
loss of revenues  approximating  $300,000 per month which  otherwise  would have
been available in the ordinary course of its financing business.

               In October 1989,  Pioneer  commenced an action  against United in
the United  States  District  Court for the  Southern  District of New York (the
"United  Litigation")  seeking  compensatory  and punitive  damages for United's
wrongful conversion of Pioneer's  collateral and for tortious  interference with
the financing agreement between Pioneer and Presidential.

               After  unsuccessfully  attempting  to formulate  an  out-of-court
settlement  of  its  debts,   Pioneer's  creditors,   over  Pioneer's  strenuous
objections,  filed an involuntary petition in bankruptcy in January 1990 seeking
liquidation  of Pioneer under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy  Code.  After weighing
all of its options,  Pioneer  determined that Chapter 11 would provide Pioneer a
means by which it could focus its financial  resources on the prosecution of the
United Litigation,  and thereby provide meaningful  recoveries to creditors.  At
the same time, Pioneer determined that the protection  afforded under Chapter 11
would enable Pioneer to reestablish  large scale  financing  operations,  either
during,  or upon the emergence  from,  Chapter 11.  Accordingly,  in April 1990,
Pioneer  voluntarily  converted its  involuntary  Chapter 7 case to a case under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

               In  November  1992,  United  settled the United  Litigation  with
Pioneer and the lead banks who were Pioneer's principal secured creditors.  Such
settlement  entailed  the  payment by United of $5.5  million to Pioneer and its
creditors,  plus Pioneer's  receipt of another  $500,000 from the liquidation of
receivables in which Pioneer held a security interest.

               In April 1993, Pioneer emerged from bankruptcy in accordance with
the terms of the Plan.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results of  Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  -
Pioneer's Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Proceedings."


THE COMPANY'S ACQUISITION OF TRANS LENDING

               Pursuant to a stock purchase  agreement dated as of  December 23,
1996 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"),  the Company has acquired a 50% ownership
interest in Trans Lending. In accordance with the Stock Purchase Agreement,  the
Company is entitled to  designate  two of the three  members of Trans  Lending's
Board of Directors  (Messrs.  Goldberg and Housman have been  designated  by the
Company to serve in such  capacities),  and the Company is entitled to designate
the


                                       52
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

person who will serve as Trans Lending's  Chief  Executive  Officer (the Company
has named Mr. Goldberg to serve in that capacity).


               The Stock Purchase Agreement further provides for Trans Lending's
employment of Kenneth Germain,  pursuant to a separate employment agreement,  as
its President and Chief Operating  Officer.  That employment  agreement provides
for Mr. Germain's  employment for a period of three years commencing on December
23,  1996 at an initial base salary of  $96,000 per annum.  Also, in  accordance
with the Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  the Company has entered into a non-compete
agreement  with Mr.  Germain  which  precludes  his  engagement  in any business
activities which would be competitive with Trans Lending's  business  activities
during  the  term  of his  employment  and for  various  periods  following  the
termination of his employment,  provided that Trans Lending continues to pay the
base salary which Mr. Germain shall be entitled to receive as of the date of his
termination  during such period of  non-competition.  However,  if Trans Lending
terminates  Mr.  Germain's  employment  without  cause,  the  provisions  of the
non-compete agreement will preclude him from soliciting the employment of any of
Trans Lending's employees,  but will not prohibit him from otherwise engaging in
competitive  activities  with Trans Lending.  Mr. Germain is the owner of 25% of
Trans Lending's  outstanding  common stock. Alan Mann, who is Mr. Goldberg's son
in law, also owns 25% of Trans Lending's  outstanding common stock. Mr. Mann has
granted an  irrevocable  proxy to Mr. Germain to vote such shares on all matters
coming before a vote of the  shareholders of Trans Lending during the three year
term of Mr.  Germain's  employment  agreement with Trans  Lending.  See "Certain
Transactions."

               From May 1989 to January 1992, Mr. Germain was Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer of American  Lending  Corporation,  a finance  company  which
originated  approximately  $30,000,000 of non-prime  loans acquired from dealers
located in ten states,  and sold to MidLantic  National Bank. From February 1992
to  April  1995,  Mr.  Germain  was  Chairman  and  President  of  U.S.  Lending
Corporation,  a non-prime automobile lender which acquired Contracts aggregating
approximately  $45,000,000  during that time period.  Between September 1995 and
September  1996,  Mr. Germain was President of Respect  Capital  Group,  Inc., a
Florida  based  originator  of  non-prime  loans which it  acquired  for its own
account and for the account of other lenders that it represented.

THE NON-PRIME AUTO FINANCE INDUSTRY

               Historically,  traditional  automobile financing sources have not
serviced the  non-prime  market or have done so only through  programs that were
not consistently  available.  An industry group of independent finance companies
specializing in non-prime automobile  financing is now emerging,  but it remains
highly  fragmented,  with no company having a significant share of the non-prime
market.



                                       53
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               The National  Automobile Dealers  Association  ("NADA") estimates
that the retail sales market for used vehicles  exceeds $100 billion annually in
the United  States  and that new car  dealers  alone  sold over 15 million  used
vehicles in 1996. Based on NADA  statistics,  retail sales of used vehicles have
steadily increased over the past decade.

               Sales prices of used  vehicles  range from high end sales,  which
generally include vehicles having retail prices above $10,000, to low end sales,
which generally  include vehicles having retail prices below $5,000.  Purchasers
of  vehicles  in the high end  category  generally  have  access to  traditional
sources of credit,  such as banks and finance companies.  Non-prime borrowers of
the low end vehicles  generally cannot obtain financing from traditional  credit
sources and must obtain  financing from the small  independent  car dealers that
sell such vehicles, commonly known as "buy here, pay here" dealers.

TRANS LENDING'S AUTOMOBILE FINANCING OPERATIONS - OVERVIEW

               Trans Lending commenced business  operations in December of 1996.
It  operates  as a  finance  company  licensed  under  the laws of the  State of
Florida, and originates consumer automobile financing transactions for non-prime
borrowers   (consumers  who  are  typically  unable  to  obtain  financing  from
traditional   sources  because  they  have  past  credit   problems   (including
bankruptcy),  have  limited or no credit  histories  and/or have low incomes) by
acquiring  Contracts from  franchised and  independent  used car dealers.  Trans
Lending  presently  represents AVCO, ACC and Norwest who have agreed to purchase
Contracts  acquired by Trans Lending from  approximately  60 dealers  located in
Florida.

THE LENDERS REPRESENTED BY TRANS LENDING

               Trans Lending presently  represents three lenders who have agreed
to purchase Contracts acquired by Trans Lending from its dealers.

               AVCO, a wholly owned subsidiary of Textron Corp.,  generally will
advance 100% of the amount  financed (the full lease or contract  price less the
down payment) on Contracts of up to $25,000 having terms ranging between one and
ten years.  Trans Lending will receive  approximately  $700 - $1,000 in combined
administrative  fees and rate discounts on the amount  financed on each Contract
which AVCO funds for one of Trans  Lending's  dealers.  Although  Trans  Lending
expects to enter into a written representation agreement with AVCO, no assurance
in that regard can be given.

        OFL-A Receivables Corp. ("O-FLA"), a subsidiary of ACC, has entered into
an  agreement  with Credit  Central,  Inc, a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Trans
Lending,  which  provides  for  the  purchase  by  O-FLA  and  ACC of  Contracts
originated  by Trans  Lending.  As in the case of AVCO,  O-FLA and ACC generally
will  advance up to 100% of the amount  financed on  Contracts  of up to $10,000
having  terms  ranging



                                       54
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

between one and five years.  Trans  Lending  will receive  approximately  $700 -
$1,000 in combined administrative fees and rate discounts on the amount financed
on each Contract which O-FLA and ACC fund for one of Trans Lending's dealers.

               Trans  Lending  has  contracted   with  Norwest  to  service  the
Contracts originated by Trans Lending, whether owned by Trans Lending or sold as
whole loan sales after the acquisition date. See "-- Servicing of Contracts." In
addition,  Trans  Lending's  agreement with Norwest  provides that Trans Lending
will actually purchase and pay for all Contracts to be acquired by Norwest,  and
hold same for a period of 90 days prior to their  transfer  to  Norwest.  In all
such  instances the  Contracts  will have been  pre-approved  by Norwest for its
ultimate  purchase from Trans Lending.  The Contracts which are subject to Trans
Lending's  agreement  with  Norwest must be for terms of not more than 24 months
and must not exceed  $5,000.  In addition to the $700 - $1,000 in combined  fees
and discounts which Trans Lending will earn on each Contract,  it will also earn
the first two monthly  payments  which become due and payable during said 90 day
holding  period.  Trans  Lending  expects  to  initially  utilize  approximately
$200,000 of its capital in  connection  with the purchase of Contracts  which it
will be reselling to Norwest.

TRANS LENDING'S BUSINESS STRATEGY

               Trans  Lending's   primary  business   objective  is  to  acquire
Contracts  originated by franchised car dealers and independent used car dealers
initially  within the state of Florida,  and  thereafter  throughout  the United
States.  Except in the case of Norwest,  upon the  acquisition of the Contracts,
the  originating  dealers  will assign the  installment  loans (and the security
interests  arising  from  the  acquisition  thereof)  and the  leases  to  Trans
Lending's  lender.  In the case of  Contracts  originated  by Trans  Lending for
Norwest, the dealers will assign the Contracts and related security interests to
Trans Lending,  who will  warehouse the Contracts,  and collect all payments due
thereunder for the first 90 days of the terms thereof. At the end of such 90 day
period,  Trans  Lending  will assign  such  Contracts  and the related  security
interests to Norwest.  The originating  dealers will also provide  evidence that
proper  applications for certificates of title have been made to ensure that the
purchaser of the Contract will be named as the lienholder on the certificates of
title relating to the financed vehicles.

               Trans  Lending  will seek to  purchase  the  Contracts  at prices
approximating  the average  wholesale values of the vehicles being financed.  In
addition,  Trans Lending will seek to obtain  Contracts with maturities that are
less than the remaining  useful lives of the vehicles being financed,  and which
require  substantial  minimum down payments of 10% (in cash or trade-in vehicle)
by the  borrowers.  The Company may lend up to $2,000,000 of the net proceeds of
the Offering to Trans Lending for use in connection with Trans Lending's  direct
financing of Contracts. See "Use of Proceeds."




                                       55
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               To achieve the foregoing  objectives,  Trans Lending has designed
criteria as to the price,  purchase discount,  term, down payment,  installments
and  interest  rate for the  Contracts  and the price,  cost to the  dealers and
average  wholesale  value of the  vehicles  to  qualify  for  purchase  by Trans
Lending's lenders.

SALES AND MARKETING

               Trans  Lending  will market its  financing  program  primarily to
franchised  automobile  dealers  and to a  limited  number of  independent  used
automobile  dealers.  Before acquiring  Contracts from a dealer for one of Trans
Lending's  lenders,  Trans  Lending and the dealer will enter in to an agreement
that will provide Trans Lending and/or its lender with recourse to the dealer in
cases  of  dealer  fraud  or  a  breach  of  the  dealer's  representations  and
warranties.   Trans  Lending  presently  has  established  Contract  acquisition
relationships  with  approximately  60 dealers  located in the State of Florida.
Over the next 12 months, Trans Lending's management intends to seek authority to
conduct business in several competing markets,  including Georgia,  Texas, North
Carolina, Virginia, Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Ohio. Trans Lending will seek to
increase its representation of additional  dealers in Florida,  and to establish
such relationships with other dealers located elsewhere in the United States. No
assurance can be given that Trans Lending will be successful in that regard,  or
if it  successfully  establishes  such  relationships,  that  it will be able to
maintain them. In the absence of  establishing  and maintaining a greater number
of Contract  acquisition  relationships with a greater number of dealers located
within  Florida and  elsewhere,  Trans  Lending's  business  would be materially
adversely affected.  See "-- Regulation -- Non-Prime Automobile  Financing;" and
"-- Competition -- Non-Prime Automobile Financing."

               As of the date of this Prospectus,  Trans Lending has three sales
representatives    on   salary    covering    the   State   of   Florida.    The
salesrepresentatives  regularly  meet with dealers,  provide  information  about
Trans Lending's  program,  train dealer personnel as to Trans Lending's  program
requirements  and assist dealers in identifying  consumers who qualify for Trans
Lending's program.

APPLICATION PROCESSING AND PURCHASE CRITERIA

               Dealers will submit credit applications to Trans Lending's credit
center,  typically  by  facsimile.  Upon  Trans  Lending's  receipt  of a credit
application, a credit processor employed by Trans Lending will use an automated,
computer-based system to obtain credit histories,  determine the wholesale value
of the  vehicle  and  calculate  the  credit  score  of the  application.  Trans
Lending's  credit  officers  will use the  credit  score as a guide to  evaluate
applications,  but the approval/declination decision will not be based solely on
the credit  score.  Trans Lending then will notify the dealers by facsimile of a
credit decision, usually within three hours of receipt of the application. Trans
Lending then will submit the completed package to its lender for funding.





                                       56
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

SERVICING OF CONTRACTS

               Trans  Lending  has  contracted   with  NorWest  to  service  the
Contracts it will  originate,  whether  owned by Trans  Lending or sold as whole
loan sales after the acquisition date.  Norwest's servicing will include payment
and  payoff  processing,   collecting,   insurance  tracking,   title  tracking,
responding to borrower inquiries, investigating delinquencies,  repossessing and
reselling collateral, collection reporting and credit performance monitoring.

EMPLOYEES

               As of the date of this  Prospectus,  Trans  Lending  has six full
time employees, including its three Florida sales representatives. Trans Lending
is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

COMPETITION - NON-PRIME AUTOMOBILE FINANCING

               The  non-prime  consumer  automobile  finance  market  is  highly
competitive.  The level of  competition  has increased  significantly  in recent
years and this trend is expected to continue.  Historically,  commercial  banks,
savings and loan associations,  credit unions,  captive finance  subsidiaries of
automobile  manufacturers  and  other  consumer  lenders,  many  of  which  have
significantly  greater  resources  than Trans  Lending,  have not  competed  for
non-prime  consumer  business.  To the extent  that such  lenders  expand  their
activities in the non-prime consumer market,Trans  Lending's financial condition
and results of operations  could be materially  adversely  affected.  During the
past two years,  several  companies have devoted  considerable  resources to the
non-prime  consumer  market,   including   well-capitalized   public  companies.
Specifically,   Ford  Motor  Credit  Company  has  begun  to  finance  non-prime
consumers,  General Electric Capital Corporation established strategic alliances
with several  regional  non-prime  consumer  automobile  finance  companies  and
KeyCorp.  acquired AutoFinance Group, Inc., one of Trans Lending's  competitors.
Other  companies,  including  Mellon  Bank  Corporation  and  Southern  National
Corporation, have also entered the market.

               Trans Lending's business is also affected by certain demographic,
economic and industry trends. These trends include increased sales of used cars,
rising  new car prices  relative  to used car  prices,  stability  in  non-prime
consumers'  demand for used cars,  the inability of non-prime  consumers to find
lower cost  financing from other sources and the overall level of interest rates
in  general.  A  reversal  of any of these  trends  or a change  in any of these
conditions  could have a material  adverse effect on Trans  Lending's  financial
condition and results of operations.

REGULATION - NON-PRIME AUTOMOBILE FINANCING



                                       57
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               Trans Lending is registered as a finance  company in the State of
Florida, and will be required to comply with similar registration regulations in
many of the other  states  where it will be  conducting  business.  Each of such
states will subject Trans Lending to varying  degrees of regulation and periodic
examination.  In addition,  numerous federal and state consumer  protection laws
impose requirements upon the origination and collection of consumer receivables.
The laws of some states impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on
consumer  transactions and may require certain contract  disclosures in addition
to  those  required  under  federal  law.  These  requirements  impose  specific
statutory  liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions.
In  addition,  certain of these laws make an assignee of such loan liable to the
obligor  thereon for any  violations by the assignor.  Trans Lending must verify
the  accuracy  of  disclosure  for  each  Contract  that it will be  purchasing;
however,  if it becomes an assignee  of the  accounts  receivable  due under any
Contracts, it may be unable to enforce some of its receivables or may be subject
to liability to the obligors under some of its  receivables if such  receivables
do not comply with such laws.

               In the event of default by an obligor on a Contract  purchased by
Trans  Lending,  it will be entitled to exercise the remedies of a secured party
under the Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") in effect in the state of residence of
the  obligor.  The  UCC  remedies  of a  secured  party  include  the  right  to
repossession by self-help means,  unless such means would constitute a breach of
the peace.  Unless  the  obligor  voluntarily  surrenders  a vehicle,  self-help
repossession by an independent  repossession specialist engaged by Trans Lending
generally will be employed by Trans Lending when an obligor defaults.  Self-help
repossession is accomplished by retaking  possession of the vehicle. If a breach
of the peace is likely to occur, or if applicable  state law so requires,  Trans
Lending  will be obligated  to obtain a court order from the  appropriate  state
court and repossess the vehicle in accordance with that order.

               In most  jurisdictions,  the UCC and other state laws require the
secured party to provide the obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time
and place of any public  sale or the date after  which any  private  sale of the
collateral may be held. Unless the obligor waives his rights after default,  the
obligor in most  circumstances  would  have the right to redeem  the  collateral
prior to actual sale by paying the secured party all unpaid  installments of the
receivable plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding, and preparing the
collateral  for   disposition   and  arranging  for  its  sale,   plus  in  some
jurisdictions,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees, or, in some states,  by payment of
past-due  installments.  It is anticipated that repossessed  vehicles  generally
will be resold by Trans Lending  through  wholesale  auctions which are attended
principally by automobile dealers.


LITIGATION PROCEEDINGS

               The Company is not a party to any litigation proceedings.


                                       58
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

               The  executive  officers  and  directors  of the  Company  are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                         Age            Position

<S>                          <C>            <C>
Arthur H. Goldberg           54             Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
                                            Officer, Director

Elie Housman                 59             President, Director

Glenda Klein                 53             Director, Senior Vice President, Secretary,
                                            Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Richard Fried                50             Director

Boaz Harel                   40             Director

Tamar Lieber                 54             Director

Mark Roth                    35             Director

</TABLE>

               Mr. Goldberg is one of the original  shareholders of, and was the
pre-Merger  Chairman  of the Board and  President  of PCF. He was  appointed  to
Pioneer's  Board  in  February  1994.  Upon   consummation  of  the  Merger,  he
relinquished  his  positions  as Chairman  and  President  of the Company to Mr.
Lieber,  but  continued  to serve as a director of the  Company.  Following  Uri
Lieber's death in March 1995, Mr. Goldberg  assumed the positions of Chairman of
the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer.  Since December 1993, Mr.  Goldberg has
served as  President  of  Manhattan  Associates,  LLC,  a merchant  banking  and
investment  banking  firm.  Between  April 1990 and December  1993, he served as
Chairman of Reich & Co., a  securities  brokerage  and  investment  banking firm
which is a member of the New York Stock  Exchange.  Prior thereto,  he served as
President   and  Chief   Operating   Officer  of  Integrated   Resources,   Inc.
("Integrated"),   a  diversified  financial  services  company  which  commenced
proceedings  under  Chapter  11  of  the  Bankruptcy  Code.  In  November  1994,
Integrated's sixth amended  reorganization  plan was consummated.  In accordance
therewith,  senior  creditors of the reorganized  company (now known as Presidio
Capital Corp.  ("Presidio")) may receive as much as 70% of their original claims
totalling  approximately $1.1 billion, and junior creditors will receive between
3.1% and 4.5% of their claims of approximately $672 million.  As of December 31,
1995,  holders of allowed and disputed  Integrated




                                       59
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

senior general unsecured and subordinated claims (aggregating approximately $1.9
billion)  received  Presidio's  8.8  million  Class A common  shares  ("Class  A
Shares"),  and 8.8 million  shares of the common stock of XRC Corp.,  a Delaware
corporation  which  succeeded to assets of  Integrated  with a net value of less
than $5 million pursuant to Integrated's plan of  reorganization.  A reserve for
disputed  claims in  Integrated's  bankruptcy case was established and funded by
Presidio  with $46 million in cash and 162,932  Class A Shares.  At December 31,
1995 approximately $7 million in cash and 47,081 shares remained in reserve. Mr.
Goldberg  is a trustee  of Ramco  Gershenson  Property  Trust,  a New York Stock
Exchange listed real estate investment trust.

               Mr.  Housman is one of the  original  shareholders  of, and was a
director,  Vice  President  and Secretary of, PCF. He was appointed to Pioneer's
Board in February 1994, and his position as a director of the Company  continued
upon consummation of the Merger. Following Mr. Lieber's death in March 1995, Mr.
Housman  assumed the  position of  President  of the  Company.  Since 1989,  Mr.
Housman  has  been  Managing  Director  and  Principal  of  Charterhouse   Group
International,  a privately  held merchant  bank.  Prior  thereto,  Mr.  Housman
engaged in  financial  and  business  consulting  through E.  Housman,  Inc.,  a
corporation wholly owned by him. Mr. Housman is also President,  Chief Operating
Officer and a director of  Satellite  Tracking  Technologies,  Inc., a privately
held company.

               Ms. Klein joined Pioneer in 1986 as a Vice President,  and served
as its Senior Vice  President  and  Secretary  since  1988.  She has served as a
director  of  Pioneer  since  1993,  and was  appointed  to serve  as  Pioneer's
Treasurer and Chief Financial  Officer in 1994. She assumed the same directorial
and official positions with the Company upon consummation of the Merger. In 1993
Mrs. Klein and her husband filed a petition pursuant Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy
Code. After receiving a discharge in bankruptcy, Mr. and Mrs. Klein reopened the
bankruptcy  proceedings  and  converted  same to a case under  Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy  Code. In April 1995, Mr. and Mrs. Klein deposited  $100,000 into the
Bankruptcy  Court for the purpose of paying in full,  with interest,  any of the
creditors  of  their  bankrupt  estate  who had  filed  claims  against  in said
proceedings. In October 1995, such proceedings were closed.

               Mr. Fried was appointed to Pioneer's Board in February 1994. Upon
consummation  of the  Merger,  he became a Vice  President  and  director of the
Company.  He  relinquished  his  position as an officer in November  1996.  From
December 1986 through February 1991, Mr. Fried was a shareholder,  President and
Chairman of Kanon Bloch Carre & Co., Inc., an SEC registered  investment advisor
and stock brokerage firm which was an NASD member firm.  Between  February 1991,
when said firm was sold to an unrelated  party, and June 1991, he was engaged as
a business  consultant.  In addition thereto, (i) since June 1991, Mr. Fried has
served as President of Medical Systems, Inc., an application software developer,
and he has been a  principal  shareholder  thereof  since June 1993;  (ii) since
February 1993, he has also served as President of Montgomery Associates, Inc., a
corporation   wholly



                                       60
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

owned by him which is engaged in business as an  importer-exporter;  (iii) since
April  1993,  Mr.  Fried has been a  principal  shareholder,  and has  served as
President of Sea Change  Systems,  Inc., a software tools  developer;  (iv) from
April 1993 to May 1994,  he was a Branch  Manager of LPL Financial  Services,  a
stock  brokerage firm which is an NASD member firm; (v) since November 1994, Mr.
Fried  has  been a  controlling  shareholder  and has  served  as  President  of
Smartpay, Inc., a collection service; and (vi) since October 1996, Mr. Fried has
been a controlling shareholder, and has served as President of Leeward Software,
Inc. d/b/a Advanced Medical Systems, an application software developer.

               Mr.  Harel was  appointed  to the Board,  effective  November 11,
1996.  Mr. Harel has been the Managing  Director of Leedan  Business  Enterprise
Ltd.,  ("Leedan") a publicly held Israeli  holding  company which has a class of
securities listed on the Israeli Stock Exchange.  Leedan's holdings include ICTS
Holland Production,  B.V. ("ICTS Holland"), a publicly held provider of enhanced
aviation  security services which has a class of securities listed on the Nasdaq
Stock Market. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. Harel was the founder and managing director
of Mashik  Business and  Development  Ltd., an engineering  consulting  company.
Since September  1996, and in addition to his capacity as the Managing  Director
of Leedan,  Mr.  Harel  relocated  to New York and has served as the Chairman of
ICTS USA (1194),  Inc., a wholly owned  subsidiary of ICTS Holland,  and in this
capacity,  he has been responsible for the business  development of ICTS Holland
in the United States.  Leedan Systems & Properties  Promotion 1993 Ltd. ("Leedan
Systems"),  one of the  Company's  principal  shareholders,  is an  affiliate of
Leedan. See "Principal Security Holders."

               Mrs.  Lieber was  appointed  to the Board on June 5, 1995 to fill
the  vacancy  created by reason of the death of her  husband,  Uri  Lieber,  the
former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mrs. Lieber has been
engaged in private  practice  as a  psychotherapist  for more than the past five
years.

               Mr. Roth was appointed to the Board, effective November 11, 1996.
Mr. Roth is an attorney who engaged in the private  practice of law between 1989
and September  1995. In 1992, Mr. Roth began  representing  National  Securities
Corporation ("National"), the underwriter of the Company's IPO, in transactional
and  litigation  matters.  He became a full time  employee of, and was appointed
General  Counsel of,  National in October  1995,  and continues to serve in that
capacity. In accordance with the underwriting  agreement executed by the Company
with National in connection with the IPO,  National is entitled to designate one
member of the  Company's  Board during the three year period which  commenced on
August 16, 1996. Mr. Roth was appointed to the Board as National's designee. See
"Certain Transactions."





                                       61
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

               Prior  to the  Merger,  the  Company  did  not  pay  any  form of
compensation  to  any  of  its  executives.   The  following  table  sets  forth
compensation  awarded to, earned by or paid to Uri Lieber and Arthur Goldberg in
their capacities as Chief Executive Officer of the Company. No executive officer
of the Company earned a salary and bonus of more than $100,000 during any of the
three fiscal  years ended March 31,  1996.  The Company has agreed to enter into
employment  agreements with Arthur H. Goldberg and Elie Housman, and has entered
into an employment  agreement  with Glenda  Klein.  See  "Management  Employment
Agreements."

               The Company  did not,  prior to  commencement  of its fiscal year
ending  March  31,  1996  (a)  grant  any  restricted   stock  awards  or  stock
appreciation rights to any of its executives; (b) pay compensation to any of its
executives that would qualify as "All Other  Compensation;" or (c) make payments
to any of its executives which may be categorized as "Other Annual Compensation"
or "LTIP Payouts."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Other                        Securities
                                                 Annual         Restricted    Underly-
Name and       Fiscal                            Compen-        Stock         ing
Principal      Year     Salary($)    Bonus($)    sation($)      Awards($)     Options/
Position       -----    ---------    --------    ---------      ----------    SARs (#)
- --------                                                                      -----------

<S>          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>       <C>
Uri Lieber
Former CEO     1995     $55,747(1)    ---        $6,924(2)        ---          ---
               1994      41,392       ---         1,079(2)        ---          ---

Arthur Gold-
berg, CEO      1996      ---          ---            ---          ---        75,758/0

</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1)  Represents  compensation  paid to Mr. Lieber through the date of his death.
The Company also has accrued  approximately  $36,000 representing amounts due to
Mr. Lieber under his employment agreement with the Company.

(2)  Represents  the  premiums  paid by the  Company  with  respect to term life
insurance owned by Mr. Lieber and payable to his designated beneficiary.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

               Prior to his death in March  1995,  the  Company  was party to an
employment  agreement  with Uri Lieber,  the former  Chairman  and  President of
Pioneer,  which: (a) provided for Mr. Lieber's  employment as Chairman and Chief
Executive  through June 30, 1996;  (b)  provided  for base  compensation  to Mr.
Lieber  at



                                       62
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

the rate of $110,000  per annum,  subject to such  discretionary  increases  and
bonuses  as the  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  may deed
appropriate;  (c)  obligated the Company to pay the premiums with respect to two
term life  insurance  policies owned by Mr. Lieber and payable to his designated
beneficiary  in the  aggregate  amount  of  $1,200,000,  or to  provide  similar
insurance  benefits  with other  policies to be purchased  by the  Company;  (d)
obligated  the  Company to provide to Mr.  Lieber  all  categories  of  benefits
offered to other  executives and employees;  (e)  terminated  upon Mr.  Lieber's
death,  and was terminable by the Company upon his disability or in the event of
his gross  malfeasance,  gross  misconduct,  conviction  of a  felony,  or other
similar good cause materially  detrimental to the Company; and (f) also provided
for Mr. Lieber's indemnification,  subject to any limits imposed thereof by law,
and/or the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws,  with respect to
certain  claims which may be brought  against him, and to pay his legal  defense
costs in connection therewith.

               Messrs. Goldberg and Housman have agreed to enter into employment
agreements  with  the  Company,  pursuant  to which  Mr.  Goldberg  will  devote
substantial  portions of his time to the affairs of the Company as Chairman  and
Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Housman will devote substantial portions of his
time to the affairs of the Company as  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer.
Although the terms of such agreements  have not been fully  negotiated as of the
date of this  Prospectus,  the Company  believes that each agreement will have a
term of three years,  will provide for payment of base  compensation at the rate
of $75,000 per annum and also  provide for the receipt by Messrs.  Goldberg  and
Housman of all other  perquisites  and benefits  conferred by the Company to any
other officer.  The agreements will further provide for the  indemnification  of
Messrs.  Goldberg and Housman to the fullest extent  permitted by applicable law
with respect to all claims for compensatory damages (but not punitive damages or
the expenses  incurred by her in defending  against such claims) alleged against
them in any action, suit or proceeding commenced against them by reason of their
status as present or former officers,  directors or employee of the Company,  or
any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company,  including  actions brought by or in
the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. As an inducement to
Messrs.  Goldberg and Housman to enter into such employment  agreements with the
Company, the Board has  authorized  the  Company to grant to each of them a five
year option to purchase 350,000 shares of Common Stock,  subject to a three year
vesting  schedule,  which  shall be  exercisable  at a price of $1.99 per share,
subject to the consummation and execution of such employment agreements, and the
receipt of appropriate shareholder authorization. See "Description of Securities
- -- Options Issued to Executives."

               The Company has entered into an employment  agreement with Glenda
Klein,  which: (a) provides for Ms. Klein's employment as Senior Vice President,
Secretary,  Treasurer and Chief  Financial  Officer  through March 31, 1997; (b)
provides  for base  compensation  to Ms.  Klein at the rate of $90,000 per annum
during the first year of the term and  $100,000 per annum during the second year
of




                                       63
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


the term;  (c) provides for the grant of a five-year  option to purchase  75,758
shares of Common Stock of the Company exercisable at a price of $5.00 per share;
(d) provides for the grant of a second five-year option on May 1, 1996, provided
that Ms. Klein is still  employed by the Company on said date,  entitling her to
purchase  37,879  shares of Common  Stock of the Company at a price of $5.00 per
share; (e) obligates the Company to pay the premiums with respect to a term life
insurance policy payable to Ms. Klein's designated  beneficiary in the aggregate
amount of $750,000  during the first year of the term and $1,000,000  during the
second year of the term;  (f)  obligates  the Company to pay the  premiums  with
respect to a long-term  disability  policy in an amount  sufficient to cover the
salary payable to Ms. Klein pursuant to the employment agreement;  (g) obligates
the Company to lease a vehicle for use by Ms. Klein during the two-year  term of
the employment  agreement (which lease payments shall not exceed $800 per month)
and to pay all associated  insurance,  gasoline and  maintenance  costs for such
vehicle;  (h)  obligates  the  Company  in the event of the  termination  of Ms.
Klein's  employment in connection with a change in control of the Company to pay
to her the balance of the salary payable under the employment  agreement plus an
additional  $100,000  and to continue  medical  coverage  for the balance of the
two-year  term; (i) obligates the Company to provide to Ms. Klein and her spouse
medical and vision  coverage;  and (j) terminates upon Ms. Klein's death, and is
terminable  by the  Company  upon her  disability  or in the  event of her gross
malfeasance,  gross  misconduct,  conviction of a felony,  or other similar good
cause  materially  detrimental  to the  Company.  The Company has also agreed to
indemnify Ms. Klein, pursuant to said agreement, to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law with respect to all claims for  compensatory  damages (but not
punitive  damages or the  expenses  incurred by her in  defending  against  such
claims)  alleged against Ms. Klein in any action,  suit or proceeding  commenced
against her by reason of her status as a present or former officer,  director or
employee  of the  Company,  or  any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the  Company,
including  actions  brought  by or in the  right of the  Company  to  procure  a
judgment in its favor See  "Management - Executive  Compensation  - Stock Option
Plan;" and "Description of Securities - Options Issued to Executives."

COMPENSATION PAYABLE TO, AND OPTIONS ISSUED TO OTHER EXECUTIVES

               In June 1995, the Board authorized the Company to pay salaries to
each of Messrs.  Goldberg  and  Housman in the amount of $55,000.  However,  the
Company  has not paid any  portion  thereof to either  officer,  although  it is
anticipated  that such  payments  will be made  prior to the end of the  current
fiscal year. In consideration of the services to be rendered by Messrs. Goldberg
and Housman without payment of salaries between June 1995 and the closing of the
IPO,  the Company  issued five year  options to each of them to purchase  75,758
shares of Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share.  Such  options
were not issued  pursuant to the  Company's  Incentive  Stock Option  Plan.  See
"Description of Securities - Options Issued to Executives."



                                       64
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

STOCK OPTION PLAN

               The Company,  pursuant to the  shareholders'  authorization,  has
adopted (with effect from August 1, 1994) a Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the
"Plan")  which  provides  for the  issuance of options to purchase up to 151,515
shares  of  Common  Stock to  persons  who are at the time of  grant,  employees
(including  officers and directors who are employees) of, or consultants to, the
Company.  The Plan must be  administered  by the  Compensation  Committee of the
Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company.  Such  committee  must  consist  of  two
"non-employee  directors," as such term is defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange
Act ("Rule 16b-3").

               The Plan, as modified with effect from November 4, 1994,  further
provides for the automatic issuance of options to non-employee  directors of the
Company  pursuant to a formula which  satisfies the requisites of Rule 16b-3. On
January 2 in each of 1997,  2000 and 2003  (each of which  dates is  hereinafter
called a "Regular Grant Date"),  each non-employee  director shall automatically
receive an option to purchase  15,000  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock (a
"Regular Option"),  and such Regular Option shall vest and become exercisable on
the  first,  second and third  anniversaries  of such grant at the rate of 5,000
shares per anniversary,  provided, that each person who becomes a director after
a Regular  Grant  Date,  shall  receive a Regular  Option to purchase a pro rata
portion  of 15,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  based  upon the  number of months
remaining  until the next  Regular  Grant  Date.  Also in  accordance  with such
formula,  on the date of each  non-employee  director's  initial election to the
Board or, if such  initial  election  shall have  occurred  prior to the date of
adoption  of  the  Plan,  then  on  said  date  of  adoption,  he or  she  shall
automatically  receive an option to purchase a prorata  portion of 15,000 shares
of Common Stock based upon the number of months remaining until the next Regular
Grant Date (an "Initial Option"). No Initial Option or Regular Option shall vest
or be exercisable unless the grantee shall have served continuously on the Board
during the year preceding the applicable vesting date.

               Michael Barnea,  Esq., a former  director of the Company,  is the
holder of 7,892 fully vested options.  Boaz Harel and Mark Roth,  Esq., who were
appointed to the Board in November 1996,  and Richard  Fried,  who qualified for
receipt  of a  grant  as a  director  upon  cessation  of his  status  as a Vice
President in November 1997, have received Initial Options to purchase 316 shares
of Common  Stock.  The  grants  to  Messrs.  Harel and Roth will not vest  until
November  1997.  The grant to Mr. Fried is fully  vested.  In addition,  Messrs.
Fried,  Harel and Roth will receive Regular Grants in January 1997. By reason of
the fact that Mrs. Lieber is deemed to be the beneficial owner of all the Common
Stock which her late husband owned,  i.e.,  more than 10% of the total number of
shares of Common  Stock  outstanding,  she is  ineligible  to receive any grants
under the Plan.  See  "Principal  Security  Holders." No other options have been
granted under the Plan as of the date of this Prospectus.



                                       65
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               The exercise  price for all options  issuable under the Plan must
be 100% of the fair market  value of the Common Stock  underlying  the option at
the time of grant.  Pursuant to the Plan,  as long as the Common Stock is listed
on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  its fair  market  value  shall be equal to the
closing sales price thereof on the date of grant.

               In November  1996,  Glenda Klein  received an option issued under
the Plan to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.99
per share.

               Mrs. Lieber and Richard Fried,  who are  non-employee  directors,
serve as the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

               Article   VIII  of  the   Company's   bylaws   provide   for  the
indemnification  of directors  and officers to the fullest  extent  permitted by
law.

               Section 722 of the New York Business  Corporation Law (the "BCL")
provides  that a  corporation  may  indemnify  an  individual  made  party  to a
proceeding  because  he is or was a director  or officer in certain  situations,
provided that the director acted in good faith for a purpose which he reasonably
believed to be in the best interests of the  corporation.  In addition,  Section
723 of the BCL provides that a corporation shall indemnify a director or officer
who prevails  entirely in the defense of any  proceeding to which he was a party
because he is or was a director,  against reasonable expenses incurred by him in
connection  with  the  proceeding.   Section  724  of  the  BCL  provides  that,
notwithstanding  any action taken by the corporation,  or by its shareholders or
directors to deny  indemnification to any officer or director,  he may apply for
and receive  such  indemnification,  upon good cause  shown,  to the same extent
permitted  under  BCL  Section  722  upon  application  for such  relief  to the
appropriate court.

               Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise,  the Company
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable.

               The  Company   maintains   directors'  and  officers'   liability
insurance providing for limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence.

               The  Company  intends to enter into  employment  agreements  with
Arthur  H.  Goldberg,  Elie  Housman,  and it has  entered  into  an  employment
agreement with Glenda Klein, providing for the Company's indemnification of each
of such  individuals  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law. The Company has



                                       66
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

entered into  indemnification  agreements  with its other  directors  which also
shall provide for  indemnification  to the fullest extent  permitted by law. See
"Management - Employment Agreements."

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

               Directors do not receive cash  compensation for services rendered
to the Company in such capacity.

               Non-employee directors are reimbursed for the reasonable costs of
travel to and from meetings of the Board of Directors.


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

               In September 1994,  Pioneer borrowed an aggregate of $411,000 and
paid interest thereon at 7.75% per annum with respect to $120,000  borrowed from
Tamar  Lieber,  the widow of Uri Lieber,  at 10% per annum on $100,000  borrowed
from RDA Trading Company, Inc. a corporation solely owned by Michael Loewenthal,
one of the  Company's  shareholders,  on  $150,000  borrowed  directly  from Mr.
Loewenthal at 12% per annum,  and on $41,000  borrowed from Hedy  Goldberg,  the
wife of Arthur H.  Goldberg,  a shareholder  and Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company.  $20,000 of such borrowings was repaid to Mrs.
Lieber in  September,  1994,  and the  balance  thereof,  plus  interest  in the
aggregate amount of approximately  $2,110,  was repaid to the lenders on October
11, 1994. During the relevant period, the interest rate charged by UMB for funds
borrowed under Pioneer's credit line with that institution was 8.75%.  Although,
Pioneer paid higher  interest rates with respect to $291,000 of such  borrowings
from Mrs. Goldberg, RDA and Mr. Loewenthal,  it was not required to pay any fees
to such lenders.  Accordingly,  the actual cost of such funds was  approximately
$480 less than such borrowings  would have cost if effected under the UMB credit
line.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources."

               In November 1995 the Company  borrowed $35,000 from Glenda Klein,
$38,000  from Tamar  Lieber and $40,000  from Dr.  Theodore  Reingold,  a former
officer and director of Pioneer. Each of such loans earned interest at the prime
rate published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal plus 1/4% per annum,
pursuant  to a revolving  credit and  security  agreement  which  provided  that
advances under such lines were secured by the mortgage liens created as a result
of the loans funded with such advances.  Mrs. Klein was paid a fee of $588.17 to
cover the penalties she incurred from the early  redemption of  certificates  of
deposit which were used to provide such loan funds. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations - Liquidity and
Capital Resources."





                                       67
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               Although no specific  measures to resolve  conflicts  of interest
have been formulated, the officers and directors of the Company have a fiduciary
obligation  to deal  fairly and in good faith with the  Company.  The  Company's
management  believes  that the terms and  conditions  pertaining  to each of the
foregoing  transactions  were comparable to and  competitive  with the terms and
conditions  which it would have obtained if such  transactions had been effected
with persons and entities  unaffiliated with the Company. All ongoing and future
transactions  between  the  Company  and any of its  affiliates  will be no less
favorable to the Company than such  transactions  would be if  consummated  with
unaffiliated third parties,  and will be approved by a majority of the Company's
disinterested  directors.  The directors intend to exercise  reasonable judgment
and take such steps as they deem  necessary  under all of the  circumstances  in
resolving any specific  conflict of interest  which may occur and will determine
what, if any, specific  measures,  such as retention of an independent  advisor,
independent counsel or special committee, may be necessary or appropriate. There
can be no assurance  that the Company  will employ any of such  measures or that
conflicts of interest will be resolved in the best interest of the  shareholders
of the Company.

               The Company has agreed to enter into  employment  agreements with
Arthur H.  Goldberg  and Elie  Housman,  and it has  entered  into an employment
agreement  with  Glenda  Klein,  who  are   shareholders   and  directors,   and
respectively,  the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the President and Chief
Operating Officer and the Senior Vice President,  Secretary, Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."

               During the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996,  the Company paid
Glenda  Klein's  husband,  Philip  Klein,  $10,284 and $815,  respectively,  for
accounting services rendered by him. Mr. Klein is a certified public accountant.
During the year ended March 31,  1995,  the Company  paid  Glenda  Klein's  son,
Andrew Klein, $4,007 for office-administrative services which he rendered to the
Company. During the year ended March 31, 1996, the Company paid Oren Lieber, the
son of Uri and Tamar Lieber, $2,291 for office-administrative  services which he
rendered to the Company.

               In accordance  with the  underwriting  agreement  executed by the
Company  with  National  in  connection  with the IPO,  National  is entitled to
designate one member of the  Company's  Board during the three year period which
commenced on August 16,  1996.  Mark Roth,  Esq.  was  appointed to the Board as
National's  designee on November 11, 1996. See "Management -- Executive Officers
and Directors."

               Alan  Mann,  Arthur's  Goldberg's  son in  law,  owns  25% of the
outstanding  common stock of Trans Lending.  Mr. Goldberg  disclaims  beneficial
ownership of such shares,  as well as any voting or investment powers pertaining
thereto.  Mr. Mann has granted an irrevocable  proxy to Kenneth  Germain to vote
such shares on all matters  coming  before a vote of the  shareholders  of Trans


                                       68
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Lending during the three year term of Mr.  Germain's  employment  agreement with
Trans Lending. See "Business -- The Company's Acquisition of Trans Lending."


                           PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS

               The  following  table sets forth the holdings of the Common Stock
of the  Company as of the date of this  Prospectus  by (1) each person or entity
known to the Company to be the  beneficial  owner of more than five percent (5%)
of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company;  (2) each director and
named  executive  officer;  and (3) all directors  and  executive  officers as a
group. All of the holders of the Company's Common Stock are entitled to one vote
per share. See "Description of Securities."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Common Stock
                       -------------------------------------------------
Name and Address of    Number of Shares    Percent Owned Prior    Percent Owned After
Beneficial Owner       Beneficially Owned  to Offering (1)        Offering (2)
- -------------------    ------------------  -------------------    -------------------

<S>                         <C>                      <C>               <C>
Tamar Lieber (3)            322,122                  22.3              6.2

Leedan Systems (4)          176,136                  12.2              3.4

Boaz Harel (5)                 *                      *                 *

Mark Roth (6)                  *                      *                 *

Elie Housman (7)            131,411  (8)              8.6              2.5

Arthur H. Goldberg (9)      168,513 (10)             11.1              3.2

Richard Fried (11)           12,362 (12)              *                 *

Glenda Klein (13)           191,046 (14)             13.2              3.5

All Directors and
 Executive Officers
 as a Group (6 persons)   1,165,607 (15)             65.4             21.0

</TABLE>

- --------------------

*       Represents less than one percent

(1) Based on 1,442,272 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this
Prospectus.

(2) Based upon 5,192,272 shares of Common Stock  outstanding after the Offering.
Does not  include (a) up to  1,125,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable in the
events that (i) the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is fully exercised; and
(ii) the  Class A  Warrants  to be  issued  in  connection  therewith  are fully
exercised;  or (b) up to 750,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable in the events
that (i) the Representative's




                                       69
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Warrants  are fully  exercised;  and (ii) the Class A  Warrants  to be issued in
connection therewith are fully exercised. See "Underwriting."

(3) Mrs. Lieber's address is 160 West 66th Street, New York, New York.

(4) The address of Leedan Systems is c/o Harel & Partners,  555 Madison  Avenue,
New York,  New York.  The Company  believes that Leedan Systems is controlled by
Ezra Harel, the brother of Boaz Harel.

(5) Mr. Harel's address is c/o Harel & Partners,  555 Madison Avenue,  New York,
New York.

(6) Mr.  Roth's  Address is c/o  National  Securities  Corporation,  1001 Fourth
Avenue, Seattle, Washington.

(7) Mr. Housman's address is 535 Madison Avenue, 28th floor, New York, New York.

(8) Includes  75,758 shares which Mr. Housman has the right to acquire within 60
days from the date hereof upon exercise of an option.  Percentages  shown assume
full exercise of such option.  Does not include  350,000  shares of Common Stock
which shall be issuable upon exercise of a five year option to be granted to Mr.
Housman upon consummation of an employment  agreement with the Company,  subject
to approval by the Company's  shareholders  under New York law, 18,551 shares of
the  Company's  Common Stock held by Daniel  Housman,  and 18,551  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock held by Jon Housman,  who are Mr.  Housman's  sons.  Mr.
Housman disclaims  beneficial ownership of such shares, as well as any voting or
investment powers pertaining thereto. See "Certain Transactions."

(9) Mr. Goldberg's  address is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York. See "Certain
Transactions."

(10) Includes  75,758 shares which Mr.  Goldberg has the right to acquire within
60 days from the date  hereof  upon  exercise  of an option.  Percentages  shown
assume full exercise of such option.  Does not include  350,000 shares of Common
Stock which shall be issuable  upon exercise of a five year option to be granted
to Mr. Goldberg upon  consummation of an employment  agreement with the Company,
subject to approval by the Company's shareholders under New York law.

(11) Mr. Fried's address is 3 Centennial Drive, Suite G, Peabody, Massachusetts.

(12) Includes 316 shares which Mr. Fried has the right to acquire within 60 days
from the date hereof upon exercise of an option.

(13)  Ms.  Klein's  address  is  6660  Reseda  Boulevard,   Suite  108,  Reseda,
California.



                                       70
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

(14) Includes  188,637 shares which Ms. Klein has the right to acquire within 60
days from the date hereof upon  exercise  of an option.  Does not include  1,205
shares  of  Common  Stock  held by Ms.  Klein's  daughter,  Allyson.  Ms.  Klein
disclaims  beneficial  ownership  with  respect to such  shares,  as well as any
voting or investment  powers pertaining  thereto.  Percentages shown assume full
exercise of all of such options.

(15) Includes 340,469 shares which the holders thereof have the right to acquire
within 60 days from the date  hereof  upon  exercise  of an option held by them.
Percentages shown assume full exercise of all of such options.


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

GENERAL

               The  Company,  a New York  corporation,  is  authorized  to issue
25,000,000  shares, of which 20,000,000 may be Common Stock, $.01 par value, and
5,000,000 may be preferred  shares,$.01  par value,  which may be authorized for
issuance by the Board and issued without  further action by the  shareholders in
classes  or  series  possessing  such  designations,   powers,  preferences  and
relative,  participating,  optional or other special rights within each class or
series, and further possessing such qualifications, limitations and restrictions
as the Board may determine,  subject to any  limitations  imposed thereon by the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation.

UNITS

               Each Unit  consists of one share of Common  Stock and one Class A
Warrant.

COMMON STOCK

               As of the date of this  Prospectus,  1,442,272  shares  of Common
Stock are issued and outstanding.

               Except as otherwise  required by law, each holder of Common Stock
is  entitled  to one vote per share on all  matters  on which  shareholders  are
entitled to vote. There are no cumulative  voting rights regarding  elections of
directors.  Holders of shares of Common  Stock are entitled to share pro rata in
dividends,  if any, as may lawfully be declared on the Common Stock from time to
time by the Company's Board of Directors.

PREFERRED STOCK



                                       71
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               The Board of Directors has the authority,  without further action
by the  shareholders,  to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one
or more series and to fix the rights,  preferences,  privileges and restrictions
thereof,  including divided rights,  conversion  rights,  voting rights terms of
redemption,  liquidation  preferences and the number of shares  constituting any
series and the  designation  of such series.  The  issuance of  preferred  stock
could,  among  other  things,  adversely  affect the voting  power of holders of
Common  Stock and could have the effect of delaying,  deferring or  preventing a
change in control of the Company.

               As of the date of this  Prospectus,  no shares of preferred stock
of any class or series have been issued, or have been authorized to be issued by
the Board. The Company has no present intention to issue any preferred shares in
the foreseeable future,  However, no assurance can be given regarding the change
of such  intentions  in the event that the Board deems it  appropriate  to issue
such securities in connection with any transaction or other  circumstance  which
is not presently known to the Board.

CLASS A WARRANTS

               The redeemable Class A Warrants will be exercisable at a price of
the Market Price per share at any time during the five  year  period  commencing
on       , 1997 and ending on         , 2002  (the  "Exercise  Period").  Unless
exercised,  the Class A  Warrants  will  automatically  expire at 3:00 p.m., New
York time on          , 2002.

               As used in this Prospectus, the term Market Price means the lower
of the last sale price of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  SmallCap Market on the
trading day immediately preceding the date of this Prospectus, or the average of
the last sales prices of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  SmallCap Market for the
30 trading days immediately preceding the date of this Prospectus.

               The Class A Warrants,  which will be issued pursuant to a warrant
agreement between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  will
be  in  registered  form  and  will  be  saleable,  assignable,  and  conveyable
separately and apart from the Units and Common Stock.

               Commencing  one  year  after  the  date  of this  Prospectus  and
continuing through the end of the Exercise Period,  the Company,  at its option,
upon 30 days' written notice, may redeem the Class A Warrants at a price of $.10
per Class A Warrant, provided that the closing sale price of the Common Stock as
quoted on the principal  market on which such shares shall then be trading shall
be  not less than 140% of the Market  Price per share  during  any  period of 30
consecutive  trading  days  ending on the third day  preceding  the date of such
notice; and further provided that the Class A Warrant holders may exercise their
Class A Warrants  at any time prior to the  redemption  date  specified  in such
notice.



                                       72
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               The  Class  A  Warrants  contain   protections  against  dilution
affecting  both the  exercise  price of,  and  number of shares of Common  Stock
purchasable  under, such warrants.  Such protections shall become operative upon
(a) any issuance of Common Stock, warrants or other securities  convertible into
Common Stock at a price below the then market value of the Common Stock during a
period of five  years  from the date of this  Prospectus;  (b) any  issuance  of
Common Stock,  warrants or other  securities  convertible into Common Stock as a
dividend;  or (c) a subdivision or combination of the outstanding  Common Stock,
warrants or other  securities  convertible  into Common Stock as the result of a
merger, consolidation, spin-off or otherwise.

               The  holders  of the  Class A  Warrants  have no right to vote on
matters  submitted  to the  shareholders  of the  Company  and  have no right to
receive dividends. The holders of the Class A Warrants are not entitled to share
in the assets of the Company in the event of  liquidation,  dissolution,  or the
winding up of the Company's affairs.

               The Class A Warrants  issued  pursuant to this Prospectus may not
be exercised unless the Company  maintains an effective  registration  statement
covering  the  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the Class A
Warrants with the SEC and the various  securities  administrators for the states
in which the Class A Warrant holders  reside,  or unless issuance of such shares
of Common  Stock is exempt from  registration.  Although  the Company  will make
every  reasonable  effort to maintain such  registration,  no assurances  can be
given that the Company will be successful in this regard.

               The Class A Warrants may not be exercised  after                ,
1997  (nine  months  after  the  date of this  Prospectus)  unless  and  until a
Post-Effective  Amendment  has been  filed with the SEC and  becomes  effective.
Although  the Company  has  undertaken  and  intends to file and keep  current a
prospectus that will permit the purchase and sale of the Common Stock underlying
the Class A Warrants, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
do so.

               The Company's  transfer  agent,  American  Stock Transfer & Trust
Company,  as warrant  agent,  will be  responsible  for all  record-keeping  and
administrative  functions in connection with the Class A Warrants. A copy of the
form  of  Class A  Warrant  Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.  The  discussion  of the Class A Warrants  herein does not purport to
be  complete  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by reference to the Warrant
Agreement.



                                       73
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

IPO WARRANTS

               In connection with its IPO, the Company issued 690,000 redeemable
warrants  (the "IPO  Warrants"),  each of which  entitles the holder  thereof to
purchase  one share of Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $5.50 per share at
any time  during the four year  period  which  commenced  on August 13, 1996 and
which will end on August 12, 2000.

               The IPO  Warrants,  were issued  pursuant to a warrant  agreement
between  the  Company  and  American  Stock  Transfer  & Trust  Company,  are in
registered  form and are saleable,  assignable,  and  conveyable  separately and
apart from the Common Stock.

               Unless exercised,  the IPO Warrants will automatically  expire at
3:00 p.m., New York time on August 12, 2000.

               Commencing  August 12,  1998 and  continuing  through  August 12,
2000, the Company,  at its option,  upon thirty (30) days' written  notice,  may
redeem the IPO  Warrants at a price of $.05 per IPO Warrant,  provided  that the
closing  sale price of the  Common  Stock as quoted on the  principal  market on
which such shares  shall then be trading  shall be not less than $7.50 per share
during any period of twenty (20)  consecutive  trading  days ending on the tenth
day preceding the date of such notice; and further provided that the IPO Warrant
holders may exercise their IPO Warrants at any time prior to the redemption date
specified in such notice.  Investors  should be aware that closing prices do not
necessarily reflect actual purchase or sale transactions.

               The holders of the IPO Warrants are protected against dilution of
their interests  represented by the number of shares of Common Stock  underlying
the IPO  Warrants  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events,  including  share
dividends, share splits, mergers, reclassification,  and the sale by the Company
of Common Stock below the then market price  (other than  employee  benefits and
stock option plans).

               The holders of the IPO Warrants  have no right to vote on matters
submitted  to the  shareholders  of the  Company  and have no  right to  receive
dividends.  The  holders of the IPO  Warrants  are not  entitled to share in the
assets of the Company in the event of liquidation,  dissolution,  or the winding
up of the Company's affairs.

OPTIONS ISSUED TO EXECUTIVES

               In April  1995,  the  Company  issued a five year  option to Mrs.
Klein pursuant to her employment  agreement to purchase  75,758 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. In June, 1995, the Company issued
five year  options to each of Messrs.  Goldberg  and Housman to purchase  75,758
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. In May 1996, the
Company




                                       74
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

issued a five year option to Mrs. Klein pursuant to her employment  agreement to
purchase 37,879 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

               The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
such options and the purchase  price shall be subject to  adjustment  to protect
the holder thereof against  dilution in the event that the Company shall (i) pay
a  dividend  in,  or make a  distribution  of,  shares  of  Common  Stock on its
outstanding  Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock
into a greater number of shares,  (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common
Stock into a lesser number of shares,  or (iv) reorganize or consolidate with or
merge into  another  corporation  or transfer  all or  substantially  all of its
assets to another entity.

               The holders of such options shall not be entitled to exercise any
voting  rights or any other rights of a  shareholder  of the Company  unless and
until the holder exercises the option.

               In November 1996,  the Board granted to each of Messrs.  Goldberg
and Housman,  subject to the consummation of written employment  agreements with
each of them, and such approvals from the Company's  shareholders as part of the
consideration for their agreement to enter into such employment agreements, five
year options to purchase  350,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$1.99 per share. Such options shall vest over a three year period,  and shall be
substantially identical to the form of option previously issued to them.

REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS

               Upon the completion of the Offering, the Company will sell to the
Representative,  individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, the
Representative's   Warrants   for   consideration   of  one  mil   ($.001)   per
Representative's  Warrant,  exercisable for 375,000 Units in the aggregate. Each
Representative's  Warrant  shall (i) entitle the holder  thereof to purchase one
Unit at an exercise  price equal to 120% of the public  offering  price per Unit
offered by the Company  hereby;  (ii) be exercisable  for a period of four years
commencing  one  year  after  the date of this  Prospectus;  and  (iii)  contain
appropriate  anti-dilution  provisions.  Such  anti-dilution  provisions include
protection  against dilution in both price and percentage of the Company (to the
extent permitted by the rules and regulations of the NASD) upon (a) any issuance
of Common Stock, warrants or other securities convertible into Common Stock at a
price below the then market  value of the Common  Stock  during a period of five
years  from the date of this  Prospectus;  (b) any  issuance  of  Common  Stock,
warrants or other securities convertible into Common Stock as a dividend; or (c)
a subdivision or combination of the outstanding Common Stock,  warrants or other
securities   convertible   into  Common   Stock  as  the  result  of  a  merger,
consolidation, spin-off or otherwise.

               During the four-year period  commencing one year from the date of
this  Prospectus,  the Company is required to use its best efforts to assist the
holders  of the




                                       75
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Representative's Warrants and the underlying securities in publicly selling such
Representative's  Warrants and the underlying securities,  when and if requested
by the  Representative or the holders of a majority thereof.  These best efforts
include the preparation and filing of one or more registration statements during
such  four-year  period at the demand of the holders of not less than a majority
of the Representative's  Warrants or underlying securities,  and the maintenance
of the effectiveness  thereof for at least nine months,  the first of which such
filings  is  at  the  Company's  sole  cost  and  expense,  including,   without
limitation,  blue sky fees and expenses and the fees and expenses (not to exceed
$25,000)  of one  counsel to the  holders of the  Representative's  Warrants  or
underlying   securities,   but  not  including  any   underwriting   or  selling
commissions, discounts or other charges of any broker-dealer acting on behalf of
such  holders.  In addition,  for the period from the first  through the seventh
anniversary  of the date of this  Prospectus,  the Company is required to notify
all holders of the  Representative's  Warrants and underlying  securities of the
Company's  intention  to  undertake  another  public  offering of the  Company's
securities (whether by the Company or by any security holder of the Company). If
requested by any holder of Representative's Warrants, the Company is required to
include in such public  offering any  Representative's  Warrants and  underlying
securities  of such  requesting  holder at the  Company's  sole cost and expense
(other than any applicable underwriting discounts or commissions, but including,
without  limitation,  the fees and  disbursements  of counsel  for any holder of
Representative's  Warrants  and blue sky fees and  expenses)  and  maintain  the
effectiveness of any registration statement relating to such public offering for
at least nine  months  after the date such  registration  statement  is declared
effective.  The  Representative's  Warrants will not be transferable,  saleable,
assignable  or  hypothecatable  for one year  from the date of this  Prospectus,
except  that they may be  assigned  in whole or in part  during such year to any
NASD member  participating in the Offering or any officer or  representative  of
the Representative or any such NASD member.

               For  the  life  of the  Representative's  Warrants,  the  holders
thereof  have the  opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market price of the
Common  Stock  without  assuming  the risk of  ownership of the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants (and the Class
A Warrants  issuable upon exercise  thereof),  with a resulting  dilution in the
interests of the Company's  shareholders  by reason of exercise of warrants at a
time when the exercise price is less than the market price for the Common Stock.
Further,  the terms on which the Company could obtain additional  capital during
the life of the Representative's Warrants may be adversely affected. The holders
of the Representative's  Warrants may exercise their warrants at a time when the
Company would in all  likelihood,  be able to obtain any needed capital on terms
more favorable than those provided for by the Representative's Warrants.






                                       76
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

IPO UNDERWRITER'S WARRANTS

               In  connection  with its IPO,  the  Company  issued  to  National
Securities Corporation,  the underwriter of the IPO, underwriter's warrants (the
"IPO  Underwriter's  Warrants") to purchase from the Company up to 60,000 shares
of Common Stock at an exercise  price of $6.00 per share and 60,000 IPO Warrants
at an exercise price equal to $.12 per Warrant.  The IPO Underwriter's  Warrants
are  exercisable  during the four year period which will  commence on August 12,
1997, and are not transferable,  except to either a partner or an officer of the
IPO Underwriter or by will or by operation of law.

UMB OPTION

               In connection  with the  extension of the  Company's  warehousing
line of credit with UMB from $2,500,000 to $4,000,000  which became effective in
February,  1996, the Company granted to UMB a five year option to purchase up to
41,271  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $5.50 per share.  Such
option shall vest at the rate of 25% of the  aggregate  amount of such shares on
August 16 of each year commencing in 1997 and continuing through 2000, and shall
expire as to any unexercised  portion thereof if, at any time during the term of
the option,  said line of credit is terminated,  canceled or not renewed for any
reason.

               The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
the option and the purchase  price shall be subject to adjustment to protect the
holder  thereof  against  dilution in the event that the Company shall (i) pay a
dividend  in,  or  make  a  distribution  of,  shares  of  Common  Stock  on its
outstanding  Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock
into a greater number of shares,  (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common
Stock into a lesser number of shares,  or (iv) reorganize or consolidate with or
merge into  another  corporation  or transfer  all or  substantially  all of its
assets to another entity.

               UMB shall not be entitled to  exercise  any voting  rights or any
other  rights of a  shareholder  of the  Company  unless  and  until the  holder
exercises the option.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

               The Representative's  Warrants confer certain registration rights
upon the holders thereof. See "-- Representative's Warrants."

                 The IPO  Underwriter's  Warrants  accord to the holders thereof
rights  to  register  the  Common  Stock  and IPO  Warrants  underlying  the IPO
Underwriter's




                                       77
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Warrants  under the Securities  Act. The warrants  issuable upon exercise of the
Underwriter's Warrants are identical in all respects to the IPO Warrants.

               The options granted to Arthur H. Goldberg,  Elie Housman,  Glenda
Klein and UMB accord  "piggyback"  registration  rights to the  holders  thereof
which  obligate  the  Company,  during a period of five  years from the dates of
issuance of such options, to include,  upon request of the holders thereof,  the
shares of Common Stock  underlying  such options in any  registration of capital
stock under the Securities  Act which the Company may undertake  (other than (a)
in an offering in which the underwriter thereof may object to such registration;
(b) in a merger; or (c) pursuant to SEC Form S-8).

               These  registration  rights  could result in  substantial  future
expense to the  Company  and could  adversely  affect the  Company's  ability to
complete future equity or debt  financings.  Furthermore,  the  registration and
sale  of  securities  of the  Company  held by or  issuable  to the  holders  of
registration  rights, or even the potential of such sales, could have an adverse
effect on the market price of the securities offered hereby.

NASDAQ SMALLCAP MARKET LISTING; BOSTON STOCK EXCHANGE AND PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE
LISTING APPLICATIONS

               The Company's  Common Stock and the warrants issued in connection
with its IPO are listed for  trading in the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market  under the
symbols PCFC and PCFCW.  The Company has applied for  additional  listing of the
Common Stock which are  components  of the Units being offered  hereby,  and has
applied  for  inclusion  of the  Units and the Class A  Warrants  in the  Nasdaq
SmallCap Market . It has also applied for listing of the Units, Common Stock and
Class A Warrants on the Boston Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange. It
is  anticipated  that the Units and Class A  Warrants  will  trade on the Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market under the symbols PCFCU and PCFC[A],  upon  official  notice of
issuance.  It is also  anticipated  that the  Units,  Common  Stock  and Class A
Warrants will trade on the Boston Stock  Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange
under  the  symbols,  [   ],  [   ]  and [    ], and [    ], [    ] and [     ],
respectively,  upon official  notice of issuance.No  assurance can be given that
the Company's  application for listing of the Units and/or Class e.No A Warrants
on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,  or its  applications  for listing of the Units,
Common Stock and/or  Class A Warrants on the Boston  Stock  Exchange  and/or the
Pacific Stock Exchange will be granted.

               Recently,  a proposal  has been made to  increase  the  continued
listing  criteria on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  If  implemented as proposed,
stricter  criteria for continued  listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market would be
imposed,  including the implementation of a $2,000,000 net tangible assets test,
requirements  for  a greater number  of  publicly  held  securities and a higher
market  value  for such  securities  and  the  implementation  of  new corporate
governance  criteria.  No assurance can be given that such  proposal  will be




                                       78
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

adopted,  or, if adopted,  will be adopted in its current form. 

TRANSFER AGENT, WARRANT AGENT AND REGISTRAR

               American  Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company,  40 Wall Street,  New
York,  New York 10005,  serves as the transfer agent and registrar of the Common
Stock, and as warrant agent of the Class A Warrants.


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

               Upon   completion  of  this  Offering,   the  Company  will  have
outstanding  [          ] shares  of  Common  Stock  ([          ] shares if the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised in full).  Of these  shares,
[         ] shares  will be  freely  tradeable  without  restriction  under  the
Securities Act. The remaining [        ] shares of Common Stock held by existing
shareholders are restricted  securities  within the meaning of Rule 144. Subject
to  compliance  with the  provisions  of Rule 144,  said  shares  presently  are
eligible for sale to the public,  notwithstanding the fact that such shares have
not been registered under the Securities Act.

               In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  an affiliate
of the Company,  or a person (or persons  whose shares are  aggregated)  who has
beneficially  owned restricted shares for at least two years but less than three
years,  will be entitled  to sell in any three  month  period a number of shares
that does not exceed the  greater  of (i) 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock  (approximately  51,922 shares  immediately  after the Offering) or
(ii)  the  average   weekly  trading  volume  during  the  four  calendar  weeks
immediately  preceding  the date on which  notice of the sale is filed  with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to
certain  requirements  relating to manner of sale,  notice and  availability  of
current public  information about the Company.  A person (or person whose shares
are  aggregated)  who is not deemed to have been an  affiliate of the Company at
any  time  during  the 90  days  immediately  preceding  the  sale  and  who has
beneficially  owned his or her shares for at least  three  years is  entitled to
sell such  shares  pursuant  to Rule 144(k)  without  regard to the  limitations
described  above.  Rule 144A under the Act as  currently  in effect  permits the
immediate sale of restricted  shares to certain qualified  institutional  buyers
without regard to volume restrictions.  The Commission has proposed an amendment
to Rule 144 which,  if adopted,  would reduce the above  mentioned  two year and
three year holding periods to one year and two years, respectively.

               Pursuant to certain  restrictions upon sale imposed by a "lockup"
agreement which each of such existing shareholders executed and delivered to the
underwriter of the IPO as a condition to the closing of that  offering,  none of
said 802,272  shares will be eligible for sale in the public market until August
15, 1997,  provided that, after May 15, 1997, each of the holders of such shares
may sell up to




                                       79
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

10% of his, her or its shares pursuant to Rule 144. In addition to the foregoing
lockup  restrictions,  the  Representative  has required,  as a condition to the
closing of the Offering,  that each of the Company's  directors,  officers,  key
employees  and holders of 2% or more of the Common  Stock must  execute  written
lockup  agreements  providing  that,  for a period of 12 months from the date of
this Prospectus,  they shall not offer, register,  sell, contract to sell, grant
an option for the sale of, issue,  assign,  transfer or otherwise dispose of any
of the  Company's  securities  held by them without the  Representative's  prior
written consent.  The lockup agreements will have no effect on the date on which
shares become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144.

               There  has  been no prior  market  for the  Units or the  Class A
Warrants,  and there can be no assurance a  significant  public  market for such
securities will develop or be sustained after the offering. Sales of substantial
amounts of Units,  Common  Stock or Class A Warrants in the public  market could
adversely affect the market prices of the Company's securities.

                                  UNDERWRITING

               The underwriters named below, for whom LT Lawrence & Co., Inc. is
acting  as the  Representative  (the  "Underwriters"),  have  severally  agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement,  to purchase
from  the Company, and the Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriters,  the
respective number of Units set forth opposite each Underwriter's name below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        NUMBER
                      UNDERWRITERS                                      OF UNITS
                      ------------                                      --------
     <S>                                                                 <C>
               LT Lawrence & Co., Inc.................................




                                                                        ---------
                      Total                                             3,750,000
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        ---------

</TABLE>
               The  Company  is  obligated  to sell,  and the  Underwriters  are
obligated  to  purchase,   all  of  the  Units   offered   hereby   through  the
Representative, if any are purchased.

               The  Company has been  advised by the  Representative  that,  the
Underwriters propose initially to offer the Units to the public on the terms set
forth  on the  cover  page of this  Prospectus.  The  Underwriters  may  allow a
concession  of  not  more  than  $.  per  Unit  to  selected  dealers;  and  the
Underwriters may allow,  and such dealers may reallow,  a concession of not more
than $. per  Unit to  certain  other  dealers.  After  the  consummation  of the
Offering,  the  concession  to  selected  dealers and the  reallowance  to other
dealers may be changed by the  Underwriters.  The Units are offered  subject  to
receipt and  acceptance  by  the  Underwriters  and to certain other conditions,
including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.


                                       80
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


               The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase
up to 562,500  additional  Units  solely to cover  over-allotments,  if any. The
option is  exercisable  within 45 days from the date of this  Prospectus  at the
price to public, less the  underwriting  discounts and  commissions set forth on
the cover  page of this  Prospectus.  To the  extent  the  Underwriters exercise
the option, the Underwriters  will be  committed, subject to certain conditions,
to purchase the additional Units.

               See  "Shares  Eligible  For  Future  Sale" for a  description  of
certain lock-up agreements.

               The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters  against, or
contribute  to  the  losses  arising  from,   certain   liabilities,   including
liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

               The Company has paid the Representative $50,000 on account of the
Underwriters'  expenses  in  connection  with the  Offering  to be  applied to a
non-accountable expense allowance equal to 3% of the aggregate offering price of
the Units to be sold in the Offering.

               The  Company  has  agreed to sell to the  Representative,  for an
aggregate of $375,  Representative's  Warrants to purchase  375,000 Units, at an
exercise price per Unit equal to 120% of the public  offering price set forth on
the  cover  page of  this  Prospectus.  The  Representative's  Warrants  will be
exercisable  for a period of four  years,  commencing  one year from the date of
this  Prospectus,  and  will  contain  anti-dilution  provisions  providing  for
appropriate  adjustment  of the  exercise  price and number of Units that may be
purchased upon the occurrence of certain events. The  Representative's  Warrants
may not be sold,  transferred  or  pledged  until one year from the date of this
Prospectus,  except that they may be  transferred,  in whole or in part,  at any
time  to,  among  others,   any  officer,   director  or   stockholder   of  the
Representative   or   successors   to  the   Representative.   Holders   of  the
Representative's  Warrants  have demand and piggyback  registration  rights with
respect to the  Representative's  Warrants and the  underlying  securities.  See
"Description of Securities -- Registration Rights."

               The  Representative  was  organized  in  February  1992  and  was
registered  as  a   broker-dealer   in  1994.   Prior  to  this  Offering,   the
Representative  has  participated  as  a  sole  or  co-manager  in  four  public
offerings. See "Risk Factors--Lack of Underwriting History."

               The Representative has informed the Company that the Underwriters
do not  intend  to  confirm  sales to any  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
discretionary authority.

               The   Representative   has  agreed  to  pay  a  finder's  fee  of
approximately  $30,000 to Andrew Racz, who is  unaffiliated  with the Company or
the Representative.



                                       81
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               The  Company  has  agreed  that,  during  the  five  year  period
commencing on the date of closing of the Offering, the Representative shall have
the right to appoint two members of the  Company's  Board of  Directors,  and to
designate one person to attend all meetings of the Company's Board of Directors.
The  Representative  has  advised  the  Company  that,  as of the  date  of this
Prospectus, the Representative has not made any determination as to whether, and
if so, when, it may exercise its right to appoint any director.

               Upon the  exercise of any Class A Warrants,  which  exercise  was
solicited by the  Representative,  and to the extent not  inconsistent  with the
guidelines  of the NASD and the Rules and  Regulations  of the  Commission,  the
Company has agreed to pay the Representative a commission which shall not exceed
5% of the aggregate  exercise price of such Class A Warrants in connection  with
bona  fide  services  provided  by the  Representative  relating  to any Class A
Warrant solicitation.  In addition, the individual must state in writing (either
within or accompanying  the warrant exercise notice) whether the exercise of the
individual's  warrants  was  solicited  by the  Representative  in order for the
Representative to be entitled to such Class A Warrant solicitation fee. Pursuant
to the Warrant  Agreement,  the warrant agent will monitor the warrant  exercise
notices to determine  whether a Class A Warrant holder's  exercise was solicited
by  the   Representative.   However,   no  compensation  will  be  paid  to  the
Representative  in  connection  with the exercise of the Class A Warrants if (a)
the market price of the Common Stock is lower than the exercise  price;  (b) the
Class A  Warrants  were  held in a  discretionary  account;  or (c) the  Class A
Warrants are exercised in an unsolicited  transaction.  The  Company  has agreed
not  to  solicit the exercise  of  any  Class A  Warrants other than through the
Representative  unless the  Representative  is  legally  unable  to solicit such
exercise, in which event the Company may solicit such exercise, either by itself
or with the assistance of a third party.

               The Underwriters and certain selling group members that currently
act as market makers for the Common Stock may engage in "passive  market making"
in the Company's  securities on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market in accordance  with
Rule 10b-6A under the Exchange Act ("Rule  10b-6A").  Rule 10b-6A permits,  upon
satisfaction  of certain  conditions,  underwriters  and selling  group  members
participating  in a  distribution  that are also  Nasdaq  market  makers  in the
security being  distributed to engage in limited market making activities during
the period when Rule 10b-6A would otherwise prohibit such activity.  In general,
under Rule 10b-6A,  any  underwriter  or selling group member engaged in passive
market  making  activities  in the  Company's  securities  (i)  may  not  effect
transactions  in, or display bids for,  such  securities at a price that exceeds
the highest bid for such  securities  displayed on Nasdaq by a market maker that
is not  participating in the distribution of such securities,  (ii) may not have
net daily purchases of such Company securities during the later of nine business
days  before  the  commencement  of  offers  or  sales of the  securities  to be
distributed or the time such person  becomes a participant  in the  distribution
that exceed 30% of the average daily trading  volume in such  securities for the
two full consecutive  calendar months




                                       82
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

immediately  preceding  the filing date of the  Registration  Statement of which
this  Prospectus is a part and (iii) must identify its bids as made by a passive
market maker.

               The  foregoing  is a  summary  of  the  principal  terms  of  the
Underwriting Agreement and does not purport to be complete. Reference is made to
the forms of  Underwriting  Agreement and  Representative's  Warrant  Agreement,
copies of which are on file as exhibits to the Company's  Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus forms a part. See "Additional Information."


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

               The  validity  of the  Units,  Common  Stock and Class A Warrants
being  offered  hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Hall  Dickler Kent
Friedman & Wood, LLP. Certain legal matters in connection with the Units, Common
Stock  and  Class  A  Warrants  offered  hereby  will  be  passed  upon  for the
Representative by Rubin Baum Levin Constant & Friedman.


                                     EXPERTS

               The financial  statements of Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp. for
the  years  ended  March  31,  1995 and 1996  included  in this  Prospectus  and
elsewhere in the  registration  statement  have been audited by Arthur  Andersen
LLP,  independent public accountants,  as indicated in their report with respect
thereto,  and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing in giving said report.


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

               The Company has filed a registration  statement on Form SB-2 (the
"Registration   Statement")   under  the  Securities  Act  which  includes  this
Prospectus.  This  Prospectus,  which  constitutes  a part  of the  Registration
Statement  does not contain all the  information  set forth in the  Registration
Statement  and exhibits  thereto.  For further  information  with respect to the
Company and the securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto.  All of these documents may be inspected and
copied at the public reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at Room
1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W. Washington D.C. 20549; and at the
SEC's  Regional  Office at Seven World Trade Center,  Suite 1300,  New York, New
York  10048.  Copies may be  obtained  at the  prescribed  rates from the Public
Reference  Section  of the  SEC at its  principal  office  in  Washington,  D.C.
Statements  contained in this  Prospectus  as to the contents of any contract or
other  document  referred to are not  necessarily  complete and in each instance
reference  is made to the copy of such  contract or other




                                       83
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,  each such statement
being qualified in all respects by such reference.

               The Company is subject to the  informational  requirements of the
Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and in  accordance  therewith
electronically  files  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other
information with the Commission.  Such reports, proxy and information statements
and other  information  filed by the Company can be inspected  and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.; and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York,  New York;  and copies of such  material  can be obtained  from the Public
Reference  Section of the Commission,  Washington,  D.C. at prescribed rates. In
addition  thereto,  such reports,  proxy and  information  statements  and other
information  may be accessed and  retrieved  from the Website  maintained by the
Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

               The Common  Stock is listed on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  The
Company  has  applied  for  listing  of the Units and Class A  Warrants  on said
Market. The Company has also applied for listing of the Units,  Common Stock and
Class A Warrants on the Boston Stock  Exchange and the Pacific  Stock  Exchange.
Copies of the reports,  proxy and information  statements and other  information
filed by the  Company  can be  inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference
facilities  maintained  by the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  at 1735 K  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20006.




                                       84
 
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                       ----
<S>                                                                                    <C>
   Report of Independent Public Accountants.............................                   F-1

   Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1996...................................                   F-2

   Statements of Operations for the
   years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996..................................                   F-3

   Statements of Changes in Shareholders'
    Equity for the years ended March 31,
    1995 and 1996.......................................................                   F-4

   Statements of Cash Flows for the
   years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996..................................                   F-5

   Notes to Financial Statements
    March 31, 1995 and 1996.............................................                   F-6

   Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1996 (Unaudited)...................                  F-19

   Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Month
   Periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited)................                  F-21

   Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for
   the Six Month Period ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited)............                  F-21

   Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months
   ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited)........................                  F-22

   Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements..............................                  F-23

</TABLE>



                                       85



<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Pioneer Commercial Funding
Corp. (a New York corporation) as of March 31, 1996, and the related statements
of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Pioneer Commercial Funding
Corp. as of March 31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company
will continue as a going concern. As further discussed in Note 1 to the
financial statements, the Company has incurred substantial losses for the period
since its emergence from bankruptcy in April 1993 through March 31, 1996 which
has resulted in the deterioration of the Company's financial condition. These
matters raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern. Management's plans regarding these matters are also described in
Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result
from the outcome of this uncertainty.

                                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

New York, New York
July 1, 1996

                                      F-1

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                                  BALANCE SHEET

                                 MARCH 31, 1996


<TABLE>

<S>                                                              <C>
                     ASSETS
                     ------
CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS                              $    98,349

LOANS RECEIVABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE                               3,512,775

ACCRUED INTEREST AND FEES RECEIVABLE                                  30,007

DEFERRED COSTS OF EQUITY OFFERING                                    445,731

FIXED ASSETS:
   Furniture and equipment                                            50,370
   Proprietary computer software                                     469,655
                                                                 -----------
                                                                     520,025

   Less- Accumulated depreciation and amortization                   302,035
                                                                 -----------
              Net fixed assets                                       217,990
                                                                 -----------
OTHER ASSETS                                                          26,087
                                                                 -----------
              Total assets                                       $ 4,330,939
                                                                 ===========

          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          ------------------------------------

LIABILITIES:
   Loans payable, mortgage warehouse                             $ 3,254,235
   Revolving lines of credit                                          79,400
   Bridge financing (notes totaling $100,000 less unamortized
      discount of $37,500)                                            62,500
   Accrued interest payable                                           43,564
   Due to mortgage banking companies                                  20,917
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses                             261,163
   Deferred legal fees                                                76,743
                                                                 -----------
              Total liabilities                                    3,798,522
                                                                 -----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock - $.01 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares;
      835,000 shares issued and outstanding                            8,350
   Additional paid-in capital                                      8,598,634
   Accumulated deficit                                            (8,074,567)
                                                                 -----------
              Total stockholders' equity                             532,417
                                                                 -----------
              Total liabilities and stockholders' equity         $ 4,330,939
                                                                 ===========

</TABLE>


       The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                      F-2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1995          1996
                                                                       ----          ----
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
INCOME:
   Interest income                                                   $   99,453   $   76,957
   Commissions and fees                                                   7,500        4,500
   Processing fees                                                       65,073       15,733
                                                                     ----------   ----------
              Total income                                              172,026       97,190
                                                                     ----------   ----------
DIRECT COSTS:
   Interest expense, warehouse loan and revolving line of credit         58,117       81,104
   Interest expense, bridge financing                                   142,748       79,231
   Bank charges and fees                                                  7,645        9,711
   Bank processing fees                                                   2,790        4,593
                                                                     ----------   ----------
              Total direct costs                                        211,300      174,639
                                                                     ----------   ----------
LOSS BEFORE OPERATING EXPENSES                                          (39,274)     (77,449)

OPERATING EXPENSES                                                      544,462      433,709
                                                                     ----------   ----------
              Loss from operations                                     (583,736)    (511,158)
                                                                     ----------   ----------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
   Loss on retirement of assets, net of gains on sales                   (4,279)          -
   Interest income -- other                                               5,021       12,685
   Interest expense -- other                                             (4,712)      (4,712)
   Other income                                                              -        24,570
                                                                     ----------   ----------
              Total other income (expense), net                          (3,970)      32,543
                                                                     ----------   ----------

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                               (587,706)    (478,615)

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                                1,449        1,188
                                                                     ----------   ----------
              Net loss                                               $ (589,155)  $ (479,803)
                                                                     ==========   ==========

LOSS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK                                        $    (.78)   $    (.58)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES                                       753,053      826,644


</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                      F-3


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                  STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Additional                                                Total
                                                 Common        Paid-in    Subscriptions    Deferred     Accumulated   Stockholders'
                                                 Stock         Capital     Receivable     Compensation    Deficit        Equity
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
BALANCES, March 31, 1994                       $     6,595   $ 7,915,139   $  (153,170)  $  (160,750)  $(7,000,655)  $   607,159

   Issuance of 45,033 shares of Class A
      preferred stock of Pioneer equivalent
      to 45,033 shares of common stock of
      the Company (postmerger)                         451       199,549          --            --            --         200,000

   Issuance of 176,136 shares of Class B
      common stock of Pioneer equivalent
      to 176,136 shares of common stock of
      the Company (postmerger)                       1,761       498,239          --            --            --         500,000

   Payment of subscriptions                           --            --         153,170          --            --         153,170

   Amortization of deferred compensation
      for consulting services                         --            --            --          96,000          --          96,000

   Dividends paid on preferred stock of
      Pioneer prior to the merger                     --            --            --            --          (4,954)       (4,954)

   Cancellation of contract for consulting
      services effective September 30, 1994
      and return and cancellation of related
      55,682 common shares                            (557)      (64,193)         --          64,750          --            --

   Net loss for the period                            --            --            --            --        (589,155)     (589,155)
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

BALANCES, March 31, 1995                             8,250     8,548,734          --            --      (7,594,764)      962,220

   Issuance of 10,000 shares of the Company's
      common stock in connection with the
      bridge financing                                 100        49,900          --            --            --          50,000

   Net loss for the period                            --            --            --            --        (479,803)     (479,803)
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

BALANCES, March 31, 1996                       $     8,350   $ 8,598,634   $      --     $      --     $(8,074,567)  $   532,417
                                               ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

</TABLE>


        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


                                      F-4

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                   FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1995          1996
                                                                       ----          ----
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                <C>            <C> 
   Net loss                                                        $  (589,155)   $  (479,803)
                                                                   -----------    -----------
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
      operating activities-
         Depreciation and amortization                                 232,965        164,080
         Expenses for consulting services paid for in stock             96,000             -
         Net loss on dispositions of assets                              4,279             -
         (Increase) decrease in-
           Accrued interest receivable                                   7,608        (10,866)
           Other assets                                                 (2,661)        (6,654)
         Increase (decrease) in-
           Accrued interest payable                                     33,710         (1,543)
           Due to mortgage banking companies                           (69,663)       (15,054)
           Due to creditors                                                 -              -
           Accounts payable trade and accrued expenses                  93,013         96,921
                                                                   -----------    -----------
              Total adjustments                                        395,251        226,884
                                                                   -----------    -----------
              Net cash used in operating activities                   (193,904)      (252,919)
                                                                   -----------    ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Net (increase) decrease in mortgage warehouse loans receivable    1,604,828     (2,579,116)
   Proceeds from sale of fixed assets                                       -              -
   Purchase of fixed assets                                             (9,850)        (4,805)
                                                                   -----------    -----------
              Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities    1,594,978     (2,583,921)
                                                                   -----------    ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net increase (decrease) in borrowings used in operations, net
      of issuance costs                                             (1,471,683)     2,680,185
   Payment of dividends on preferred stock                              (4,954)            -
   Increase in deferred costs of equity offering                      (245,690)      (182,570)
   Proceeds from stock transactions                                    653,170             -
                                                                   -----------    ----------
              Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (1,069,157)     2,497,615
                                                                   -----------    -----------
              Net increase (decrease) in cash and temporary
                 cash investments                                      331,917       (339,225)

CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS, beginning of year                 105,657        437,574
                                                                   -----------    -----------
CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS, end of year                   $   437,574    $    98,349
                                                                   ===========    ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Interest paid                                                   $    29,119    $    65,620
                                                                   ===========    ===========


</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                      F-5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>




                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                             MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996

1. ORGANIZATION AND MERGER, PIONEER'S
   REORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

Organization and Merger

PCF Acquisition Corp. ("PCF") was organized and commenced operations on March 8,
1994. The initial 185,511 shares of PCF's common stock were issued at a price of
$.81 per share on March 9, 1994 to the two founding stockholders. Such shares
were paid for on July 1, 1994. PCF was organized for the express purpose of
raising capital through an initial public offering ("IPO") for the benefit of
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp. ("Pioneer"), a mortgage warehouse lender that
emerged from Chapter 11 Bankruptcy on April 2, 1993. Pioneer is related to PCF
through common interests. On November 23, 1994, in contemplation of the IPO and
in accordance with a resolution ratified by the Board of Directors of PCF and
Pioneer, Pioneer merged with and into PCF in a one-for-one exchange of all of
the outstanding shares of the Class A and Class B common stock and the Class A
preferred stock of Pioneer for common shares of PCF. Immediately subsequent to
the merger, PCF changed its name to Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp. (hereafter
referred to as the "Company"). The merger has been accounted for as an exchange
between companies under common control and the assets and liabilities of the
merged entity are recorded at their historical cost. All amounts presented have
been restated to give effect to the merger as if it had occurred on the first
day of each period presented.

Pioneer's Reorganization

On April 2, 1993 (the "Effective Date"), Pioneer emerged from Chapter 11
("Chapter 11") of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code")
pursuant to a confirmed First Amended Modified Plan of Reorganization ("POR").
These financial statements have been prepared starting on the day after
Pioneer's emergence from bankruptcy.

The POR confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court provided for the following:

     - Substantially all of Pioneer's assets (which were primarily loans and
       accrued interest receivable) were remitted to the secured creditors in
       settlement of Pioneer's outstanding obligations.

     - All other recoverable assets have been placed in a distribution fund.
       Liquidation of these assets are first to be used to pay administrative
       expense obligations (estimated to be



                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

       approximately $1.9 million) with any residual funds to be distributed to
       the unsecured creditors on a pro rata basis.

     - As further discussed in Note 12, unsecured creditors also received
       noninterest-bearing notes totaling $1,350,000 which are to be paid only
       upon Pioneer attaining certain pre-defined income levels in future
       periods.

     - Subsequent to the confirmation date, Pioneer paid the unsecured creditors
       $252,000 ($102,000 from cash on hand as of the confirmation date and
       $150,000 from proceeds of Pioneer's issuance of preferred stock
       subsequent to the confirmation date). Such payment was distributed to the
       unsecured creditors on a pro rata basis.

     - Pioneer received $131,000 from the creditors' trust fund after the
       confirmation for working capital purposes.

     - After the confirmation date, Pioneer was reimbursed $50,000 from a
       certain law firm which provided services to Pioneer during the
       reorganization period. Such amount will be repaid to the law firm only
       after the $1,350,000 notes to the unsecured creditors discussed above are
       paid in full.

As discussed above, Pioneer remitted its loans and other receivables to the
secured and unsecured creditors in satisfaction of its debt obligations.
Collection and recovery of these outstanding receivables were the responsibility
of the creditors committee, therefore, Pioneer is unable to determine the
overall recovery by the secured and unsecured creditors groups of their claims
against Pioneer. Claims for administrative expenses have been fully recovered by
the creditors.

Operations

The Company is engaged in the business of mortgage warehouse lending which
primarily consists of providing lines of credit, in the form of "warehouse
financing," to mortgage banking companies to enable them to close real estate
loans on single family, owner-occupied dwellings and sell such loans to
investors in the secondary market. The Company obtains its funds to provide such
financing from third-party funding sources with which it has available lines of
credit. The Company's loans receivable from the mortgage banking company are
secured by an interest in the underlying real property which are then assigned
to the Company's funding sources. Investor groups who purchase the mortgages
(which generally occurs within two weeks from the time the Company makes the
loan) remit the proceeds directly to the Company in satisfaction of the loan and
interest receivable from the mortgage banking company. The Company will
simultaneously use the funds to pay off its loan and accrued interest payable to
its funding sources. The Company's primary sources of income from operations are
processing fees received from the mortgage banking company for each loan
financed and the interest rate spread (usually 0.5%) between the rate at which
the Company borrows from its funding source and the rate it charges the mortgage
banking company.

The Company's operations are subject to certain risks which are inherent to its
industry. Its results of operations depend heavily upon the ability of its
mortgage banking customers to originate mortgage loans. This ability is largely
dependent upon general economic conditions in the geographic areas that the
Company serves. Because these general economic conditions fluctuate, there can
be no assurance that prevailing economic conditions will always favor the
Company's business and operations. In addition, mortgage banking firms have
historically experienced a wide range of financial results, from highly
profitable to highly unprofitable. These financial



                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

results are due to many factors which affect most, if not all, firms in the
mortgage banking business at about the same time. Three of these factors which
predominate are: changes in mortgage interest rates, the availability of
affordable credit, and the state of the domestic economy. These three factors,
among others, affect the demand for new and used housing and thus the demand for
financing and refinancing of mortgages. Lastly, although the Company's mortgage
banking customers must have a commitment for each loan from an approved
third-party agency ("Agency") before the Company will extend mortgage warehouse
financing, there is no guarantee that the Agency will, in fact, accept the
mortgage loan when delivered due to certain deficiencies in the loan or other
unanticipated circumstances which may exist. If for any reason an Agency does
not accept the mortgage loan, and the Company's mortgage banking customer is
unable to pay back its obligation to the Company through other means, the
Company could find itself the owner of a long-term loan of less than market
value instead of short-term bridge financing receivable.

As of June 14, 1993, when the Company began its first active operations since
its emergence from Chapter 11, the Company had an available line of credit of
$1.0 million from one source which was subsequently increased to available lines
of credit from two funding sources in the total amount of $2.35 million as of
March 31, 1995 and $4.1 million as of May 1996. Substantially all of the
business conducted by the Company during the period from April 3, 1993 to March
31, 1994 and for the year ended March 31, 1995 was with one active mortgage
banking company who had a credit line approved by the Company in the amount of
$2.0 million. In April, 1995, the Company discontinued the credit line with this
customer as a result of the customer not complying with all of the terms of the
credit line agreement. The Company had substantially no mortgage lending
activities from April 1995 through August 1995. During the period from August
1995 through November 1995, the Company developed customer relationships with
three new mortgage banking companies. For the period from August 1, 1995 through
May 30, 1996, the Company generated approximately $31.6 million in mortgage
warehouse lending volume from these three new customers. The Company is in the
process of evaluating the creditworthiness of several other potential customers.
Although the Company expects to conduct business in the future with a greater
number of mortgage banking customers, and thereby reduce the risks attendant in
relying upon a small number of sources to support its business, no assurance can
be given that it will receive applications from potential customers who will be
able to satisfy its standards, or if it does receive such applications, that
such applicants will thereafter engage in the volume of mortgage warehouse
lending transactions that are required to sustain the Company's operations. The
cessation of business of any of the Company's active customers or the inability
of its customers to provide the Company with an increased level of loan volume
could materially adversely affect the Company's ability to generate sufficient
revenues to operate profitably and to continue to meet its cash obligations in
future periods.

During the period from April 3, 1993 to March 31, 1994 and the years ended March
31, 1995 and 1996, the Company incurred net losses of $399,000, $589,000 and
$480,000, respectively. Such losses were partly attributable to noncash expenses
(primarily depreciation, amortization, debt discount expenses and deferred
consulting agreement expenses) totaling $130,000, $329,000 and $164,000 during
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and the inability of the Company to generate
a sufficient volume of loan transactions with its customers. These matters have
resulted in the deterioration of the Company's financial condition and raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. These
financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a
going concern and do not include any adjustments that may result from the
outcome of this uncertainty. In order for the Company to strengthen its
financial condition and to operate profitably in future periods, it will need to
continue to increase its capacity to fund loan transactions and correspondingly
increase loan originations. Such increases


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

are dependent upon the Company's ability to (1) increase funds available from
financing sources, and (2) develop new customer relationships with mortgage
banking companies which will supply the Company with a sufficient volume of loan
transactions. As discussed above, the Company is actively pursuing new
relationships with mortgage banking companies and believes that they will be
able to significantly increase loan volume demand in future periods. The
Company's ability to attract and retain new funding sources or to increase
available financing from its existing sources is contingent upon the Company's
ability to raise additional capital.

The Company is currently exploring several opportunities to raise additional
capital including its current intent to issue common stock in an IPO
transaction. Management anticipates that the terms of the IPO shall consist of
an offer to sell, in tandem, 690,000 shares of common stock of the Company and
690,000 common stock purchase warrants (of which the underwriter has the option
to purchase up to 90,000 of such shares of common stock and warrants in the
event of an over-allotment) at a per unit price of $5.00 and $0.10,
respectively, and 40,000 shares of the existing issued and outstanding common
stock of the Company (currently owned by the bridge financers as discussed in
Note 5) at a price per share of $5.00 (proceeds from the sale of these shares
will not revert back to the Company). The warrants will give the owner the right
to purchase an additional share of common stock at a price of $5.50 for a period
of four years commencing one year after the completion of the IPO (the "Exercise
Period"). Such warrants will be immediately tradable separate from the common
stock. Commencing two years after the completion of the IPO and through the end
of the exercise period, the warrants may be redeemed by the Company upon 30
days' written notice at a price of $.05 per warrant, provided that (1) the
closing sale price of the Company's common stock shall not be less than $7.50
per share for any period 20 days subsequent to the issuance of the written
notice, or (2) that the warrant holders have not exercised their warrants at any
time prior to the period 30 days after the issuance of the written notice. In
addition, the underwriter will be issued the right for a period of four years
commencing one year after the completion of the IPO to purchase, in tandem,
60,000 shares of common stock of the Company and 60,000 common stock purchase
warrants at a price of $6.12 for each combined share and warrant. The terms of
the warrants acquired by the managing underwriter would be the same as those
discussed above except that such options are nontransferable.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
   ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements, which are prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles, require the use of estimates made by
management. The most significant estimates with regard to these financial
statements relate to the valuation allowance for deferred income taxes and the
estimated obligations due under the plan of reorganization, as more fully
described in Notes 6 and 12. Actual results may differ from those assumed in
management's estimates.

Cash and Temporary Cash Investments

Temporary cash investments include all liquid interest-bearing investments with
original maturities of three months or less.

Effective April 25, 1996, a certificate of deposit in the amount of $25,000 was
pledged in order for the Company to receive the right to conduct business in the
State of California.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


Fixed Assets

Depreciation expense is computed generally on a straight-line basis. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the term of the lease,
whichever is shorter. The ranges of estimated useful lives used in computing
depreciation and amortization are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Years
                                                                  ------
          <S>                                                     <C>
               Furniture and equipment                            3 to 10
               Autos and trucks                                      5
               Leasehold improvements                             3 to 10
               Proprietary computer software                         5

</TABLE>

Proprietary computer software consists of a set of computer programs that were
developed internally by the Company for use in its business and are not for
resale to other mortgage finance companies.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS No. 109"). Under SFAS
No. 109, deferred income taxes are provided for at the statutory rates on the
difference between financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and
liabilities and are classified in the balance sheets as current or noncurrent
consistent with the assets and liabilities which give rise to such deferred
income taxes.

Deferred Costs of Equity Offering
and Debt Issuance

Certain costs associated with the IPO have been paid by the Company and are
deferred on the balance sheets. Upon the successful completion of the IPO, these
costs will be shown as a direct reduction to additional paid-in capital.
However, should the IPO not be consummated, such deferred costs will be
immediately written off by the Company in its statements of operations. In
addition, costs incurred in connection with the issuance of debt have been
deferred and are being amortized over the term of the debt instrument.

Loss Per Share of Common Stock

The loss per share of common stock was computed using the net loss for the year,
divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during such year
(adjusted for the reverse stock split effective in August 1994 and June 1996).
Weighted average shares outstanding are further adjusted for the impact of
shares issued and options granted for which the share price/option exercise
price is less than the anticipated IPO per share offering price of $5.00.

Prospective Changes in Accounting Policies

The following new financial accounting standards must be adopted by the Company
effective April 1, 1996:

     -  SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived Assets and
        for Long-lived Assets to be Disposed of," requires that, if certain
        changes in events or circumstances occur which indicate that the
        carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, a company
        must evaluate whether the asset is impaired, as defined. If an asset is
        considered



                                      F-10
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

        to be impaired, a valuation allowance must be established
        equal to the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the
        estimated discounted value of the asset based on certain realization
        assumptions.

     -  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," establishes
        financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee
        compensation plans and will allow companies to choose either (1) a fair
        value method of valuing stock-based compensation plans which will affect
        reported net income, or (2) to continue following the existing
        accounting rules for stock option accounting but disclose what the
        impact would have been had the new standard been adopted. The Company
        will choose the disclosure option of this standard which would require
        disclosing the pro forma net income and earnings per share amounts
        assuming the fair value method was adopted on April 1, 1995.

Management believes that the adoption of these new accounting standards on April
1, 1996 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or
results of operations.

3. MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE
   LOANS RECEIVABLE/PAYABLE

Loans receivable are generally due within thirty to forty-five days from the
date funded, with an average outstanding period of twelve days and interest
payable at prime plus 1.5%. Similarly, all of the loans payable are due within
the same time frame with interest payable at prime plus 1%. The Company's line
of credit with its loan payable funding source is limited to $4.1 million (as a
result of an increase from $2.0 million in February 1996) and matures on August
31, 1996. In consideration for this increase, the Company paid a financing fee
of $7,900 and has agreed to issue to the funding source upon the closing of the
IPO, a five year option to purchase up to 41,271 shares of the Company's common
stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. These options vest at a rate of
10,318 shares per year on the first through fourth anniversaries of the IPO
closing date. If the credit line is terminated, any unexercised warrants will
immediately expire. For the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, the weighted
average interest rate on loans receivable was 8.84% and 9.93%, respectively, and
on loans payable was 7.01% and 9.53%, respectively. Loans receivable are
collateralized by a security interest in the underlying real property which the
Company then assigns to its funding sources as security for the loans payable.

The Company is required to comply with certain operating covenants in accordance
with the debt agreement with its funding source. As of March 31, 1996, the
Company was in compliance with these covenants.

4. REVOLVING LINES OF CREDIT

As of March 31, 1995, the Company had a Revolving Line of Credit ("LOC") from a
related party in the amount of $350,000. Such LOC had a maturity date of
November 15, 1995 and was not renewed when it matured. As of March 31, 1995 and
through November 15, 1995, no amounts were outstanding under this LOC.

In November 1995, the Company entered into revolving credit agreements with
certain officers, directors and former officers of the Company to borrow an
aggregate of $113,000 at an interest rate of prime plus 1/4 percent. These
agreements mature in December 1996. As of March 31, 1996, $79,400 was
outstanding under these LOCs.



                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Borrowings on all of the LOCs described above are secured by an assignment of
the general security interest in the mortgage notes underlying the mortgage
warehouse loans receivable.

5. BRIDGE FINANCING

In March 1994, the Company entered into a loan arrangement with various
individuals (original bridge financers) to provide $200,000 in additional funds
to be used in the ordinary course of the Company's warehouse lending operations
and to defray certain expenses of the anticipated IPO. The loans bore interest
at a rate of 12% and were due at the earlier of the successful completion of the
IPO or August 31, 1995. As an inducement to make these loans, the Company issued
22,727 shares of its common stock to the original bridge financers. The original
22,727 shares issued and the additional 7,273 shares issued discussed below were
assigned a $5.00 per share value (which is equal to the price that these shares
will be offered at in the IPO) resulting in a $150,000 discount to the debt.
Such discount was being amortized to interest expense over the term of the debt
agreements resulting in an effective interest rate of 248%.

On August 31, 1995, the bridge loans matured but were not paid by the Company.
On January 16, 1996, the Company paid off in full loans outstanding to two of
the bridge financers with an aggregate unpaid balance as of such date totaling
$122,492 (which includes $22,492 of unpaid accrued interest). On February 1,
1996, the Company entered into agreements with the remaining two bridge
financers (the remaining bridge financers) with aggregate outstanding loans to
the Company as of such date totaling $123,708 (which includes $23,708 of unpaid
accrued interest), whereby the maturity date of the bridge loan obligations was
extended to the earlier of three days following the consummation of the IPO or
December 31, 1996. The Company received waivers from all of the original bridge
financers for any defaults which may have occurred as a result of the Company's
failure to pay off its debt obligations on their original maturity date of
August 31, 1995. In consideration for the waivers received and in order to
adjust the number of shares given to the original bridge financers for the
impact of the June reverse stock split which reduced their number of shares
owned from 30,000 to 22,727 shares, the Company issued to the original bridge
financers an additional 7,273 shares of common stock in June 1996. In addition,
the Company issued 10,000 more post-split shares to the remaining bridge
financers in consideration for extending the maturity on their debt in February
1996. A value of $5.00 per share was assigned to these shares on the date of the
debt modification resulting in a $50,000 discount to the debt. Such discount is
being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the modified debt
agreements resulting in an effective interest rate of 133% for the period from
February 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996.

6. INCOME TAXES

For the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company provided $1,449 and
$1,188, respectively, for income taxes which represents provisions for minimum
state taxes. The 1995 and 1996 federal tax benefit of $219,000 and $191,000,
respectively, attributable to the Company's loss before taxes was offset by a
corresponding provision to increase the Company's deferred tax asset valuation
allowance. As of March 31, 1996, the Company's federal deferred tax attributes
consisted primarily of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") in the
approximate amount of $2.0 million. Approximately $1.3 million of the NOL is
limited to use (approximately $100,000 per year) due to a change in ownership in
November 1994 resulting from the merger between Pioneer and PCF. The deferred
tax asset for the NOL is reduced by a corresponding valuation allowance for the
same tax effected amount. Utilization of the NOL, which expire in varying
amounts between 2000 and 2011, is dependent upon the Company's ability to
generate taxable income in the future.



                                      F-12
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

7. DUE TO MORTGAGE
   BANKING COMPANIES

The Company generally will only finance up to 98% of the total loan amount
closed by the mortgage banking company. Upon sale of the loan to the investor
group, proceeds for 100% of the loan amount are remitted to the Company by the
investor. The Company applies such funds against amounts due from the mortgage
banking company for principal and accrued interest on the 98% financed and will
then remit the excess funds back to the mortgage banking company.

8. FIXED ASSETS

During the year ended March 31, 1995, the Company abandoned its rented office
located in New York and correspondingly wrote off the unamortized balance of the
related leasehold improvements totaling $4,279.

9. DEFERRED LEGAL FEES

Deferred legal fees are a consequence of the POR and are payable in four annual
installments beginning on April 16, 1994. The Company has not paid the April
1995 installment of $28,990 and as of March 31, 1996, the following payments
remain:

<TABLE>
            <S>                                                  <C>
            April 1995 and 1996                                  $ 57,988
            April 1997                                             20,728
                                                                 --------
                     Total payments                                78,708
            Less - Discount factor                                 (1,965)
                                                                 ---------
                     Net book value - March 31, 1996             $ 76,743
                                                                 ========

</TABLE>

10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Reverse Stock Splits and Merger

Effective in August 1994, the Board of Directors of Pioneer authorized a .31 for
1 reverse stock split for its Class A and Class B common stock and its Class A
preferred stock. In connection with the merger of Pioneer with and into PCF in
November 1994, all of the common and preferred shares of Pioneer outstanding as
of the date of the merger (240,922 Class A common shares, 252,508 Class B common
shares and 123,332 Class A preferred shares -- all after giving effect of the
June 1996 reverse stock split described below) were exchanged on a one-for-one
basis for common shares of PCF. Effective June 1996, the Board of Directors of
the Company authorized a .758 for 1 reverse stock split of all of its then
outstanding common stock. All share and per share amounts in these financial
statements have been restated to give effect to the reverse stock splits and
merger as if they had occurred on the first day of each period presented.

Share Voting Agreements

On October 25, 1994, in connection with a stock purchase agreement with an
unrelated third party, Pioneer issued an additional 176,136 shares of its Class
B common stock for $500,000 (which were exchanged for 176,136 common shares of
PCF upon the consummation of the merger). The agreement gives the third party
the right to acquire additional shares, if, in future periods, additional shares
are issued to other parties so that this third party's percentage ownership in
the Company does not fall below 20% of the total outstanding common shares. In
connection with


                                      F-13
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

this  stock  purchase  transaction,  the  unrelated third party entered into a
share voting agreement with certain existing shareholders of the Company, who
after the merger, own greater than 50 percent of the Company in the aggregate.
The share voting agreement requires that all parties to the agreement will vote
on all matters subject to shareholder approval in a consistent fashion. The
agreement is in effect until the successful completion of the stock offering
discussed in Note 1.

Dividend Restriction

The holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to one vote for each
share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The
common stockholders are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.
However, it is not presently anticipated that dividends will be paid on common
stock in the foreseeable future as certain of the debt instruments to which the
Company is a party prohibit or restrict the payment of dividends (see Note 12
for further discussion).

Preferred Stock

Prior to the merger between PCF and Pioneer, Pioneer had issued for $525,000,
123,332 shares of its Class A preferred shares with a 5% cumulative dividend
(including the 45,033 shares converted from outstanding LOC borrowings during
1995). Parties related to executive officers of Pioneer owned 25,297 of such
outstanding Class A preferred shares. All outstanding preferred shares were
exchanged on a one-for-one basis for common shares of PCF on November 23, 1994
in connection with the merger between PCF and Pioneer. Through November 23,
1994, Pioneer accrued for the 5% dividend payment totaling $15,077, of which
$4,954 has been paid. The remaining unpaid balance totaling $10,123 was forgiven
by the preferred shareholders and the accrual was reversed by the Company.

11. STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company has adopted a Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") which
provides for the issuance of options to purchase up to 151,515 shares of the
Company's common stock to persons who are at the time of grant, employees of, or
consultants to, the Company.

The Plan further provides for the automatic issuance of options to nonemployee
directors of the Company. Each nonemployee director shall be granted options to
acquire 15,000 shares of the Company's common stock on January 2, 1997, January
2, 2000 and January 2, 2003 (45,000 to each in total). Each grant shall vest at
a rate of 3,788 shares per year of service and will expire 10 years from the
date of grant to the extent not exercised.

Upon completion of the merger between the Company and Pioneer, three directors
of Pioneer became the first nonemployee directors of the Company. In accordance
with the Initial Options provision, the directors received options to purchase
24,306 shares of common stock in the aggregate at an exercise price of $5.00 per
share. Such options vest at the rate of 316 shares per month, provided, however,
that none of these options shall be exercisable prior to March 1995.

On March 1, 1995, two of the nonemployee directors were named President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company, respectively. As a result, the Initial
Options granted to these individuals totaling 16,414 were forfeited. In
addition, in June 1995, these two individuals were each granted additional
options to purchase 75,758 shares of the common stock at an exercise price of
$5.00 per share. These options (which were not granted pursuant to the Plan) are
immediately exercisable and expire 5 years from the date of grant.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


The exercise price for all options issued/issuable under the Plan must be 100%
of the fair market value of the Common Stock underlying the option at the time
of grant.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Plan of Reorganization

Under the POR, the Company is contingently liable to its pre-Chapter 11
unsecured creditors, for such creditors' pro rata shares of noninterest-bearing
notes (the "Notes") totaling $1,350,000. The payment terms are as follows:

        (i) Commencing as of the close of fiscal year 1995 (ending March 31,
            1995) each Note holder shall receive a cash distribution in an
            amount equal to such holder's pro rata share of twenty percent of
            the Net Income Available for Note Payments, as defined, if Net
            Income, also as defined, for such fiscal year exceeds $400,000;

       (ii) Commencing with the close of fiscal year 1996, (ending March 31,
            1996), and for all succeeding years thereafter, until full aggregate
            payment of $1,350,000 is made under the Notes, each Note holder
            shall receive a cash distribution equal to such Creditors' pro-rata
            share of twenty percent of the Net Income Available for Note
            Payments, if the Net Income for any such year exceeds $1,300,000.

In addition, approximately $50,000 in professional fees incurred in connection
with the POR were deferred and will only be paid to the extent the Notes are
paid in full.

In accordance with the POR, certain operating restrictions have been placed upon
the Company until the time that all amounts due on the Notes have been paid in
full. These restrictions include:

     - Incurring new debt in excess of $25,000, except for secured lending
       required in the ordinary course of the Company's mortgage lending
       operations.

     - Expending more than $25,000 in the aggregate in a calendar year to
       purchase or lease capital assets, except to replace existing assets.

     - Merging or consolidating with another business.

     - Expending more than $320,000 annually in the aggregate to the officers of
       the Company and placing limitations on salary increases.

     - Declaring dividends on any class of common stock, except that, if there
       should be a public offering of the securities of the Company, and, if at
       the option of the Company, fifty percent of the proceeds in excess of
       $5,000,000 from such offering are utilized for the payment of the Notes,
       then such dividend restriction shall be deemed waived.

As of March 31, 1996, the Company was unable to determine whether it is probable
that it will generate income in future years which would result in payments on
the Notes. As such, no liability has been reflected in the Company's balance
sheet for the Notes or the professional fees.



                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Consulting Contract

On February 15, 1994, the Company entered into a contract with an independent
consultant to provide assistance to the Company with respect to the anticipation
of a public offering of its stock (the Proposed Offering). Services to be
provided include determining an appropriate structure for its Proposed Offering,
to evaluate potential underwriters of such Proposed Offering, to assist in
negotiating the terms of an agreement for an underwriter acceptable to the
Company and to provide guidance to the Company's management with respect to the
process that the Company must undertake in connection with the registration and
public sale of its stock. The contract terminates on January 31, 1995.

In consideration for these services, the Company issued to the independent
consultant 55,682 shares of its Class B Common Stock. The value for these shares
for financial reporting purposes was estimated to be $3.30 per share which
management believes approximates the fair value per share for an unregistered
share of common stock of the Company. It is anticipated that the shares issued
to the independent consultant would not be registered in the proposed IPO. The
Company is amortizing the expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the
contract resulting in an expense of $23,000 and $96,000 in 1994 and 1995,
respectively. The unamortized portion of the contract is reflected as a
reduction to shareholders' equity.

Effective September 30, 1994, as a result of a position taken by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. that the value of the shares issued to
the independent consultant must be considered as underwriters compensation
(which would limit the amount of compensation allowed to be paid to the
Underwriter in connection with the Company's anticipated equity offering), the
Company and the independent consultant terminated their contract and the
consultant returned all 55,682 shares of common stock back to the Company which
were immediately canceled. The independent contractor further waived any and all
entitlements and claims for payment for services rendered during the contract
period through September 30, 1994. The unamortized portion of the consulting
contract as of September 30, 1994 totaling $64,750 was reversed against
additional paid-in capital and common stock.

Employment Contracts

On March 1, 1995, the Company entered into a two-year employment agreement with
its Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") which provides for a base annual salary of
$90,000 and $100,000 for the fiscal years ending March 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. In addition, the Company must reimburse the CFO certain
business-related expenses, provide for the use of a Company automobile and pay
the premiums for life and long-term disability insurance. In the event of
termination in connection with a change in control, the CFO is entitled to the
balance of the amount due under this agreement plus an additional $100,000.

The agreement also provides for the granting to the CFO an option to purchase
75,758 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per
share and a second grant on May 1, 1996 to purchase an additional 37,879 shares
at the market price of the common stock estimated at that date to be $5.00 per
share. Both options are immediately exercisable and expire five years from the
date of grant.

In June 1995, the Company entered into employment contracts with the chief
executive officer and president providing for an annual salary of $55,000 for
each individual commencing after the completion of the IPO. For the period from
June 1995 through the completing of the IPO these


                                      F-16

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

officers were not entitled to any salary compensation. See Note 11 for a
discussion of stock options awarded to these officers in June 1995.

13. OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating expenses consisted of the following for the years ended March 31, 1995
and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    1995        1996
                                                                    ----        ----

<S>                                                              <C>         <C>
       Salaries and benefits                                     $  159,427  $  134,555
       Depreciation and amortization                                110,498     101,300
       Professional fees (includes amortization of
          consulting contract totaling $96,000 and
          $0 in 1995 and 1996, respectively)                        167,010     114,382
       Utilities                                                     22,352      19,782
       Rent                                                          23,803      11,609
       Repairs and maintenance                                        3,383       4,616
       Other                                                         57,989      47,465
                                                                 ----------  ----------
                                                                 $  544,462  $  433,709
                                                                 ==========  ==========

</TABLE>

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with related parties (which consist of executive officers and
shareholders of the Company and their related interests and family members) not
disclosed elsewhere in these financial statements consist of the following:

      -  On July 1, 1994, the Company paid in full $150,000 outstanding under
         two of the LOC Agreements to two related parties. Such related parties
         simultaneously satisfied their stock subscription obligation for shares
         of the Company's common stock in the amount of $150,000.

      -  During September 1994, short-term advances were made by several related
         parties to the Company which were used in the Company's mortgage
         warehouse operations. As of September 30, 1994, approximately $391,000
         of such advances were outstanding bearing interest at amounts ranging
         from the prime rate of interest to 10%. These advances plus the related
         accrued interest were paid in full on October 11, 1994.

      -  For the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, certain family members of
         an executive officer of the Company were engaged to perform accounting
         and consulting services for the Company. Such individuals were
         compensated approximately $14,291 and $3,106 for these services in 1995
         and 1996, respectively.

15. EVENTS OCCURRING SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THE AUDITOR'S REPORT (UNAUDITED)

Consummation of IPO

On August 16, 1996, the Company consummated its IPO as further described in Note
1 above. The transaction resulted in the issuance of approximately 690,000
common shares and net proceeds to the Company of approximately $2.7 million.




                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


Proposed Equity Offering

The Company is currently contemplating raising additional funds through the
registration and sale of new shares of its common stock. The Company anticipates
that it will issue a certain number of shares of its common stock
along with detachable warrants in order to raise gross proceeds of approximately
$7.5 million before consideration of the underwriter's discount and other
offering expenses. The per share offering price for the common stock and
warrants will be determined based upon the current market price of the Company's
common stock on the transaction date. The Company's common stock was trading at
approximately $1.63 per share on December 20, 1996. The warrants will be
exercisable immediately after the consummation of the proposed equity offering
for a period of five years. The warrants are also subject to the redemption by
the Company for a four year period commencing on the first anniversary date of
the consummation of the offering for a price of $.10 per warrant, provided
certain conditions exist.



                                      F-18



<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




                               PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                                        BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     September 30      March 31
                                                                                         1996            1996
                                                                                     (unaudited)
                                                                                    -------------      --------

                             ASSETS

<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>         
Cash and temporary cash investments                                                    $586,707         $98,349
Loans receivable, mortgage warehouse lending                                          3,086,542       3,512,775
Accrued interest and fees receivable                                                     24,204          30,007
Deferred cost of equity offering                                                             --         445,731
Fixed Assets
    Furniture and equipment                                                              54,910          50,370
    Proprietary computer software                                                       472,865         469,655
                                                                                   ------------    ------------
                                                                                        527,775         520,025
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                        352,686         302,035
                                                                                   ------------    ------------
  Net Fixed Assets                                                                      175,089         217,990
                                                                                   ------------    ------------

Other assets                                                                            197,558          26,087
                                                                                   ------------    ------------
    Total Assets                                                                     $4,070,100      $4,330,939
                                                                                   ============    ============


                    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities:
    Loans payable, mortgage warehouse                                                $1,581,605      $3,254,235
    Revolving lines, of credit                                                               --          79,400
    Bridge financing (notes totaling $100,000 less
       unamortized discount of $37,500)                                                      --          62,500
    Accrued interest payable                                                              5,893          43,564
    Due to mortgage banking companies                                                    36,103          20,917
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                               115,192         261,163
    Deferred legal fees                                                                  74,793          76,743
                                                                                   ------------    ------------
        Total Liabilities                                                             1,813,586       3,798,522
                                                                                   ------------    ------------

Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity:
    Common stock-$.01 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares;
        1,442,272 and 835,000 shares issued and outstanding
        at September 30 and March 31, 1996, respectively                                 14,423           8,350
Additional paid-in capital                                                           10,563,027       8,598,634
Accumulated deficit                                                                  (8,320,936)     (8,074,567)
                                                                                   ------------    ------------
    Total shareholders' equity                                                        2,256,514         532,417
                                                                                   ------------    ------------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                       $4,070,100      $4,330,939
                                                                                   ============    ============
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.




                                            F-19

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
     FOR THE THREE MONTH & SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 & 1995
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             Three Months Ended             Six Months Ended
                                                 September 30                 September 30
                                         ----------------------------    ----------------------

                                            1996          1995           1996            1995
                                            ----          ----           ----            ----
<S>                                       <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>        
INCOME
Interest income                           $42,713         $1,966       $103,280         $6,452
Commissions and fees                        1,500          3,000          1,500          3,000
Processing fees                            12,275          1,940         24,943          1,940
     Total income                          56,488          6,906        129,723         11,392

DIRECT COSTS
Interest expense - warehouse and
     revolving lines of credit             42,282          5,975        108,682          6,205
Interest expense - bridge financing        25,355         21,920         42,385         57,568
Bank charges and fees                       2,289          1,693          5,905          2,846
Bank processing fees                        3,300             --          6,300             --
     Total direct costs                    73,226         29,588        163,272         66,619

LOSS BEFORE OPERATING EXPENSES            (16,738)       (22,682)       (33,549)       (55,227)
OPERATING EXPENSES                        121,913         93,639        218,379        193,870
     Loss from operations                (138,651)      (116,321)      (251,928)      (249,097)

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
Interest income - other                     9,037         16,796          9,307         23,590
Interest expense - other                   (1,178)        (1,178)        (2,356)        (2,356)
     Total other income (expense)           7,859         15,618          6,951         21,234

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                 (130,792)      (100,703)      (244,977)      (227,863)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                     --             --          1,392          1,180
     Net loss                           ($130,792)     ($100,703)     ($246,369)     ($229,043)

LOSS PER SHARE OF COMMON
 STOCK                                     ($0.11)        ($0.12)        ($0.25)        ($0.28)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
 SHARES                                 1,155,315        825,000        996,629        825,000

</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                            F-20

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Common     Additional      Accumulated         Total
                                      Stock      Paid-in         Deficit         Stockholders'
                                                 Capital                           Equity
                                     ------     ----------      -----------      -------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>         
Balances
March 31,1996                         $8,350     $8,598,634     ($8,074,567)       $532,417

Issuance of 7,272 common
shares in connection with
bridge financing                          73            (73)             --              --

Issuance of 600,000 shares of
common stock and warrants              6,000      1,964,466              --       1,970,466

Net loss for the period                   --             --        (246,369)       (246,369)
                                     -------   ------------     -----------    ------------
                                     $14,423    $10,563,027     ($8,320,936)     $2,256,514

</TABLE>


         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.




                                            F-21

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>




                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
           FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 and 1995
                                   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1996           1995
                                                                ----           ----
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

<S>                                                         <C>            <C>         
Net loss                                                      ($246,369)     ($229,043)
                                                            -----------    -----------
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
 operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization                                   110,936         98,267
(Increase) decrease in
Accrued interest receivable                                       5,803         10,360
Other assets                                                   (191,900)       (20,758)
Increase (decrease) in
Accrued interest payable                                        (37,671)        (7,792)
Due to mortgage banking companies                                15,186        (34,834)
Accounts payable and Accrued expenses                          (150,277)        26,258
Total adjustments                                              (247,923)        71,501
Net cash used in operating activities                          (494,292)      (157,542)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Increase in Mortgage Warehouse Loans Receivable                 426,233        509,642
Purchase of Fixed Assets                                         (7,750)          (350)
Net cash provided by investing activities                       418,483        509,292

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net decrease in borrowings used in operations,
     net of issuance costs                                   (1,672,630)      (545,930)
Decrease in revolving line of credit and bridge financing      (179,400)
(Increase) decrease in deferred costs of equity offering        445,731        (81,585)
Proceeds from issuance of stock                               1,970,466

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities             564,167       (627,515)

Net increase (decrease) in cash                                 488,358       (275,765)

CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS
APRIL 1,1996 and 1995                                            98,349        437,574
CASH AND TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30,1996 and 1995                                     $586,707       $161,809

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest Paid                                                  $130,468         $2,872

</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.



                                            F-22

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (Unaudited)

NOTE 1- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

In the opinion of management,  the accompanying  unaudited financial  statements
for Pioneer  Commercial Funding Corp. (the "Company") contain all adjustments of
a recurring nature considered necessary for a fair presentation of its financial
position as of September 30, 1996,  the results of operations  for the three and
six month periods  ended  September 30, 1996 and 1995 and its cash flows for the
six months ended  September 30, 1996 and 1995. The results of operations for the
six month and three  month  periods  ended  September  30, 1996 and 1995 are not
necessarily indicative of the Company's results of operations to be expected for
the entire year.

The accompanying  unaudited interim  financial  statements have been prepared in
accordance with the instructions to Form 10-QSB and,  therefore,  do not include
all  information  and  footnotes  required to be in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  The financial  information  provided  herein,
including  the  information  under the  heading,  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations," is written with the
presumption  that the users of the interim  financial  statements  have read, or
have access to, the Company's  March 31, 1996 audited  financial  statements and
notes  thereto,  together  with  the  Managements  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations as of March 31, 1996 and for the
year then ended included in the Company's definitive prospectus dated August 12,
1996.




                                            F-23

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (Unaudited)


2.   OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating expenses consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Three Month Period Ended   Six Month Period Ended
                                             September 30,             September 30,
                                       ------------------------   ------------------------
                                          1996          1995           1996          1995
                                          ----          ----           ----          ----

<S>                                     <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>    
    Salaries and benefits               $33,488        $29,759       $52,821       $66,859
    Depreciation and amortization        25,325         25,325        50,650        50,650
    Professional fees                    13,140         12,703        26,196        25,203
    Utilities                             5,599          4,555        11,144         8,853
    Temporary staff services             13,165          9,785        23,849        15,776
    Rent                                  2,903          2,903         5,805         5,805
    Other                                28,293          8,609        47,914        20,724
                                       --------        -------      --------       --------
                                       $121,913        $93,639      $218,379       $193,870
                                       ========        =======      ========       ========

</TABLE>


3.   INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

The Company  consummated its initial public offering (the  "Offering") on August
16, 1996, at which time it issued 600,000 shares of common stock (.01 par value)
for $5.00 per share and  redeemable  warrants  to  purchase  600,000  additional
shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share for
$.10 per warrant (the "Warrants"). The Warrants are exercisable until August 12,
2000.  On October 4, 1996,  the Company  issued an  additional  90,000  Warrants
pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to its underwriter with respect to
the Offering.  The Company received net proceeds from the Offering of $2,675,556
(excluding the proceeds of $7,830 derived from the underwriter's exercise of the
over-allotment  option), and recorded an increase to stockholders' equity in the
amount of  $1,970,466  which is net of $705,090 in deferred  costs of the equity
offering  which  were  paid  for by the  Company  prior to  consummation  of the
transaction.




                                            F-24



<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

=======================================    =====================================






     NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED ON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, BY ANY PERSON
IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL FOR SUCH PERSON TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY OFFER,
SOLICITATION OR SALE MADE HEREUNDER, SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE OF THE PROSPECTUS.


                                      -----------------

                                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
Available Information...............
Prospectus Summary..................
Risk Factors........................
Use of Proceeds.....................
Capitalization......................
Dividend Policy.....................
Management's Discussion and
   Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of
   Operations.......................
Business............................
Management..........................
Certain Transactions................
Principal Security Holders..........
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....
Underwriting........................
Legal Matters.......................
Experts.............................
Financial Statements................



                                      -----------------


                                 3,750,000 UNITS

                           EACH UNIT CONSISTING OF ONE
                            SHARE OF COMMON STOCK AND
                            ONE CLASS A COMMON STOCK
                                PURCHASE WARRANT

                               PIONEER COMMERCIAL

                                  FUNDING CORP.






                             ----------------------

                               P R O S P E C T U S

                             ----------------------



                             LT LAWRENCE & CO., INC.



                                 _________, 1997


=======================================    =====================================


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



PART II - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

               Article VIII of the bylaws of Pioneer  Commercial  Funding  Corp.
(the "Company") provide for the indemnification of directors and officers to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

               Section 722 of the New York Business  Corporation Law (the "BCL")
provides  that a  corporation  may  indemnify  an  individual  made  party  to a
proceeding  because  he is or was a director  or officer in certain  situations,
provided that the director acted in good faith for a purpose which he reasonably
believed to be in the best interests of the  corporation.  In addition,  Section
723 of the BCL provides that a corporation shall indemnify a director or officer
who prevails  entirely in the defense of any  proceeding to which he was a party
because he is or was a director,  against reasonable expenses incurred by him in
connection  with  the  proceeding.   Section  724  of  the  BCL  provides  that,
notwithstanding  any action taken by the corporation,  or by its shareholders or
directors to deny  indemnification to any officer or director,  he may apply for
and receive  such  indemnification,  upon good cause  shown,  to the same extent
permitted  under  BCL  Section  722  upon  application  for such  relief  to the
appropriate court.

               Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise,  the Company
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable.

               The  Company   maintains   directors'  and  officers'   liability
insurance coverage with limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence.

               The Company has agreed to enter into  employment  agreements with
Arthur H.  Goldberg  and Elie  Housman,  and it has entered  into an  employment
agreement with Glenda Klein, providing for indemnification to the fullest extent
permitted by law. The Company has also entered into  indemnification  agreements
with  each of its other  directors  which  provide  for  indemnification  to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

               The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting  discounts and commissions,  payable in connection with the sale of
Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the registration
fee, the NASD and Nasdaq  SmallCap Market fees and the Boston Stock Exchange and
pacific Stock Exchange fees.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Amount To
                                                                          Be Paid
                                                                         ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>      
        SEC Registration fee.......................................      $   4,668
        NASD Filing fee............................................          2,041
        Nasdaq SmallCap Market fees................................         14,100
        Boston Stock Exchange listing fees.........................         15,000
        Pacific Stock Exchange filing fees.........................         22,500
        Printing expenses..........................................         75,000
        Legal fees and expenses....................................        135,000
        Accounting fees and expenses...............................         45,000
        Blue sky fees and expenses.................................         45,000
        Warrant agent fees.........................................          7,500
        Stock and Class A Warrant certificates.....................          3,500
        Miscellaneous..............................................         30,691
                                                                          --------
               Total...............................................       $400,000
</TABLE>

ITEM 26.       RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

               The following tables set forth (i) the number of shares of Common
Stock  issued by the  Company  and the  number  of  shares  of common  stock and
preferred   stock  issued  by  Pioneer  during  the  past  three  years  without
registration under the Securities Act, (ii) the date of such issuance, and (iii)
the  consideration  per  share for each  issuance.  There  were no  underwriting
discounts or  commissions  paid in connection  with the issuance of any of these
securities. Unless otherwise noted, the consideration was paid in cash.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The Company:
- ------------                           Number of Shares        Consideration
Purchaser                  Date        of Common Stock          Per Share ($)
- ---------                  ----        -----------------        -------------

<S>                       <C>             <C>                          <C>
Arthur H. Goldberg        3/23/94           92,755 (1)                   (2)

Elie Housman              3/23/94           55,653 (1)                   (2)

Jon Housman               3/23/94           18,551 (1)                   (2)

Daniel Housman            3/23/94           18,551 (1)                   (2)

Richard Friedman          3/10/94            7,576 (1)                   (3)
                          1/15/96            2,424                       (4)

Richard Gurian            3/10/94            1,893 (1)                   (3)
                          2/01/96            3,107                       (5)

Jeffrey Markowitz         3/10/94            7,576 (1)                   (3)
                          1/15/96            2,424                       (4)

Christian D. and
Katherine Ericksen        3/10/94            5,682 (1)                   (3)
                          2/01/96            9,318                       (5)

</TABLE>

                                      II-2

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Pioneer (3):
- ------------                           Class B             Class A
Purchaser                  Date      Common Stock      Preferred Stock       Per Share($)
- ---------                  ----      ------------      ---------------       ------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>             <C>                    <C>
Uri Lieber                5/3/93       237,000 (6a)                                 (7)

Esther Bier               5/3/93        20,000 (6b)                                 (7)

Richard Fried             5/3/93        50,000 (6c)                                 (7)

Glenda Klein              5/3/93        10,000 (6d)                                 (7)

Harry Falk                1/27/94                           40,000 (6e)              1.00

Uri Guefan                1/27/94                           25,000 (6f)              1.00

Imperial Valley
 Emergency Phy-
 sicians Retire-
 ment Trust               1/27/94                           25,000 (6g)              1.00

Allyson Klein             1/27/94                            5,000 (6h)              1.00

Tamar Ruth Lieber         1/27/94                          100,000 (6i)              1.00

Michael Loewenthal        1/27/94                          100,000 (6j)              1.00

Martha Jacob  Reis        1/27/94                           30,000 (6k)              1.00

Shamiz, S.A.               6/7/94                           186,916(6l)              1.07(8)

ICTS Holland
 Production B.V.         10/25/94      176,136 (1)                                   2.84(1)
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------

(1) Adjusted to account for the 1 to .758 reverse split of the Company's  Common
Stock implemented in June 1996 (the "June 1996 Stock Split").

(2) The per share price  (adjusted  to account for the June 1996 Stock Split) of
$.81  was  determined   prior  to  the  negotiation  of  the  Bridge   Financing
transactions to be the fair market value of such shares on the basis of the high
risk  undertaken by such  investors in  subscribing  for the shares of a company
which had no  business  operations  of its own,  and which  would not be able to
merge with  Pioneer  in the  absence of any  assurance,  at that time,  that the
public offering upon which the merger of PCF and Pioneer was conditioned,  would
be  achieved.  A valuation of $150,000 was  determined  arbitrarily  and did not
reflect any inherent fair market value therein.



                                      II-3

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

(3)  Represents  shares issued as additional  consideration  in connection  with
certain interim financing arrangements between the Company and certain lenders.

(4)  Represents  shares issued to counter the dilutive  effects of the June 1996
Stock Split in consideration of the  shareholder's  waiver of any defaults which
may have existed under a Bridge Financing agreement.

(5)  Represents  shares issued to counter the dilutive  effects of the June 1996
Stock Split in consideration of the  shareholder's  waiver of any defaults which
may have existed  under a Bridge  Financing  agreement,  and  additional  shares
issued in  consideration of the  shareholder's  agreement to extend the maturity
date under such Bridge Financing agreement.

(6) In August,  1994, Pioneer  implemented,  in contemplation of its merger with
and into the Company,  a reverse  stock split,  pursuant to which the  aggregate
number of issued and outstanding shares of all classes of its capital stock were
reduced from 2,060,035 shares to 655,126 shares (the "Stock Split"). As a result
thereof,  and the June 1996  Stock  Split,  the  number of shares of common  and
preferred  stock  held  by  each  of  Pioneer's  shareholders  was  reduced  and
thereafter converted into the following shares of the Company's Common Stock:

(6a)    57,098        (6b)    4,818 (6c)    12,046 (6d)    2,409

(6e)     9,636 (6f)    6,023 (6g)    6,023  (6h)    1,205

(6i)    24,092 (6j)   24,092 (6k)    7,228  (6l)   45,033

(7) These shares were issued immediately  subsequent to Pioneer's emergence from
bankruptcy.  The per  share  price  thereof  of $.01 per  share  was  determined
arbitrarily and did not reflect any inherent fair market value therein.

(8) On June 7, 1994, this  shareholder's  revolving credit loan in the principal
amount of $200,000 was converted into preferred  shares at the rate of $1.07 per
share.

               Exemption  from the  registration  provisions of the 1933 Act for
the transactions set forth above is claimed under Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act,  among  others,  on the basis that such  transactions  did not  involve any
public offering and the purchasers were sophisticated with access to the kind of
information  registration  would  provide.  No  underwriting  fees  were paid in
connection with the foregoing  transactions.  However, a finder's fee of $20,000
was paid to The Blackmor Group,  Inc., an unaffiliated  party, for arranging the
Bridge Financing.

                                      II-4


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS.

Exhibit No.    Description

1.1                   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

1.2                   Form of Agreement Among Underwriters.*

1.3                   Form of Selected Dealers Agreement.*

2.1                   Modified Plan of Merger Between the Company and Pioneer.

3.1                   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

3.2                   Bylaws of the Company.

3.3                   Certificate of Amendment of the  Company's Certificate  of
                      Incorporation.

4.1                   The Company's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.

4.2                   Specimen Stock Certificate of the Company's Common
                      Stock.

4.3                   Specimen Class A Warrant Certificate.*

4.4                   Form of Class A Warrant Agreement. *

4.5                   Form of Lockup Agreement.*

4.6                   Form of Representative's Warrant Agreement and
                      Representative's Warrant Certificate.*

4.7                   Form of Option issued to the Company's Executives.

4.8                   Form of Option issued to United Mizrahi Bank & Trust
                      Company.

5                     Opinion of Hall Dickler Kent Friedman & Wood, regarding
                      the legality of the Units, Common Stock and the Class A
                      Warrants. *

10.1                  Revolving Line of Credit and Security Agreement between
                      United Mizrahi Bank and Trust Company and the Company, as
                      amended.

10.2                  Employment Agreement between the Company and Glenda S.
                      Klein.




                                      II-5


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



10.3                  Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996
                      between the Company and Trans Lending Corporation

10.4                  Noncompete Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996 between
                      the Company and Kenneth Germain

10.5                  Employment Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996 between
                      Trans Lending and Kenneth Germain.*

10.6                  Employment Agreement between the Company and Arthur H.
                      Goldberg.*

10.7                  Employment Agreement between the Company and Elie
                      Housman.*

23.1                  Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants (See
                      Part II, Page 10).

23.2                  Consent of Counsel (See Part II, Page 11).

24                    Power of Attorney (See Part II, Page 9).

- ----------------------------------------
*       To be filed by amendment.


ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS.

A.      Certificates

               The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriter at
the  closing  specified  in the  underwriting  agreement,  certificates  in such
denominations  and  registered in such names as required by the  Underwriter  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

B.      Rule 415 Offering

               The Registrant hereby undertakes:



                                      II-6

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               (1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sells any of
the securities which are the subject of the prospectus included within this
Registration Statement, a post-effective amendment to this Registration
Statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which,
individually or together, represent fundamental change in the information set
forth in the Registration Statement; (iii) to include any additional or changed
material information with respect to the plan of distribution.

               (2)  For  purposes  of  determining   any  liability   under  the
Securities Act, the Registrant will treat each post-effective amendment as a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

               (3) To  remove  from  registration  by means of a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

C.      Request for Acceleration of Effective Date

               The Company may elect to request  acceleration  of the  effective
date of the Registration Statement under Rule 461 of the Securities Act of 1933.

               Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the small  business  issuer  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the
opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

               In the  event  that a  claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

D.      Reliance on Rule 430A

               (1) For purposes of  determining  liability  under the Securities
Act,  the  Registrant  will  treat  the  information  omitted  from  the form of
prospectus  filed



                                      II-7

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act ('ss.''ss.'230.424(b)(1), (4) or 230.497(h)) as
part of this Registration Statement as of the time the Commission declared it
effective.

               (2)For purposes of determining liability under the Securities
Act, the Registrant will treat each post-effective amendment as a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.



                                      II-8

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

               In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of
1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets  all of the  requirements  of  filing  on Form  SB-2 and  authorized  this
registration  statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City, County and State of New York on the 27th day of December, 1996

                                Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.



                                By:     /s/ Arthur H. Goldberg
                                    --------------------------------
                                    Arthur H. Goldberg, Chief Executive Officer
                                          (Principal Executive Officer)

               In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of
1933,  this  Registration  Statement was signed by the following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.

               KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose signature
appears below  constitutes  and appoints  Arthur H. Goldberg his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact  and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any
and all amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments) to this registration
statement,  and to file the same, with all exhibits  thereto and other documents
in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  granting
unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing  requisite or necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person,
hereby  ratifying and  confirming  all that said  attorney-in-fact  and agent or
either of them or their or his  substitute  or  substitutes,  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


             SIGNATURE                 TITLE                      DATE
             ---------                 -----                      -----


    /s/ Arthur H. Goldberg         Director, Chief             December 27, 1996
- ---------------------------        (Principal) Executive
    Arthur H. Goldberg             Officer


    /s/ Elie Housman               Director,                   December 27, 1996
- ---------------------------        President
      Elie Housman                 



                                      II-9

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

    /s/ Glenda Klein               Director, Sr. Vice Pres.,   December 27, 1996
- ---------------------------        Secretary, Treasurer,
      Glenda Klein                 Chief Financial
                                   (Principal Accounting)
                                   Officer)


- ---------------------------        Director                    December   , 1996
     Tamar Lieber


   /s/ Richard Fried               Director                    December 27, 1996
- ---------------------------
     Richard Fried


- ---------------------------        Director                    December   , 1996
      Boaz Harel


   /s/ Mark Roth                   Director                    December 27, 1996
- ---------------------------
     Mark Roth





                                      II-10


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.


               As independent public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the use
of our  report  (and  all  references  made to our  firm)  with  respect  to the
financial  statements  for the years  ended  March 31, 1995 and 1996 for Pioneer
Commercial Funding Corp. included in or made part of this registration statement
and prospectus.





                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



New York, New York
December 27, 1996


                                      II-11


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL

               We  consent  to use of our  firm's  name and to  statements  with
respect to our Firm,  as they appear  under the heading  "Legal  Matters" in the
Prospectus which is included in Part I of this Registration Statement.





                      HALL DICKLER KENT FRIEDMAN & WOOD LLP

New York, New York
December 27, 1996









                                      II-12


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number                       Description
- --------                     ------------

 2.1           Modified Plan of Merger Between the Company
               and Pioneer.

 3.1           Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

 3.2           Bylaws of the Company.

 3.3           Certificate of Amendment of the Company's Certificate
               of Incorporation.

 4.1           The Company's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.

 4.2           Specimen Stock Certificate of the Company's Common Stock.

 4.7           Form of Option issued to the Company's Executive.

 4.8           Form of Option issued to United Mizrahi Bank & Trust Company

10.1           Revolving Line of Credit and Security Agreement between United
               Mizrahi Bank and Trust Company and the Company, as amended

10.2           Employment Agreement between the Company and Glenda S. Klein.

10.3           Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996 between
               the Company and Trans Lending Corporation

10.4           Noncompete Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996 between the 
               Company and Kenneth Germain

23.1           Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants (See Part II,
               Page 10).

23.2           Consent of Counsel (See Part II, Page 11).

24             Power of Attorney (See Part II, Page 9).




                     STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
                     ------------------------
       The section symbol shall be expressed as .....'ss'.


<PAGE>




<PAGE>


                                 PLAN OF MERGER

                                       of

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.,
                             a New York Corporation

                                      into

                             PCF ACQUISITION CORP.,
                             a New York Corporation

               The  Plan  of  Merger  (hereafter   designated  the  "Plan"),  as
heretofore  adopted,  whereby  Pioneer  Commercial  Funding  Corp.,  a New  York
corporation  (hereinafter  called  "Pioneer"),  shall  merge  with  and into PCF
Acquisition  Corp., a New York  corporation  (hereinafter  called the "Surviving
Corporation"), is hereby modifed and restated, as follows:

               1. The constituent  corporations to this Plan are Pioneer and the
Surviving Corporation.  The surviving corporation under this merger shall be the
Surviving Corporation.

               2. The designation and number of outstanding shares of each class
and series of capital stock for each  constituent  corporation to this Plan are,
as follows:

                  (a) the Surviving  Corporation has present  authorized capital
consisting  of 5,000,000  shares of common stock,  $.01 par value,  all of which
stock is voting stock and of which 274,874 shares are issued and outstanding.

                  (b) Pioneer has present  authorized  capital consisting of (i)
1,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock,  $.01 par value, all of which stock is
voting  stock and of which  318,017  shares  are issued  and  outstanding;  (ii)
1,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock,  $.01 par value, all of which stock is
voting stock and of which 406,811  shares are issued or  outstanding;  and (iii)
2,000,000 shares of Class A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, none of which stock
is voting stock and of which 162,798 shares are issued and outstanding.

               3. The terms and  conditions of the merger,  including the manner
and  basis  of  converting  the  shares  of  Pioneer  into the  shares  or other
securities of the Surviving Corporation, are as follows:

                  (a) Each issued and outstanding share of Class A Common Stock,
Class B Common Stock and Class A Preferred Stock of Pioneer held by shareholders
of Pioneer  immediately prior to the effective date of the merger to be effected
by this Plan (the  "Effective  Date") shall be changed and converted,  upon such
Effective Date, into one share of the Common Stock of the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


Surviving Corporation.

                  (b) After  the  Effective  Date,  each  holder of  outstanding
certificates representing shares of capital stock of Pioneer shall surrender the
same to the Surviving  Corporation and each such holder shall be entitled,  upon
such surrender, to receive the number of shares of Common Stock of the Surviving
Corporation as is provided for in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 3.

                  (c) Upon the Effective Date, the separate existence of Pioneer
shall cease and said  corporation  shall be merged  with and into the  Surviving
Corporation  and  the  Surviving  Corporation  shall  possess  all  the  rights,
privileges,  powers,  and franchises of a public and private nature and shall be
subject to all the duties of each of the corporations  parties to this Plan, and
all and singular the rights,  privileges,  powers, and franchises of each of the
corporations parties to this Plan, and all property,  real, personal, and mixed,
and all debts due to any of the  corporations  parties to this Plan on  whatever
account shall be vested in the Surviving Corporation;  and all property, rights,
privileges,  powers, contracts, and franchises and every other interest shall be
thereafter as effectually the property of the Surviving Corporation as they were
of the respective corporations parties to this Plan; but all rights of creditors
and all liens upon any  property of either of the  corporations  parties to this
Plan shall be preserved unimpaired and all debts,  liabilities and duties of the
respective  corporations  parties to this Plan shall  thenceforth  attach to the
Surviving  Corporation  and be  enforceable  against it to the same extent as if
said debts, liabilities, and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

                  (d) If, at any time, the Surviving  Corporation shall consider
or be advised that any further  assignments  or  assurances  in law or any other
things  are  necessary  or  desirable  to  vest  in the  Surviving  Corporation,
according to the terms  hereof,  the title to any property or rights of Pioneer,
the proper officers and directors of Pioneer shall and will execute and make all
such proper  assignments and assurances and do all things necessary or proper to
vest title in such property or rights in the Surviving Corporation and otherwise
to carry out the purposes of this Plan.

                  (e) Upon the Effective Date, the assets and liabilities of the
corporations parties to this Plan shall be carried on the books of the Surviving
Corporation at the amounts at which they  respectively  shall be carried on such
date on the books of the corporations  parties to this Plan. The capital surplus
and  earned  surplus  of the  Surviving  Corporation  shall  be  the  sum of the
respective capital surpluses and earned surpluses of the corporations parties to
this Plan, subject in each case to such intercompany adjustments or eliminations
as may be required to give effect to the merger. The aggregate amount of the net
assets of the  corporations  parties  to this  Plan  legally  available 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

for the payment of dividends immediately prior to the merger, to the extent that
the value thereof is not transferred to stated capital by the issuance of shares
or otherwise, shall continue to be available for the payment of dividends by the
Surviving Corporation.

                  (f) On the  Effective  Date,  the  Board of  Directors  of the
Surviving  Corporation  shall be  expanded  from three  members to six  members.
Messrs. Arthur H. Goldberg and Elie Housman, who presently serve as directors of
both Pioneer and the Surviving Corporation, shall continue to serve as directors
of the Surviving  Corporation  upon and after  consummation  of the merger to be
effected by this Plan.  Steven D. Dreyer,  the remaining member of the presently
constituted Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation,  shall be deemed to
have resigned as such director upon consummation of the merger to be effected by
this Plan, and the vacancies  created by such  resignation and said expansion of
the Board of the Surviving  Corporation shall be filled by Ms. Glenda Klein, and
Messrs. Uri Lieber,  Ezra Harel and Richard Fried, each of whom currently serves
as a director of Pioneer.  Each of the  directors of the  Surviving  Corporation
immediately  after  consummation of the merger to be effected by this Plan shall
continue in office until he or she resigns  and/or his or her  successor is duly
elected.

                  (g) Immediately  prior to the consummation of the merger to be
effected by this Plan,  all of the then duly elected  officials of the Surviving
Corporation shall be deemed to have resigned from each of the official positions
respectively  held by them.  Upon  consummation  of the merger to be effected by
this Plan,  the  following  persons shall be deemed to have been duly elected to
serve as officials of the Surviving  Corporation in the  capacities  hereinbelow
set forth:

               Uri Lieber               President  (Chief  Executive  Officer)
                                           and  Assistant Secretary

              Glenda Klein                 Senior  Vice   President,  Secretary,
                                           Treasurer and Chief Financial
                                           Officer

              Richard Fried                Vice President

Each of the officers of the Surviving Corporation immediately after consummation
of the merger to be effected by this Plan shall  continue in office  until he or
she resigns and/or his or her successor is duly elected.

                  (h) The  bylaws of the  Surviving  Corporation,  as they shall
exist on the  Effective  Date,  shall be and remain the bylaws of the  Surviving
Corporation  until the same shall be  altered,  amended,  or repealed as therein
provided.

                  (i) On the Effective Date, the name of the
<PAGE>


<PAGE>


Surviving Corporation shall be changed to Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.

               4. In order to implement  the change of the name of the Surviving
Corporation,   as  provided  in  paragraph  3(h)  hereof,   the  Certificate  of
Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended as follows:

                  Paragraph FIRST shall be amended to read:

                  "FIRST:  The name of the  corporation  is  PIONEER  COMMERCIAL
                  FUNDING CORP."

               5.  Anything  herein  or  elsewhere  contained  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,  the Plan may be modified,  and/or  terminated and abandoned by
mutual  consent of the Boards of Directors of the  corporations  party hereto at
any time prior to the Effective Date.

               6. The Effective  Date (as such term is used herein) of the Plan,
and the merger to be effected hereby,  shall be the date when the certificate of
merger  required  to be filed by the New  York  Department  of State in order to
effectuate the merger contemplated herein shall have been filed.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the corporations, parties hereto, has
caused  this  Plan to be  executed  on its  behalf by the  officers  hereinbelow
identified.

Dated:  As of November 4, 1994

PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP,                  PCF ACQUISITION CORP.,
a New York Corporation                            a New York corporation



By:_____________________________                  By:___________________________
         Uri Lieber, President                       Arthur H. Goldberg, Pres.


<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                              PCF ACQUISITION CORP.


                  Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation
                          Law of the State of New York


        The undersigned, being of legal age, in order to form a corporation
under and pursuant to the laws of the State of New York, do hereby set forth as
follows:

        FIRST: The name of the corporation is 
                      PCF ACQUISITION CORP.

        SECOND: This corporation is formed to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the Business Corporation
Law of the State of New York, provided that it is not formed to engage in any
act or activity which requires the consent or approval of any state official,
department, board, agency or other body, without such approval or consent first
being obtained.

     THIRD: The office of the corporation in the State of New York shall be
located in the County of New York.

     FOURTH: a) The corporation shall be authorized to issue the following
shares:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        Class                Number of Shares      Par Value
        -----                ----------------      ---------

<S>                          <C>                   <C> 
        COMMON               5,000,000             $.01


</TABLE>


             b) No holder of any shares of the corporation shall, because of his
        ownership of shares of the corporation, have a pre-emptive or other
        right to purchase, subscribe for, or take any part of any shares of the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

        corporation, or any part of any notes, debentures, bonds, or other
        securities convertible into or providing for options or warrants to
        purchase shares of the corporation which are issued, offered, or sold by
        the corporation after its incorporation, whether the shares, notes,
        debentures, bonds, or other securities, be authorized by this
        certificate of incorporation or by an amended certificate duly filed and
        in effect at the time of the issuance, offer, or sale of such shares,
        notes, debentures, bonds, or other securities. Any part of the shares
        authorized by this certificate of incorporation, or by an amended
        certificate duly filed and any part of any notes, debentures, bonds, or
        other securities convertible into or providing for options or warrants
        to purchase shares of the corporation may at any time be issued, offered
        for sale, and sold or disposed of by the corporation, pursuant to a
        resolution of its Board of Directors and to such persons and upon such
        terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may, in its sole
        discretion, deem proper and advisable, without first offering to
        existing shareholders any part of such shares, notes, debentures, bonds,
        or other securities.

        FIFTH: The Secretary of State is designated as the agent of the
corporation upon whom process against the corporation may be served, and the
address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against
the corporation served upon him is c/o Ohrenstein & Brown, 230 Park Avenue-32nd
Floor, New York, New York 10169.

        SIXTH: The shareholders or the Board of Directors of the corporation
shall have the power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the
corporation.

        SEVENTH: (a) The corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by
Section 721 through 726 of the Business Corporation Law of New York, indemnify
any and all directors and officers whom it shall have power to indemnify under
the said sections from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or
other matters 



<PAGE>


<PAGE>

referred to in or covered by such section, and the indemnification
provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
the persons so indemnified may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in
his/her official capacity and as to action in another capacity by holding such
office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefits of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.

                      (b) A director of this Corporation shall not be personally
liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty
in his/her capacity as a director, unless a judgment or other final adjudication
adverse to him/her establishes that (1) his/her acts or omissions were in bad
faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (ii)
he/she personally gained in fact a financial or other advantage to which he/she
was not legally entitled or (iii) his/her acts violated Section 719 of the
Business Corporation Law.

        EIGHTH: A director or officer of the Corporation shall not, in the
absence of fraud, be disqualified from his/her office by dealing with or
contracting with the Corporation as vendor, purchaser or otherwise.

               In the absence of fraud, no transaction, contract or act of the
Corporation, the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors, or any other duly constituted committee, shall be void, voidable or
affected by reason of the fact that any director or officer of the Corporation,
or any firm of which any director or officer of the Corporation is a member, or
any corporation of which any director or officer of the Corporation is an
officer, director, or shareholder, is in any way interested in the transaction,
contract or act, if either:

               (a) the fact of such common directorship, officership, or
        financial or other interest is disclosed or known to the Board of
        Directors or the Executive Committee, and the Board of Directors or the
        Executive Committee approves 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


        the transaction, contract or act by a vote sufficient for such purposes
        without the vote of such interested director, if any; provided that any
        such director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at
        any such meeting of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee;
        or

               (b) the fact of such common directorship, officership or
        financial or other interest is disclosed or known to the shareholders
        entitled to vote on the transaction, contract or act and the
        transaction, contract or act is approved by vote of the shareholders
        entitled to vote thereon, whether or not the Board of Directors or the
        Executive Committee has approved the transaction, contract or act.

        Any such transaction, contract or act which is ratified by a majority in
interest of a quorum of the shareholders of the Corporation having voting power
at any annual or special meeting called for such purpose, shall, if such common
ownership or financial or other interest is disclosed in the notice of the
meeting, be valid and as binding as though approved or ratified by every
shareholder of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the
State of New York.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto sign our names and affirm that
the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this eighth
day of March, 1994.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        NAME                              ADDRESS
        ----                              -------

<S>                                       <C>           
S/MARK SKUBICKI                             
  ---------------------------------       10 Bank Street
  Mark Skubicki, Incorporator             White Plains, New York 10606



S/MARIA R. FISCHETTI
  ----------------------------------      10 Bank Street
  Maria R. Fischetti, Incorporator        White Plains, New York 10606

</TABLE>




<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             PCF ACQUISITION CORP.




                 Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation
                          Law of the State of New York






                               Ohrenstein & Brown
                          230 Park Avenue, 32nd Floor
                            New York, New York 10169




<PAGE>



<PAGE>


================================================================================




                                   BY-LAWS OF

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.









Adopted:  March 9, 1994

================================================================================

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I - OFFICES ...................................................        1
   1.01    Location ...................................................        1
   1.02    Change of Location .........................................        1

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS .............................................        1
   2.01    Place of Meetings ..........................................        1
   2.02    Annual Meeting .............................................        1
   2.03    Special Meetings ...........................................        2
   2.04    List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote ......................        2
   2.05    Notice of Meetings .........................................        3
   2.06    Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof ......................        3
   2.07    Quorum .....................................................        3
   2.08    Voting .....................................................        3
   2.09    Waivers of Notice of Meetings ..............................        4
   2.10    Action by Consent of Shareholders ..........................        4
   2.11    Proxies ....................................................        4
   2.12    Voting of Pledged Shares ...................................        5
   2.13    Voting of Redeemable Shares ................................        5
   2.14    Officers of Meetings .......................................        5
   2.15    Order of Business ..........................................        5
   2.16    Use of Ballots .............................................        6
   2.17    Inspectors .................................................        6

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS ......................................        6
   3.01    General Powers .............................................        6
   3.02    Number of Directors ........................................        7
   3.03    Qualification ..............................................        7
   3.04    Election ...................................................        7
   3.05    Term .......................................................        7
   3.06    Resignation and Removal ....................................        7
   3.07    Vacancies ..................................................        8
   3.08    Quorum and Voting ..........................................        8
   3.09    Regulations ................................................        8
   3.10    Annual Meeting of Board of Directors .......................        9
   3.11    Regular Meetings ...........................................        9
   3.12    Special Meetings ...........................................        9
   3.13    Notice of Meetings .........................................        9
   3.14    Compensation of Directors ..................................       10
   3.15    Action Without Meeting .....................................       10
   3.16    Use of Communication Equipment .............................       10

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS .....................       10
   4.01    Establishment of Committees ................................       10
   4.02    Executive Committee ........................................       11
   4.03    Audit Committee ............................................       11
   4.04    Finance Committee ..........................................       12
   4.05    Stock Option Committee .....................................       12
   4.06    Nominating Committee .......................................       13
   4.07    Presiding Officer and Secretary ............................       13

   4.08    Vacancies ..................................................       13

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

    4.09  Meetings ......................................................     13
    4.10  Notice of Meetings ............................................     13
    4.11  Quorum; Voting ................................................     13
    4.12  Reports .......................................................     14
    4.13  Limitations on Powers .........................................     14
    4.14  Powers of the Board ...........................................     14

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS ....................................................     14
    5.01  Election ......................................................     14
    5.02  Additional Offices ............................................     15
    5.03  Election and Term of Office ...................................     15
    5.04  Vacancies .....................................................     15
    5.05  Removal, Suspension and Resignation ...........................     15
    5.06  Powers and Duties .............................................     15
    5.07  Delegation of Duties of Officers ..............................     17
    5.08  Bond ..........................................................     17

ARTICLE VI - CAPITAL SHARES .............................................     17
    6.01  Issuance of Certificates for Shares ...........................     17
    6.02  Signatures on Share Certificates ..............................     17
    6.03  Stock Ledger ..................................................     18
    6.04  Regulations Relating to Transfer ..............................     18
    6.05  Transfers .....................................................     18
    6.06  Cancellation ..................................................     19
    6.07  Lost, Destroyed, Stolen, and Mutilated Certificates ...........     19
    6.08  Fixing of Record Dates ........................................     19

ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS .................................................     20

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION ..........................................     20
    8.01  Indemnification ...............................................     20
    8.02  Insurance for Indemnification of Directors and Officers .......     22

ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ...................................     22
    9.01  Corporate Seal ................................................     22
    9.02  Fiscal Year ...................................................     23
    9.03  Waiver of Notice ..............................................     23
    9.04  Execution of Instruments, Contracts, etc ......................     23

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS; EMERGENCY BY-LAWS ...............................     24
   10.1   By Shareholders ...............................................     24
   10.2   By Directors ..................................................     24

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       of

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                   a New York Corporation (the "Corporation")

                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES

               1.01  Location.  The  address  of the  registered  office  of the
Corporation  in the  State of New York and the name of the  registered  agent at
such address,  if any, shall be as specified in the Certificate of Incorporation
or, if  subsequently  changed,  as specified in the most recent  certificate  of
change filed  pursuant to law. The  Corporation  may also have other  offices at
such places  within or without  the State of New York as the Board of  Directors
may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

               1.02 Change of  Location.  In the manner  permitted  by law,  the
Board of Directors may change the address of the Corporation's registered office
in the State of New York and the Board of Directors  may make,  revoke or change
the designation of the registered agent.


                            ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

               2.01 Place of Meetings.  Meeting of shareholders shall be held at
the principal  office of the  Corporation or at such place within or without the
State of New York as the Board of Directors shall authorize.


               2.02 Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be
held each year on a date and at a time to be  selected by the  President  or the
Board of  Directors  at least 30 days before  such  meeting or, in the event the
President  or the Board of Directors  shall not make such  selection at least 30
days prior to the following  indicated date, at 10:00 A.M. on the last Friday in
September of each year (if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday,  then on
the next business day), at such place within or without the State of New York as
shall be stated in the notice of  meeting.  At such  meeting,  or at any special
meeting in lieu of the annual meeting,  the shareholders  shall elect a Board of
Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the
meeting.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               The notice of the  meeting  shall be in writing and signed by the
President or a Vice President or the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary.  Such
notice  shall state the purpose or purposes  for which the meeting is called and
the time when and the place within or without the State where such meeting is to
be held, and a copy thereof shall be served,  either  personally or by mail upon
each  shareholder  of record  entitled  to vote at such  meeting,  and upon each
shareholder  of record,  who, by reason of any action  proposed at such meeting,
would be entitled  to have his stock  appraised  if such action were taken,  not
less than ten or more than fifty days before the meeting. If mailed, it shall be
directed to a shareholder  at his address as it appears on the stock book unless
he shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that
notices intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case it shall
be mailed to the address designated in such request.

               2.03 Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders may
be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board,  by the President and by the
President or the Secretary at the request in writing of either (a) a majority of
the Board of Directors,  or (b) shareholders  owning a majority in amount of the
shares issued and outstanding.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes
of the proposed  meeting.  Business  transacted  at a special  meeting  shall be
confined to the purposes stated in the notice.

               2.04 List of  Shareholders  Entitled to Vote. The officer who has
charge of the stock ledger of the  Corporation  shall prepare and make, or cause
to be prepared and made, at least ten days before every meeting of shareholders,
a complete list, based upon the record date for such meeting determined pursuant
to Section 6.8, of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical  order,  and showing the address of each shareholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to
the  examination  of any  shareholder,  for any purpose  germane to the meeting,
during ordinary  business hours,  for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting,  either at a place  within  the city  where the  meeting is to be held,
which  place shall be  specified  in the notice of the meeting or, if such place
shall not be so  specified,  at the place where said meeting is to be held.  The
list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during
the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present.

               The stock  ledger  shall be the only  evidence  as to who are the
shareholders  entitled (i) to examine the stock ledger, the list of shareholders
entitled to vote at any  meeting,  or the books


                                       2

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

of the  Corporation,  or (ii) to vote in  person or by proxy at any  meeting  of
shareholders.

               2.05  Notice  of  Meetings.  Written  notice of each  annual  and
special meeting of shareholders,  other than any meeting the giving of notice of
which is otherwise  prescribed by law,  stating the place,  date and hour of the
meeting,  and,  in the case of a special  meeting,  indicating  the  purpose  or
purposes  thereof  and that it is being  issued  by or at the  direction  of the
person or persons  calling the meeting,  shall be delivered or mailed in writing
at  least  ten but not  more  than  fifty  days  before  such  meeting,  to each
shareholder  required  or  permitted  to take any  action  or  entitled  to vote
thereat.  If mailed,  such notice shall be deposited in the United  States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to such shareholder at his address as the same appears
on the records of the Corporation.  An affidavit of the Secretary,  an Assistant
Secretary or the transfer agent of the Corporation that notice has been given by
mail shall be evidence of the facts stated therein.

               2.06  Adjourned  Meetings  and  Notice  Thereof.  Any  meeting of
shareholders  may be adjourned to another time or place, and the Corporation may
transact at any adjourned  meeting any business which might have been transacted
at the original  meeting.  Notice need not be given of the adjourned  meeting if
the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
is  taken,  unless  (a) any  adjournment  or series  of  adjournments  cause the
original  meeting  to be  adjourned  for more than  thirty  days  after the date
originally  fixed therefor,  or (b) a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting. If notice of any adjourned meeting is given, such notice shall be given
to each  shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned  meeting in the
manner prescribed in Section 2.5 for giving of notice of meetings.

               2.07 Quorum. At any meeting of shareholders,  except as otherwise
expressly  required by law, or by the Certificate of Incorporation,  the holders
of record of at least a majority of the  outstanding  Capital Shares entitled to
vote or act at such meetings  shall be present or  represented by proxy in order
to  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of any  business,  but less than a
quorum shall have power to adjourn any meeting unless a quorum shall be present.
When a quorum is once  present  to  organize a  meeting,  the  quorum  cannot be
destroyed  by the  subsequent  withdrawal  or  revocation  of the  proxy  of any
shareholder.  Capital shares owned by the Corporation or by another corporation,
if a majority of its shares  entitled to vote in the  election of  directors  is
held by the Corporation, shall not be counted for quorum purposes or entitled to
vote.

                                       3

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               2.08  Voting.  At any meeting of  shareholders  each  shareholder
holding,  as of the record  date,  shares  entitled to be voted on any matter at
such meeting  shall have one vote on each such matter  submitted to vote at such
meeting  for each such share held by such  shareholder  as of the record date as
shown by the list of  shareholders  entitled to vote at the meeting,  unless the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  for more or less than one vote for any
share on any matter,  in which case every reference to a required  proportion of
shares shall refer to the proportion of the votes of such shares.

               Each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or
to express  consent or dissent to corporate  action in writing without a meeting
may authorize  another person or persons to act for him by proxy,  provided that
no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date,  unless
the  proxy  provides  for a  longer  period.  A duly  executed  proxy  shall  be
irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable  and if, and only so long as, it
is  coupled  with  an  interest,  whether  in the  shares  themselves  or in the
Corporation, sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

               2.09 Waivers of Notice of Meetings. Notice of meeting need not be
given to any  shareholder  who signs a waiver of notice,  in person or by proxy,
whether  before or after the meeting.  The  attendance of any  shareholder  at a
meeting,  in person or by proxy,  without  protesting prior to the conclusion of
the meeting the lack of notice of such  meeting,  shall  constitute  a waiver of
notice by him.

               2.10 Action by Consent of Shareholders. Unless otherwise provided
in the Certificate of Incorporation,  whenever any action by the shareholders at
a  meeting  thereof  is  required  or  permitted  by  law,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  or these  By-Laws,  such action may be taken  without a meeting,
without  prior notice and without a vote if a consent in writing,  setting forth
the  action so taken,  shall be signed  by the  holders  of all the  outstanding
shares entitled to vote thereon.

               2.11 Proxies.  Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders  may  authorize  another  person or persons to act by written proxy
(which may be in the form of a telegram or cable or its equivalent) given by the
shareholder or the  shareholder's  agent.  No proxy shall be valid for more than
eleven months,  unless a longer time is expressly provided in the proxy.  Unless
it is coupled  with an interest or is otherwise  irrevocable  as provided in the
Business  Corporation  Law, a proxy shall be revocable  at will.  The grant of a
later proxy revokes any earlier proxy unless the earlier proxy is irrevocable. A
proxy shall not


                                       4


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

be revoked by the death or incapacity of the  shareholder  but shall continue in
force  until  revoked  by  the  personal   representative  or  guardian  of  the
shareholder.  The presence at any  shareholders'  meeting of any shareholder who
has given a proxy  shall not  revoke  the proxy  unless  the  shareholder  files
written notice of revocation with the Secretary of the meeting before the voting
of that  proxy or the  voting of the  shares  subject  to the  proxy by  written
ballot. A person named in a proxy as the attorney or agent of a shareholder may,
if the proxy so provides,  substitute another person to act in his or her place,
including any other person named as an attorney or agent in the same proxy.  The
substitution  shall not be effective  until an instrument  effecting it is filed
with the Secretary of the Corporation.

               2.12 Voting of Pledged Shares.  Any person who has pledged shares
entitled  to vote at an  annual  or  special  meeting  of  shareholders  of this
Corporation  shall  have the right to vote  those  shares  until  they have been
transferred into the name of the pledgee or a nominee of the pledgee.

               2.13  Voting of  Redeemable  Shares.  If the  Corporation  issues
redeemable  shares, the holders of those shares shall not be entitled to vote on
any matter on or after the date on which (a) written notice of redemption of the
shares has been mailed to the holders of those shares,  and (b) a sum sufficient
to redeem  the  shares  has been  deposited  with a bank or trust  company  with
irrevocable authorization to pay the redemption price to the shareholders on the
surrender of the share certificates.

               2.14  Officers  of  Meetings.  The  Chairman  of the Board  shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present.
If the President is a member of the Board,  the  President  shall preside at all
meetings  of the Board at which  the  Chairman  of the  Board is absent  and the
President is present.  If the Chairman of the Board is absent and the  President
is either absent or not a member of the Board of Directors,  the Executive  Vice
President (or, in the absence of the Executive Vice  President,  the most senior
Vice  President)  present at the meeting,  shall  preside.  The Secretary of the
Corporation shall, if present, act as secretary at all meetings of shareholders.
In the absence of the Secretary,  any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation who
is present may act as  secretary of the  meeting.  If no Assistant  Secretary is
present,  a temporary  secretary for that particular meeting shall be designated
by the presiding officer.

               2.15 Order of Business.  The order of business at all meetings of
the  shareholders,  unless changed by a majority vote of the shares  entitled to
vote at the meeting, shall be as follows:

                      (a)    Call to order;

                                       5


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                      (b)    Report on presence of quorum;

                      (c)  Reading  or waiver of proof of  mailing  of notice of
meeting and minutes of preceding meeting;

                      (d)    Designation of inspectors of election, if any;

                      (e)    Election of directors (if applicable);

                      (f)    Old business;

                      (g)    New business;

                      (h)    Reports of officers; and

                      (i)    Adjournment.

               2.16 Use of Ballots.  Elections  of directors  and other  matters
requiring  shareholder  approval  need not be by  ballot  unless  a  shareholder
requests  a vote by ballot on a  particular  issue  before the  commencement  of
voting on that issue.

               2.17  Inspectors.

                     (a) Before any annual or special  meeting of  shareholders,
the Board of Directors may appoint one or more  inspectors to act as such at the
meeting.

                     (b) In  connection  with any annual or  special  meeting of
shareholders,  if  inspectors  are not appointed by the Board of Directors or if
they fail to  qualify,  the  presiding  officer at the  meeting  may and, on the
request of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, shall appoint one or
more individuals to act as inspectors at the meeting.

                     (c)  If an  individual  appointed  as  inspector  fails  to
appear, qualify, or act as an inspector,  the vacancy may be filled by the Board
of Directors  before the  applicable  meeting or at the meeting by the presiding
officer at the meeting.

                     (d) Before  performing  their duties,  all inspectors shall
sign an oath or affirmation  to execute  faithfully the duties of inspector with
strict impartiality and according to the best of their abilities.

                     (e) No person  shall be elected a director  at a meeting at
which he or she has served as an inspector.

                        ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                                       6


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               3.01 General  Powers.  The property,  business and affairs of the
Corporation  shall be managed by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors
may exercise all such powers of the  Corporation  and have such authority and do
all such lawful acts and things as are  permitted  by law,  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or these By-Laws.

               3.02  Number  of  Directors.   The  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Corporation  shall  consist of at least  three and not more than seven  members,
provided,  however,  that when all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of the
Corporation's  capital  stock  are owned by less than  three  shareholders,  the
number  of  directors  may be less than  three  but not less than the  number of
shareholders.  Subject to the  foregoing  limitations,  the number of  directors
constituting  the entire  Board of  Directors,  to serve  until the next  annual
meeting  of  shareholders,  shall  be such  number  as shall  be  designated  by
resolution  of the Board of  Directors  adopted  prior to the annual  meeting of
shareholders.  In the absence of such resolution,  the number of directors to be
elected at such annual  meeting shall be the number last fixed by the directors,
and if no such number ever shall have been fixed by the directors,  the Board of
Directors shall consist of three members.

               3.03 Qualification.  Directors must be at least eighteen years of
age, but need not be shareholders of the Corporation.

               3.04  Election.   Except  as  otherwise   provided  by  law,  the
Certificate of Incorporation,  or these By-Laws,  after the first meeting of the
Corporation at which directors are elected,  directors of the Corporation  shall
be elected in each year at the annual meeting of  shareholders,  or at a special
meeting in lieu of the annual meeting called for such purpose, by a plurality of
votes cast at such meeting. The voting on directors at any such meeting need not
be written ballot.

               3.05 Term.  Each director  shall hold office until the expiration
of the term for which he is elected and until his successor has been elected and
qualified, or until his prior resignation or removal.


               3.06 Resignation and Removal. Any director may resign at any time
upon written  notice to the Board of Directors,  the President or the Secretary.
The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof
or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice, and unless otherwise


                                       7

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

specified therein,  the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to
make it effective.  Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote
of the  shareholders  or by action of the Board of  Directors.  Directors may be
removed without cause only by vote of the shareholders.

               3.07 Vacancies.  Vacancies in the Board of Directors  (unless the
vacancy be caused by the removal of a director  without cause) and newly created
directorships  resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors
shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office,  though less than
a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  A vacancy caused by the removal of a
director without cause shall be filled by a vote of the holders of a majority of
the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.

               If one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors
effective  at a  future  date,  a  majority  of the  directors  then in  office,
including those who have so resigned at a future date,  shall have power to fill
such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect and the vacancy to be
filled when such resignation or resignations  shall become  effective,  and each
director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section for the filling
of other vacancies.

               Each director  chosen to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors
shall hold office  until the next annual  election  of  directors  and until his
successor shall be elected and qualified.

               3.08 Quorum and Voting.  Unless the Certificate of  Incorporation
provides otherwise,  at all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the
total  number of directors  (but not less than  one-third of the total number of
directors)  shall be  present to  constitute  a quorum  for the  transaction  of
business.  A director  interested in a contract or transaction may be counted in
determining  the  presence  of a quorum at a meeting  of the Board of  Directors
which  authorizes  the contract or  transaction.  In the absence of a quorum,  a
majority of the  directors  present may adjourn the meeting until a quorum shall
be present.

               The vote of a majority of the  directors  present at a meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors  unless the
Certificate of  Incorporation or these By-Laws shall require a vote of a greater
number.

               3.09 Regulations. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and
regulations  for the conduct of the business and management of the  Corporation,
not inconsistent  with law or the



                                       8

<PAGE>



<PAGE>

Certificate of  Incorporation  or these  By-Laws,  as the Board of Directors may
deem proper.  The Board of  Directors  may hold its meetings and cause the books
and  records of the  Corporation  to be kept at such  place or places  within or
without  the State of New York as the Board of  Directors  may from time to time
determine.  The Corporation  shall keep at its registered office in the State of
New York a record  containing the names and addresses of all shareholders of the
Corporation,  the number and class of shares held by each  shareholder,  and the
dates when they respectively  became the owners of record. A member of the Board
of Directors  shall,  in the  performance of his duties,  be fully  protected in
relying  in good  faith  upon  the  books  of  account  or  reports  made to the
Corporation  by  any  of  its  officers,  by  an  independent  certified  public
accountant,  or by an appraiser  selected with  reasonable  care by the Board of
Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors or in relying in good faith
upon other records of the Corporation.

               3.10 Annual  Meeting of Board of Directors.  An annual meeting of
the Board of Directors shall be called and held for the purpose of organization,
election of officers and transaction of any other  business.  If such meeting is
held  promptly  after and at the  place  specified  for the  annual  meeting  of
shareholders,  no notice of the annual meeting of the Board of Directors need by
given.  Otherwise  such annual meeting shall be held at such time (not more than
thirty  days  after the  annual  meeting  of  shareholders)  and place as may be
specified in a notice of the meeting.

               3.11 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at the time and place, within or without the State of New York, as
shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. After there has
been such  determination and notice thereof has been given to each member of the
Board of  Directors,  no further  notice  shall be required for any such regular
meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at
any regular meeting.

               3.12 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may,  unless  otherwise  prescribed  by law,  be called from time to time by the
Chairman of the Board or the President,  and shall be called by the President or
Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the whole Board of Directors
directed to the President or the Secretary.  Except as provided below, notice of
any special  meeting of the Board of Directors,  stating the time when and place
where such special meeting shall be held, shall be given to each director.

                                       9


<PAGE>



<PAGE>

               3.13  Notice of  Meetings.  Notice of any meeting of the Board of
Directors  shall be deemed to be duly given to a director  (i) if mailed to such
director,  addressed  to him at his address as it appears  upon the books of the
Corporation,  or at the address last made known in writing to the Corporation by
such  director as the address to which such notices are to be sent, at least two
days before the day on which such special meeting is to be held, or (ii) if sent
to him at such address by telegram,  mailgram,  cable,  overnight courier, e.g.,
Federal  Express,  radio or  wireless  not later  than the day before the day on
which such meeting is to be held,  or (iii) if delivered  to him  personally  or
orally,  by  telephone  or  otherwise,  not later than the day before the day on
which such special  meeting is to be held.  Each notice shall state the time and
place of the meeting.

               3.14  Compensation of Directors.  Directors shall or shall not be
compensated  for their  services and reimbursed for their expenses as employees,
officers,  Directors,  and members of Board  committees in accordance  with such
reasonable policies as shall be established from time to time by the affirmative
vote of a  majority  of  Directors  in  office.  The Board  may,  if it deems it
appropriate,  provide  for no  compensation,  or for  reduced  or no  additional
compensation for Board members who are compensated employees of the Corporation.

               3.15 Action Without Meeting.  Unless otherwise  restricted by the
Certificate of  Incorporation,  any action  required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any  committee  thereof may be taken
without a meeting if a written  consent  thereto is signed by all members of the
Board of  Directors or of such  committee,  as the case may be, and such written
consent is filed with the minutes of  proceedings  of the Board of  Directors or
such committee.

               3.16 Use of  Communication  Equipment.  Unless the Certificate of
Incorporation provides otherwise, where appropriate communication facilities are
reasonably  available,  any or all of the members of the Board of Directors,  or
any  committee,  thereof may  participate  in part or in all of a meeting of the
Board by means of conference telephone or by any other means of communication by
which all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

                ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

               4.01  Establishment  of  Committees.  The Board of Directors  may
designate an Executive Committee from among its members,  consisting of three or
more Directors,  and may at any time designate additional  committees including,
but not limited


                                       10



<PAGE>


<PAGE>

to, Audit,  Finance,  Nominating and/or Stock Option  Committees,  each of which
shall consist of one or more Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the entire Board. Subject to the limitations contained in Sections 4.02 and 4.13
below, the Executive Committee shall have the maximum authority permitted by law
in  effect  at the  time of the  exercise  of that  authority.  Each  additional
committee shall have the authority, not exceeding the authority of the Executive
Committee,  specified by the Board in  resolutions  adopted by a majority of the
entire Board.

               4.02  Executive Committee.

                     (a) If the  Board  of  Directors  designates  an  executive
committee,  meetings  thereof shall be called by the Chairman of such committee,
or by the  Secretary,  at the  direction and upon the request of the Chairman of
such committee, the President, or any two members of such committee. Notice of a
meeting  of the  Executive  Committee  shall in each  instance  be given to each
member of the Executive  Committee at such member's last known business address,
at least four  hours  before a meeting of such  committee,  either  orally or in
writing,  delivered personally or by telephone or facsimile  transmission.  Such
meetings  shall be held at such  time and  place as shall  from  time to time be
determined  by the  Executive  Committee.  At the  request  of any member of the
Executive  Committee during any meeting  thereof,  a special meeting of the full
Board of Directors  may be called and/or a telephonic  conference  call shall be
placed in order that the full Board of Directors  may be  informally  present at
such  meeting,  and in such event the  effectiveness  of any action taken by the
Executive  Committee  at such  meeting  shall be  contingent  upon  ratification
thereof by the full Board of Directors.

                     (b) The  Executive  Committee  may  adopt  its own rules of
procedure not  inconsistent  with these by-laws.  The Executive  Committee shall
have and may exercise,  except as otherwise specifically  prohibited by the laws
of the State of New York or limited by  resolutions  passed by a majority of the
whole Board,  such powers of the Board of Directors as can lawfully be delegated
by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations contained in the preceding
Subsection.

               4.03  Audit Committee.

                     (a) If the Board of  Directors  designates  a Stock  Option
Committee, such Committee shall be established and comprised solely of Directors
independent  of management of the  Corporation  and free from any  relationships
that might,  in the opinion of the Board of  Directors,  be  considered  to be a
conflict of interest.  In addition,  a majority of such Audit Committee shall be
composed  of  independent  Directors  who  were  not  formerly  officers  of the
Corporation.

                                       11



<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                     (b)  Meetings of the Audit  Committee  may be called by any
executive  officer of the Corporation,  any member of the Audit Committee or the
partner  in  charge of the  Corporation's  accounts  at the firm of  independent
public accountants of the Corporation (the "accountants"), in each case upon two
days' notice to each of the other members of such Committee,  either  personally
or by mail, telegram or telephone.  Such meetings shall be held at such time and
place as shall from time to time be determined by the Audit Committee.

                     (c) The responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall be as
follows:

                         (i) To recommend to the Board of Directors for approval
by the shareholders a firm of independent public accountants, hereinafter called
the  accountants,  to audit the  accounts  of the  Corporation,  and such of its
subsidiaries as the Audit Committee may recommend,  for the year regarding which
the accountants is appointed.

                         (ii) To meet jointly and/or  separately  with the chief
financial officer of the Corporation and the accountants before  commencement of
the audit (x) to discuss the  evaluation by the  accountants of the adequacy and
effectiveness  of  the  accounting  procedures  and  internal  controls  of  the
Corporation and its subsidiaries,  (y) to approve the overall scope of the audit
to be made and the fees to be charged,  and (z) to inquire regarding and discuss
with the accountants recent Financial Accounting Standards Board, Securities and
Exchange  Commission or other regulatory  agency  pronouncements,  if any, which
might affect the Corporation's financial statements.

                         (iii) To meet jointly and/or  separately with the chief
financial  officer and the  accountants at the  conclusion of the audit:  (w) to
review the audited financial  statements of the Corporation,  (x) to discuss the
results of the audit,  (y) to discuss  any  significant  recommendations  by the
accountants  of   improvement   of  accounting   systems  and  controls  of  the
Corporation,  and (z) to  discuss  the  quality  and  depth of  staffing  in the
accounting and financial departments of the Corporation.

                         (iv)  To  meet  and  confer  with  such   officers  and
employees of the Corporation as the Audit  Committee  shall deem  appropriate in
connection with carrying out the foregoing responsibilities.

               4.04 Finance  Committee.  If the Board of Directors  designates a
Finance Committee, at least a majority of the members of such committee shall be
neither  officers  nor  otherwise  employed  by  the  Corporation.  The  Finance
Committee shall have the power to fix from time to time the  compensation of all
principal  officers


                                       12


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

of the  Corporation  (other than the  Chairman  of the Board and the  President,
whose  compensation  shall be fixed  from time to time by the  Board)  and shall
otherwise  exercise  such powers as may be  specifically  delegated to it by the
Board and act upon such  matters as may be  referred to it from time to time for
study and recommendation by the Board or the President.

               4.05 Stock Option Committee. If the Board of Directors designates
a Stock Option  Committee,  at least a majority of the members of such committee
shall be neither  officers  nor  otherwise  employed  by the  Corporation.  Such
Committee  shall have the power to grant  options under any stock option plan of
the Corporation  which by its terms is administered by a Stock Option  Committee
and shall be  authorized  to take any and all action  necessary to be taken by a
Stock Option Committee pursuant to the terms of any stock option plan adopted by
the Board of Directors.  The Stock Option  Committee  shall also have such other
powers  with  respect  to stock  options  as may be  delegated  by the  Board of
Directors.

               4.06 Nominating Committee. If the Board of Directors designates a
Nominating Committee, at least a majority of the members of such committee shall
be neither officers nor otherwise  employed by the  Corporation.  Such Committee
shall review and make  recommendations  to the Board with respect to  candidates
for  Directors of the  Corporation  and any of its  subsidiaries,  and to review
assignments of Directors to committees of the Board.

               4.07  Presiding  Officer and  Secretary.  If the  President  is a
member of any  committee,  the President  shall serve as the  chairperson of the
committee.  If the President is not a member of a committee,  then the committee
may choose one of its members to act as chairperson, unless the Board designates
a chairperson.  Each committee  shall from time to time designate a secretary of
the committee who shall keep a record of its proceedings.

               4.08 Vacancies.  Vacancies in the membership of any committee may
be filled by the Board,  pursuant to a  resolution  adopted by a majority of the
entire  Board,  for the unexpired  term of the member whose death,  resignation,
removal, or disability caused the vacancy.

               4.09  Meetings.  Each  committee  shall  adopt  its own  rules of
procedure.  Each  committee  shall meet at whatever  times it may  determine  by
resolution,  and shall also meet whenever called together by the Board.  Members
of  committees  may  attend  meetings  through  the  medium  of   communications
equipment,  in the same manner as members of the Board; any committee may act by
unanimous written consent instead of a meeting, in the same manner as the Board.
Written  consents  submitted by all of the members of a committee shall have the
same effect as a unanimous vote of the committee for all purposes.

                                       13


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               4.10  Notice of  Meetings.  If a  committee  establishes  regular
meeting  dates,  it shall not be necessary to give notice of a regular  meeting.
Notice of every special meeting shall be given in the manner and within the time
periods  specified in these by-laws with respect to notices of special  meetings
of the Board of Directors.

               4.11  Quorum;   Voting.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  the
certificate of incorporation,  each Director shall have one vote at a meeting of
a Board committee, and the participation of the Directors with a majority of the
votes  of the  committee  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for the  transaction  of
business.  A quorum at any meeting of any  committee  shall be a majority of the
entire committee, except that if any committee consists of only one member, then
that one Director  constitutes a quorum.  Every act or decision by a majority of
the  Directors  present  at a duly held  committee  meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be regarded as the act of the committee.

               4.12 Reports.  Actions taken at a meeting of any committee  shall
be  reported to the Board at its next  meeting,  except that when the meeting of
the Board is held within two days after a committee  meeting,  the report may be
made at the second Board meeting following the committee meeting.

               4.13  Limitations on Powers. No committee of the Board shall have
authority to do any of the following:

                     (a) Make, alter, or repeal any by-law of the Corporation;

                     (b) Elect or appoint any Director, or remove any officer or
Director;

                     (c) Submit to the  shareholders  any action  that  requires
their approval; or

                     (d) Amend or repeal  any  resolution  adopted  by the Board
that by its terms is amendable or repealable only by the Board.

               4.14  Powers of the Board. By resolution adopted by a majority of
the entire Board, the Board shall have the power to:

                     (a) Appoint  one or more  Directors  to serve as  alternate
members of any  committee  and to act in the absence or disability of members of
any committee with all the powers of the absent or disabled members;

                     (b) Abolish any committee at its pleasure; and

                                       14


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                     (c) Remove any Director from membership on any committee at
any time, with or without cause.

                              ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

               5.01 Election. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
President, a Treasurer, a Secretary,  and any other officers,  including without
limitation one Executive Vice  President,  one or more Vice  Presidents,  one or
more Assistant Vice  Presidents,  one or more Assistant  Treasurers,  and one or
more Assistant Secretaries,  as the Board deems necessary. All officers shall be
elected by the Board of Directors. The President,  Treasurer, Secretary, and any
other  officers  that the Board  considers  appropriate  shall be elected at the
regular Board meeting immediately  following the annual meeting of shareholders.
Any two or more offices may be held by the same person; provided,  however, that
no  officer  shall be  authorized  to  verify  any  instrument  in more than one
capacity if the instrument is required by law to be executed,  acknowledged,  or
verified by two or more offices.

               5.02 Additional Offices.  The Board of Directors may from time to
time  elect any other  officers  that it deems  necessary,  who shall hold their
offices for the terms and have the powers and duties prescribed by the Board.

               5.03 Election and Term of Office.  Each officer shall hold office
from the date elected  until the next annual  election of officers,  and until a
successor has been elected  unless the officer has  previously  resigned or been
removed.  All officers of the  Corporation  shall hold office at the pleasure of
the Board of Directors.

               5.04  Vacancies.   Any  vacancy  in  the  offices  of  President,
Treasurer,  and Secretary shall be filled promptly by the Board.  Any vacancy in
any other office may be filled by the Board at its discretion.

               5.05  Removal, Suspension and Resignation.

                     (a) Any officer  elected by the Board may be removed by the
Board either with or without cause.  Any officer elected by the shareholders may
be removed, with or without cause, only by the shareholders.  However, the Board
may suspend for cause the authority of an officer  appointed by the shareholders
pending  shareholder  action.  The removal or  suspension of an officer shall be
without prejudice to any contract rights that the officer may have.  Election of
an officer shall not, in and of itself, create contract rights.


                                       15

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                     (b) Any  officer  may resign at any time by giving  written
notice to the Board or to the President.  The  resignation  will be effective on
receipt,  or at any later time specified in the  resignation.  Unless  otherwise
specified  in the  resignation,  its  acceptance  is not  necessary  to  make it
effective.

               5.06  Powers and Duties. The  officers of the  Corporation  shall
have the  responsibilities  set forth in these  by-laws.  The  officers may have
additional  responsibilities  as  determined  by the  Board  of  Directors,  the
Executive  Committee  (if any) and, in the case of all  officers  other than the
President, the President,  provided that any additional responsibilities are not
inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  these  by-laws.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, the officers shall have the following duties and responsibilities:

                     (a) President.  The President  shall be the chief executive
officer of the Corporation and, as such, shall have general supervision over the
business and affairs of the Corporation,  subject to the control of the Board of
Directors. The President shall be a member ex officio of each standing committee
to which he or she is not  personally  appointed.  Subject to the control of the
Board of  Directors,  the  President  may enter into any contract or execute and
deliver any  instruments on behalf of the  Corporation.  The  President,  if the
Chairman  of the Board  shall be absent,  shall  preside at all  meetings of the
shareholders and, if the President is also a Director,  he shall preside, in the
absence of the Chairman of the Board,  at all meetings of the Board of Directors
that he or she  attends.  In general,  the  President  shall  perform all duties
incident  to the  office  of the  President,  and any other  duties  that may be
assigned by the Board of Directors.

                     (b) Vice President.  In the order of their seniority unless
otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Executive Vice President (if
any) shall  perform the  functions of the President in the absence or disability
of the President. In addition, they shall perform all other functions prescribed
by the President or the Board of Directors.

                     In the order of their seniority unless otherwise determined
by the Board of  Directors,  the Vice  Presidents  (if any)  shall  perform  the
functions of the President in the absence or disability of the President and the
Executive Vice President (if any).  They shall perform all other duties and have
whatever other powers prescribed by the President or the Board of Directors.

                     (c) Treasurer.  Unless a Vice President  shall be appointed
the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, the Treasurer shall be the Chief
Financial  Officer.  He or  she  shall


                                       16


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

have charge and custody of, and be responsible  for, all funds and securities of
the  Corporation.  The  Treasurer  shall  deposit  all  funds in the name of the
Corporation  in  the  institutions  selected  by the  Board  of  Directors.  The
Treasurer  shall  keep or cause to be kept  books of  account  on  behalf of the
Corporation  and shall make these books available to any of the Directors of the
Corporation  during  business hours at the office of the  Corporation  where the
books and records are kept.  In general,  the  Treasurer  shall  perform all the
duties  incident to the office of the  Treasurer  and any other duties as may be
assigned by the President or the Board of Directors.

                     (d) Assistant Treasurer. Assistant Treasurers shall perform
all of the duties and  responsibilities  of the Treasurer whenever the Treasurer
is unavailable to perform the duties of the office,  and shall perform all other
duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors,  the President,  or
the Treasurer.

                     (e)  Secretary.  The  Secretary,  if present,  shall act as
secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the  shareholders and
shall keep the minutes of those  meetings in a book or books to be provided  for
that  purpose.  The  Secretary  shall  cause  notices of meetings to be given in
accordance with these by-laws.  In general,  the Secretary shall perform all the
duties  incident to the office of the  Secretary  and any other duties as may be
assigned by the President or the Board of Directors.

                     (f)  Assistant  Secretaries.  Assistant  Secretaries  shall
perform all of the duties and  responsibilities  of the  Secretary  whenever the
Secretary is unavailable to perform the duties of the office,  and shall perform
all other duties and exercise all other powers as may be assigned to them by the
Board of Directors, the President, or the Secretary.

                     5.07  Delegation  of  Duties  of  Officers.  The  Board  of
Directors  may delegate the duties and powers of any officer of the  Corporation
to any other  officer or to any director for a specified  period of time for any
reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient.

                     5.08 Bond. The Board of Directors  shall have power, to the
extent  permitted  by law,  to require  any  officer,  agent or  employee of the
Corporation  to give bond for the faithful  discharge of his duties in such form
and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

                           ARTICLE VI - CAPITAL SHARES

                                       17

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               6.01 Issuance of Certificates for Shares. Each shareholder of the
Corporation  shall be entitled to a certificate or  certificates in such form as
is  prescribed  by law and as  shall be  approved  by the  Board  of  Directors,
certifying  the  number  of  capital  shares  of the  Corporation  owned by such
shareholder.

               6.02 Signatures on Share  Certificates.  Certificates for capital
shares of the Corporation  shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation
by, the  Chairman of the Board,  the  President or a Vice  President  and by the
Secretary,  the Treasurer,  an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer and
shall  bear the  corporate  seal of the  Corporation  or a printed  or  engraved
facsimile thereof.

               If any such  certificates  are  countersigned by a transfer agent
other than the  Corporation  or its employee,  or by a registrar  other than the
Corporation or its employee,  any other  signature on the  certificate  may be a
facsimile.  In case any officer,  transfer  agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile  signature has been placed upon a certificate  shall have ceased
to be such  officer,  transfer  agent or registrar  before such  certificate  is
issued,  such  certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if such signer were such officer,  transfer agent or registrar at the date of
issue.

               6.03  Stock  Ledger.  A record of all  certificates  for  capital
shares  issued by the  Corporation  shall be kept by the  Secretary or any other
officer,  employee or agent  designated by the Board of  Directors.  Such record
shall show the name and  address of the  person,  firm or  corporation  in which
certificates for capital shares are registered, the number of shares represented
by each  such  certificate,  the date of each such  certificate,  and in case of
certificates which have been cancelled, the date of cancellation thereof.

               The  Corporation  shall be entitled to treat the holder of record
of capital  shares as shown on the stock ledger as the owner  thereof and as the
person entitled to receive dividends thereon, to vote such shares and to receive
notice of meetings,  and for all other purposes.  The  Corporation  shall not be
bound to  recognize  any  equitable or other claim to or interest in any capital
share on the part of any other person whether or not the Corporation  shall have
express or other notice thereof.

               6.04 Regulations Relating to Transfer. The Board of Directors may
make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient,  not inconsistent with
law, the Certificate of  Incorporation  or these By-Laws,  concerning  issuance,
transfer and


                                       18

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

registration of certificates for capital shares of the Corporation. The Board of
Directors may appoint,  or authorize any  principal  officer to appoint,  one or
more transfer  clerks or one or more transfer  agents and one or more registrars
and may require all  certificates  for capital  shares to bear the  signature or
signatures of any of them.

               6.05  Transfers.  Transfer of capital shares shall be made on the
books of the  Corporation  only upon delivery to the Corporation or its transfer
agent  of  (i) a  written  direction  of  the  registered  holder  named  in the
certificate or such holder's attorney lawfully constituted in writing,  (ii) the
certificate  for the  capital  shares  being  transferred,  and  (iii) a written
assignment of the capital shares evidenced thereby.

               6.06   Cancellation.   Each   certificate   for  capital   shares
surrendered to the  Corporation  for exchange or transfer shall be cancelled and
no new certificate or certificates  shall be issued in exchange for any existing
certificate (other than pursuant to Section 6.7) until such existing certificate
shall have been cancelled.

               6.07 Lost, Destroyed, Stolen, and Mutilated Certificates.  In the
event  that any  certificate  for  capital  shares of the  Corporation  shall be
mutilated  the  Corporation  shall  issue a new  certificate  in  place  of such
mutilated  certificate.  In case any such certificate shall be lost,  stolen, or
destroyed the Corporation  may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or a
committee  designated  thereby with power so to act, issue a new certificate for
capital shares in the place of any such lost,  stolen or destroyed  certificate.
The applicant for any substituted  certificate or  certificates  shall surrender
any  mutilated  certificate  or,  in the case of any lost,  stolen or  destroyed
certificate,  furnish  satisfactory  proof of such loss, theft or destruction of
such  certificate and of the ownership  thereof.  The Board of Directors or such
committee  may,  in its  discretion,  require  the  owner of a lost,  stolen  or
destroyed certificate,  or his representatives,  to furnish to the Corporation a
bond with an acceptable surety or sureties and in such sum as will be sufficient
to indemnify  the  Corporation  against any claim that may be made against it on
account of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or the issuance of such new
certificate.  A new certificate may be issued without  requiring a bond when, in
the judgment of the Board of Directors, it is proper to do so.

               6.08 Fixing of Record Dates.  (a) The Board of Directors may fix,
in advance,  a record date, which shall not be



                                       19

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

more  than  fifty  nor less  than ten days  before  the date of any  meeting  of
shareholders,  nor more  than  fifty  days  prior to any other  action,  for the
purpose of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to notice of or to vote at such
meeting of  shareholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or to express consent or
dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting,  or to receive payment
of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise
any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the
purpose of any other lawful action.

                     (b)  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors:

                         (i)  The  record  date  for  determining   shareholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders  shall be at the
close of business on the date next  preceding  the day on which notice is given,
or if notice is waived,  at the close of business on the day next  preceding the
day on which the meeting is held;

                         (ii) The record date for determining  shareholders  for
any  other  purpose  shall be at the close of  business  on the day on which the
Board of  Directors  adopts the  resolution  or consents to the action  relating
thereto.

                     (c) A  determination  of shareholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment
of the meeting;  provided  that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date
for the adjourned meeting.


                             ARTICLE VII - DIVIDENDS

               Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and
to applicable law, dividends on the outstanding shares of the Corporation may be
declared in such amounts and at such time or times as the Board of Directors may
determine. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of the net
profits of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board
of  Directors  from time to time in its  absolute  discretion  deems proper as a
reserve  fund  to  meet  contingencies,  or  for  equalizing  dividends,  or for
repairing  or  maintaining  any property of the  Corporation,  or for such other
purpose as the Board of Directors  shall think conducive to the interests of the
Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

                         ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

                                       20

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               8.01  Indemnification.  (a) The  Corporation  shall,  to the full
extent permitted by applicable law,  indemnify any person made, or threatened to
be made, a party to an action or  proceeding  (other than one by or in the right
of the  Corporation  to  procure a  judgment  in its  favor),  whether  civil or
criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other Corporation of any
type or kind,  domestic or foreign,  or any partnership,  joint venture,  trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise,  which any director or officer of the
Corporation served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation,  by reason
of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, was a director or officer of the
Corporation,  or served  such other  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,
trust,  employee  benefit  plan or other  enterprise  in any  capacity,  against
judgments,  fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable  expenses,including
attorneys' fees actually and necessarily  incurred as a result of such action or
proceeding,  or any appeal  therein,  if such director or officer acted, in good
faith,  for a purpose which he reasonably  believed to be in, or, in the case of
service for any other  corporation or any  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of
the Corporation  and, in criminal  actions or proceedings,  in addition,  had no
reasonable  cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.  The  termination of
any such  civil or  criminal  action  or  proceeding  by  judgment,  settlement,
conviction or upon a plea of nolo  contendere,  or its equivalent,  shall not in
itself  create a  presumption  that any such director or officer did not act, in
good faith, for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case
of service for any other corporation or any partnership,  joint venture,  trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of
the Corporation or that he had reasonable  cause to believe that his conduct was
unlawful.

                     (b) The Corporation  shall, to the full extent permitted by
applicable law,  indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to
an action by or in the right of the  corporation  to procure a  judgment  in its
favor by reason of the fact that he,  his  testator  or  intestate,  is or was a
director or officer of the  Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director or officer of any other corporation of any type or
kind, domestic or foreign, of any partnership,  joint venture,  trust,  employee
benefit  plan or  other  enterprise,  against  amounts  paid in  settlement  and
reasonable  expenses,   including  attorneys'  fees,  actually  and  necessarily
incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action,  or
in connection with an appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in good
faith,  for a purpose which he reasonably  believed to be in, or, in the case of
service for any other  corporation or any  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of
the Corporation,  except that no  indemnification



                                       21

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

under this paragraph shall be made in respect of (1) a threatened  action,  or a
pending  action  which is settled or  otherwise  disposed  of, or (2) any claim,
issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to
the  Corporation,  unless  and only to the  extent  that the  court in which the
action  was  brought,  or,  if no action  was  brought,  any court of  competent
jurisdiction, determines upon application that, in view of all the circumstances
of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such
portion of the settlement amount and expenses as the court deems proper.

               Any indemnification by the Corporation pursuant hereto shall only
be made in the manner and to the extent  authorized by  applicable  law, and any
such indemnification  shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
those seeking  indemnification  may otherwise be entitled  under the  applicable
laws.

               8.02 Insurance for Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The
Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance:

                    (a) To indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it
incurs as a result of the  indemnification  of directors and officers  under the
provisions of this Article VIII, and

                    (b) To  indemnify  directors  and  officers in  instances in
which they may be  indemnified by the  Corporation  under the provisions of this
Article VIII, and

                    (c) To  indemnify  directors  and  officers in  instances in
which  they may not  otherwise  be  indemnified  by the  Corporation  under  the
provisions  of this Article  VIII,  provided the contract of insurance  covering
such  directors  and  officers   provides,   in  a  manner   acceptable  to  the
Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, for a retention amount and
for co-insurance.

               No insurance  however,  may provide for any  payment,  other than
cost of defense, to or on behalf of any director or officer:

                    (a) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the
insured  director or officer  establishes that his acts of active and deliberate
dishonesty  were  material  to the cause of action  so  adjudicated,  or that he
personally  gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was
not 


                                       22

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

legally entitled, or

                    (b) in  relation  to any  risk  the  insurance  of  which is
prohibited under the law.

               In the event that any  expenses  or other  amounts are paid by or
for the Corporation by way of indemnification,  otherwise than by court order or
action by the  shareholders,  the  Corporation  shall,  not later  than the next
annual meeting of  shareholders  unless such meeting is held within three months
from the date of such payment, and, in any event, within 15 months from the date
of such payment, mail to all shareholders of record at the time entitled to vote
for the  election of  directors a statement  specifying  the persons  paid,  the
amounts  paid,  and the  nature  and  status at the time of such  payment of the
litigation or threatened litigation.

                      ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

               9.01 Corporate  Seal. The  Corporation's  seal shall be inscribed
with the name of the Corporation,  the year of its incorporation,  and the words
"New York." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile to be impressed or
reproduced on a document or instrument, or affixed to a document or instrument.

               9.02 Fiscal Year.  Unless the Board of Directors,  by resolution,
fixes a different date of  commencement  of the  Corporation's  fiscal year, the
fiscal  year of the  Corporation  shall  begin on the first day of April of each
year.

               9.03  Waiver of Notice.  Whenever  any notice is  required  to be
given under any provision of law, the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  or these
By-Laws,  a written waiver thereof,  signed by the person or persons entitled to
such notice,  whether before or after the time stated  therein,  shall be deemed
equivalent to notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special meeting of the shareholders, directors, or members of
a committee  of  directors  need be  specified  in any written  waiver of notice
unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

               Attendance of a person at a meeting shall  constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.


                                       23


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               9.04  Execution  of  Instruments,  Contracts,  etc.  All  checks,
drafts, bills of exchange,  notes or other obligations or orders for the payment
of money  shall be  signed in the name of the  Corporation  by such  officer  or
officers or person or persons,  as the Board of Directors  may from time to time
designate.

               Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors,  any
committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors, or
any committee given  authority to exercise  generally the powers of the Board of
Directors during the intervals  between meetings of the Board of Directors,  may
authorize  any officer,  employee or agent,  in the name of and on behalf of the
Corporation,  to enter into or execute  and  deliver  deeds,  bonds,  mortgages,
contracts  and other  obligations  or  instruments,  and such  authority  may be
general or confined to specific instances.

               All applications,  written instruments and papers required by any
department of the United States Government or by any state, county, municipal or
other governmental authority,  may be executed in the name of the Corporation by
any principal  officer or  subordinate  officer of the  Corporation,  or, to the
extent  designated for such purpose from time to time by the Board of Directors,
by an employee or agent of the  Corporation.  Such  designation  may contain the
power to substitute,  in the  discretion of the person named,  one or more other
persons.

                    ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS; EMERGENCY BY-LAWS

               10.1 By  Shareholders.  These  By-Laws may be  altered,  amended,
repealed or added to, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the  affirmative  vote of
the holders of not less than a majority of the  outstanding  shares  entitled to
vote for the  election  of any  director  at an annual  meeting  or at a special
meeting called for that purpose, provided,  however, that a written notice shall
have been sent to each  shareholder of record  entitled to vote at such meeting,
in  conformity  with the  requisites  of Section 2.5 hereof,  which notice shall
state the alterations, amendments, additions or changes which are proposed to be
made in such By-Laws.

               10.2  By Directors. To the extent permitted by the Certificate of
Incorporation,  these By-Laws may be amended,  added to, altered or repealed, or
new  By-laws  may be adopted at any  regular or special  meeting of the Board of
Directors by a resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the whole
Board of Directors; provided, however, that:

                     (a) any  By-law  adopted by the Board of  Directors 


                                       24

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

may be  altered,  amended  or  repealed  by  majority  vote of the  shareholders
entitled to vote for the election of directors; and

                     (b) if any  By-law  regulating  an  impending  election  of
directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall
be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders  for the election
of directors the by-law so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise
statement of the changes made.







                                       25



<PAGE>



<PAGE>


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.


                Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law
                            of the State of New York

            Pursuant  to  the   provisions   of  Section  805  of  the  Business
Corporation  Law of the State of New York,  the  undersigned  Elie  Housman  and
Glenda Klein, the President and Secretary,  respectively,  of Pioneer Commercial
Funding Corp. (the "Corporation"), hereby certify that:

            1. The name of the Corporation is Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.

            2. The Certificate of  Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by
the Secretary of State of the State of New York on March 8, 1994.

            3. The  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as heretofore  amended,  is
further  amended  in  accordance  with  Section  805(b)(11)  to (a)  change  the
1,089,000  issued common shares,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common Shares")
to 825,000 issued Common Shares,  at the rate of one for  825/1,089ths;  and (b)
change the 3,911,000  unissued  Common Shares to 4,175,000  Common Shares at the
rate of one for 4,175/3,911ths.

            4. Paragraph FOURTH a) of the Certificate of Incorporation  relating
to the total  authorized  shares of  capital  stock  which  the  Corporation  is
authorized to issue after the foregoing  amendments shall remain  unchanged,  as
follows:

        "FOURTH  a)  The corporation  shall be authorized to issue the following
shares:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    Class       Number of Shares      Par Value
                    -----       ----------------      ---------

          <S>                       <C>                  <C>  
                   COMMON           5,000,000            $.01"


</TABLE>

            5. The  foregoing  amendment  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
herein  certified  was  authorized  by vote of the Board of  Directors,  and was
thereafter duly adopted by vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock cast
in favor thereof at an annual meeting of the shareholders held on April 24, 1996
at which a quorum was present and acting throughout.

            6.  The  changes  in  the  capitalization  of the  Corporation  made
pursuant  hereto  shall  result in a decrease of stated  capital from $10,890 to
$8,250.

<PAGE>



<PAGE>



               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Certificate  has been subscribed this
30th day of May,  1996 by Elie  Housman  and Glenda  Klein,  the  President  and
Secretary, respectively, of the Corporation, who affirm that the statements made
herein are true under the penalties of perjury.


                                            PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.



                                            By:_________________________________
                                                  Elie Housman, President



                                            By:_________________________________
                                                  Glenda Klein, Secretary





                                      2

<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                         NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

               On August 1, 1994, the  stockholders of the Company  approved the
adoption  of the PCF  Acquisition  Corp.  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option Plan (the
"Plan"). In anticipation of the forthcoming merger of Pioneer Commercial Funding
Corp. with and into the Company (the "Merger"), Sections R and S of the Plan are
hereby  modified,  and the Plan, as so modified,  is hereby  redesignated as the
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.  Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, and is hereby
restated, as of November 4, 1994, as follows:

        A.     Purpose and Scope

               The  purpose  of this Plan is to  encourage  stock  ownership  by
employees and directors of, and independent  consultants to, Pioneer  Commercial
Funding Corp., a New York corporation,  and its subsidiaries  (herein called the
"Company"),  to provide an  incentive  to such  persons to  develop,  expand and
improve the profits and prosperity of the Company,  and to assist the Company in
attracting  key  personnel  and  consultants  through  the grant of  Options  to
purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock.

        B.     Definitions

               Unless otherwise required by the context:

               1. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

               2. "Committee"  shall mean the Compensation  Committee,  which is
appointed  by the Board,  and which shall be composed of at least two members of
the Board each of whom shall be Disinterested Persons.

               3. "Company" shall mean Pioneer  Commercial Funding Corp. and its
subsidiaries.

               4.  "Commission"  shall  mean  the  US  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

               5.  "Code"  shall  mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended.

               6. "Disinterested Person" shall mean a director who satisfies the
conditions  for  qualification  as a  disinterested  person  set  forth  in Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(i) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


               7. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.

               8.  "Independent  Director"  shall mean a director  who is not an
employee of the Company.

               9.  "Option"  shall  mean a  right  to  purchase  Stock,  granted
pursuant to the Plan.

               10.  "Option Price" shall mean the purchase price for Stock under
an Option, as determined in Section F below.

               11.  "Participant"  shall  mean an  employee  of the  Company,  a
director of the Company,  a consultant to the Company,  or any person to whom an
Option is granted under the Plan.

               12.  "Plan"  shall mean this  Pioneer  Commercial  Funding  Corp.
Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan, as amended  and/or  modified from time to time
hereafter.

               13.  "Securities  Act" shall mean the  Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

               14. "Stock" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par value
$.01.

        C.     Stock to be Optioned

               Subject to the  provisions of Section L of the Plan,  the maximum
number of shares of Stock that may be optioned or sold under the Plan is 151,515
shares.  Such shares may be treasury,  or authorized but unissued shares of, the
Stock of the Company. In the event that any Options granted under the Plan shall
terminate,  expire or be surrendered to the  Corporation  for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the shares  represented  thereby shall thereafter
again be available for other awards under the Plan.

        D.     Administration

               The Plan shall be administered  by the Committee.  Two members of
the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Subject
to the express provisions and limitations of the Plan, and except as provided in
Section R hereof,  the  Committee  shall  have full and final  authority  in its
discretion to determine the  individuals  to whom awards shall be made, the time
or times when they shall receive them,  the exercise  price of each Option,  the
period during which


                                       2

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

and the terms and  conditions  under  which each  Option may be  exercised,  the
number  of  shares  to be  subject  to each  Option,  and all  other  terms  and
conditions relating to awards made under this Plan.

               Subject to the express  provisions  and  limitations of the Plan,
and except as provided in Section R hereof,  the Committee  shall also have full
and final  authority  to interpret  and  implement  the Plan and the  respective
Options issued  pursuant to the Plan, to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and
regulations  relating to the Plan,  to determine  the terms and  provisions  not
specified in or  incorporated  within the Plan to be included in the  respective
awards  (which  need  not be  uniform)  and to  make  all  other  determinations
necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

               The  Committee  may correct any defect or supply any  omission or
reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any award in the manner and to the
extent  appropriate,  and  it  shall  be  the  sole  and  final  judge  in  such
circumstances.  All  actions  or  determinations  of the  Committee  shall be by
majority  vote of its  members and the  determination  of the  Committee  on the
matters  referred to in this Section shall be  conclusive.  The Committee  shall
report any action  taken by it to the  meeting  of the Board of  Directors  next
following such action.

               No member of the  Committee  shall be  liable  for any  action or
determination made by him in good faith.

               E.     Eligibility

               The  Committee  may grant  Options to any employee  (including an
employee who is a director or an officer), or any non-employee who is a director
or an officer, or any non-employee director of the Company, or any consultant to
the Company.  Options may be awarded by the  Committee at any time and from time
to time to new Participants, or to then current Participants, or to a greater or
lesser number of Participants, and may include or exclude previous Participants,
as the Committee  shall  determine.  Options granted at different times need not
contain similar provisions.

               No person shall have any right to  participate in the Plan unless
selected  by the  Committee  and  then  only  to the  extent  determined  by the
Committee.  In selecting the employees who may become  Participants in the Plan,
as well as in  determining  the amount,  type and terms and  conditions  of each
award made under the Plan,  the  Committee  shall weigh such factors as it shall
deem relevant to accomplish  the purposes of the Plan, and all actions taken and
determinations made by the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall be final and
binding and not subject to review.


                                       3

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               A  Participant  to whom an award has been made under the Plan may
receive one or more additional  awards if the Committee  shall so determine.  No
person  shall be  eligible  to  receive  any award if, at the time such award is
made,  such  person  owns stock  possessing  more than ten  percent of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

        F.     Option Price

               The  purchase  price for Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of each
Option  shall be at least 100 percent of the fair  market  value of the Stock on
the date when the Option is granted  (the  "Grant  Date"),  but in no event less
than the par value of the Stock.  The fair market value of the  Company's  Stock
shall be determined as follows:

               1. If the Stock is traded on the either the  Small-Cap  Market or
National  Market  System  maintained by the National  Association  of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), or is traded on a national securities exchange, the fair
market  value of the Stock shall be the closing  sale price on the Grant Date as
reported by the National  Association of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation
System  ("NASDAQ")  or the  national  securities  exchange on which the Stock is
trading, as the case may be; or

               2. If the Stock  ceases to be  traded  on a  national  securities
exchange,  but trading in the Stock continues to be reported on NASDAQ, the fair
market  value of the Stock  shall be the  closing bid price on the Grant Date as
reported by NASDAQ; or

               3. If the Stock is not traded on a national securities  exchange,
and trading in the Stock is not reported on NASDAQ,  the fair market value shall
be determined by a reputable investment banking firm retained by the Board.

        G.     Terms and Conditions of Options

               Except as provided in Section R hereof,  Options granted pursuant
to the Plan shall be  authorized  by the  Committee  and shall be  evidenced  by
agreements which need not be uniform  ("Option  Agreements") in such form as the
Committee,  shall from time to time approve.  Such Agreements  shall comply with
and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

               1.  Employment  Agreement - The Committee may, in its discretion,
include in any Option granted under the Plan to a Participant who is an employee
of the Company a  condition  that the  Participant  shall agree to remain in the
employ  of,  and/or to render  services  to,  the  Company  for a period of time
(specified in the Option Agreement) following the date the Option is granted. No
such agreement


                                       4

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


shall impose upon the Company, however, any obligation to employ the Participant
for any period of time, except as otherwise agreed to by the Company.

               2. Time and Method of Payment - The Option Price shall be paid in
full in cash, by certified  check or official bank check,  at the time an Option
is  exercised  under  the  Plan.  If the  Committee  in its sole  discretion  so
authorizes,  payment may be made by exchange of shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock  previously  owned by the  optionee,  having the same fair market value as
determined  in the manner set forth in Section F. Without  payment by one of the
methods  described above, an exercise of any Option granted under the Plan shall
be invalid and of no effect.  Promptly  after the  exercise of an Option and the
payment of the full  Option  Price,  the  Participant  shall be  entitled to the
issuance of a stock  certificate  evidencing  his or her  ownership of the Stock
issuable under such Option.  A Participant  shall have none of the rights of the
stockholder  until the Option is duly exercised,  and no adjustment will be made
for  dividends  or other  rights for which the record  date is prior to the date
such Option is duly exercised.

               3. Number of Shares - Each Option shall state the total number of
shares of Stock to which it pertains.

               4. Option Period and  Limitations on Exercise of Options - Except
for Options granted pursuant to Section R hereof,  the Committee shall determine
the period of time during which an Option may be exercised,  provided,  however,
that no Option may be exercised  after the expiration of ten years from the date
it is granted.  Except for  Options  granted  pursuant to Section R hereof,  the
Committee may, in its discretion, provide that an Option may not be exercised in
whole or in part for any  period or  periods  of time  specified  in the  Option
Agreement;  provided,  however,  that no Option  granted  to an  officer  of the
Company  may be  exercisable  for a minimum of six months  from the Grant  Date.
Options  granted  pursuant to Section R hereof will be exercisable in accordance
with Section S hereof.  Except as provided in the Option  Agreement  and in this
Section  G(4), an Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during
its term. No Option may be exercised for a fractional share of Stock.

               5.  Securities  Act  Protective  Provisions  -  Options  may also
include provisions (which need not be uniform) designed to prevent violations of
the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder upon the exercise of
an  option  or the sale or other  disposition  of the  shares  of  Common  Stock
purchased on exercise of an option.

        H.     Termination of Employment

               Except as  provided in Section I below,  if an employee  who is a
Participant  ceases to be employed  by the  Company,  his or her Options  unless


                                       5

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

otherwise exercised, shall terminate as of the close of business on the 30th day
following the termination of the Participant's  employment with the Company,  as
long as such  termination  shall  not be  effected  (i) by the  Company  (or the
affected  subsidiary) for cause, or (ii) by reason of the death of the employee;
provided,  however, that such Participant may exercise his or her Options during
such 30 day period  following such  termination of employment only to the extent
that he or she would  otherwise be entitled to exercise such Options during such
period;  provided,  further,  however,  that in no event  shall  any  Option  be
exercisable   more  than  ten  (10)  years   from  the  date  it  was   granted.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Committee may cancel an Option during the 30
day period referred to in this section, if the Participant engages in employment
or activities contrary, in the opinion of the Committee, to the best interest of
the Company. The Committee shall determine in each case whether a termination of
employment  shall be  considered a  retirement  with the consent of the Company,
and,  subject to applicable law,  whether a leave of absence shall  constitute a
termination  of employment.  Any such  determination  of the Committee  shall be
final and conclusive.  The foregoing provisions may be modified or waived by the
Committee  and do not,  in any  case,  apply  to any  Participant  who is not an
employee  of the  Company.  Except for  Options  granted  pursuant  to Section R
hereof,  the  Committee  will  determine  what, if any,  provisions  for earlier
termination of the Option will be included in the Option Agreement issued to any
non-employee. The Committee will determine who shall be deemed to be an employee
of the  Company for the  purposes  of this  Section H and Section I below at the
time the Option is granted.

        I.     Rights in Event of Death

               If an employee who is a  Participant  dies while  employed by the
Company,  or within three  months  after having  retired with the consent of the
Company,  and without  having fully  exercised  his or her  Options,  the Option
theretofore  granted  to him or her may be  exercised  at any time  prior to the
first anniversary of such employee's death or the expiration date of the Option,
whichever  shall first occur,  by the person or  persons to whom such employee's
rights  under  the  Option  shall  pass  by  will or the  laws  of  descent  and
distribution, but only to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise the
Option at the date of his or her death. The foregoing provisions may be modified
or waived by the Committee and do not, in any case, apply to any Participant who
is not an  employee  of the  Company.  Except for  Options  granted  pursuant to
Section  R  hereof,  the  Committee  will  determine  what,  if any,  provisions
concerning  exercise of the Option upon the death of the holder will be included
in the Option Agreement issued to any non-employee.

         J.    No Obligations to Exercise Option


                                       6

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               The  granting of an Option shall  impose no  obligation  upon the
Participant to exercise such Option.

         K.    Non-assignability

               Options  shall not be  transferable  other than by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution,  and during a Participant's lifetime an Option
shall be exercisable only by such Participant.

        L.     Effect of Chance in Stock Subject to the Plan

               The  aggregate  number of shares of Stock  available  for Options
under the Plan, the shares subject to any Option, and the price per share, shall
all be  proportionately  adjusted  for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued shares of Stock  subsequent to the effective  date of the Plan  resulting
from  (1) a  subdivision  or  consolidation  of  shares  or  any  other  capital
adjustment,  (2) the payment of a stock dividend on the Company's  Common Stock,
or (3) other  increase or decrease in such shares  effected  without  receipt of
consideration by the Company. If the Company shall be the surviving  corporation
in any merger or consolidation,  any Option shall pertain,  apply, and relate to
the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to the
Option  would  have been  entitled  after  the  merger  or  consolidation.  Upon
dissolution or liquidation of the Company,  or upon a merger or consolidation in
which the Company is not the  surviving  corporation,  all  Options  outstanding
under the Plan shall terminate;  provided,  however,  that each Participant (and
each other person entitled under Section I to exercise an Option) shall have the
right,  immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation,  or such merger or
consolidation,  to  exercise  such  Participant's  Options  in whole or in part,
notwithstanding any provisions  contained in the Plan or the Option Agreement to
the contrary.

        M.     Amendment and Termination

               Unless  the  Plan  theretofore  shall  have  been  terminated  as
hereinafter  provided,  the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the
date of  initial  adoption  of the Plan by the  Company's  shareholders,  and no
awards shall be made  thereafter.  The  Committee at any time prior to that date
may  terminate  the Plan, or make such changes in it and additions or amendments
to it as the Committee shall deem advisable;  provided,  however, that except as
provided in Section L hereof, any change in or addition or amendment to the Plan
which shall

               (a)  materially  increase the benefits  accruing to  participants
under the Plan;


                                       7

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

               (b)  materially  increase  the  number of shares of Common  Stock
which may be issued under the Plan; or

               (c) materially  modify the  requirements  as to  eligibility  for
participation under the Plan,

shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within 12 months
after its adoption or the same shall become null and void.

               No termination or amendment of the Plan may,  without the consent
of the holder of any Option adversely affect the rights of such holder.

        N.     Agreement and Representation of Participants

        Upon the  exercise  of an Option at a time when there is not in effect a
registration  statement  under the Securities Act relating to the Stock issuable
upon  exercise of the Option,  the optionee  shall provide the Company with such
representations  and  warranties as may be required by the Company to the effect
that the shares to be  purchased  pursuant to the Option are being  acquired for
investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof. Without limiting the
Company's  obligations  with respect to outstanding  Options,  no Stock shall be
purchased upon the exercise of any Option unless all applicable  requirements of
the Commission,  and any other regulatory  agencies having jurisdiction over the
Company and of any stock  exchanges upon which the Stock may be listed have been
fully  complied  with. The Company shall use its best efforts to comply with all
such  regulations  and  appropriate  provision  may be made  in the  instruments
evidencing  Options to provide for  suitable  adjustments  in the event that the
Company is unable to comply with such regulations.

        O.     Legend: Deposit of Certificates

               Until  such  time as the  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Options  granted under this Plan has been  registered  under the Securities Act,
each certificate evidencing ownership of Stock issued upon exercise of an Option
awarded under the Plan shall be registered  in the name of the  Participant  and
deposited by the  Participant,  together  with a stock power  endorsed in blank,
with the Company,  and shall bear the following or similar legend, and any other
legend required by law:

        "The  transferability  of this  certificate  and  the  shares  of  stock
        represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions  contained in
        the Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp. Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and
        an agreement  between the  registered  owner and PCF  Acquisition  Corp.
        Copies  of such plan and  agreement  are on file in the  offices  of the
        Secretary of Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp."

                                       8

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Upon  registration  of such Stock under the  Securities  Act, the Company  shall
re-deliver to the Participant (or to his or her heir, designated  beneficiary or
legal  representative)  the  certificate(s) and stock power(s) so deposited with
it.

        P.     Reservation of Shares of Stock

               The  Company,  during  the term of this  Plan,  will at all times
reserve and keep  available,  and will seek or obtain from any  regulatory  body
having  jurisdiction any requisite authority necessary to issue and to sell, the
number of shares of Stock that shall be sufficient  to satisfy the  requirements
of this Plan.  The inability of the Company to obtain from any  regulatory  body
having  jurisdiction  the authority  deemed necessary by counsel for the Company
for the  lawful  issuance  and sale of its Stock  hereunder  shall  relieve  the
Company of any  liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell Stock as to
which the requisite authority has not been obtained.

        Q.      Effective Date of Plan

               The Plan  shall  be  effective  as of the  date  when it shall be
adopted by the Company's  stockholders,  or on the effective date of the Merger,
whichever shall last occur.

        R.     Grant of Options to Independent Directors

               1. On each of  January 2,  1997,  January 2, 2000 and  January 2,
2003,  each  Independent  Director  shall  automatically  receive  an  Option to
purchase  15,000 shares of Stock (the  "Regular  Independent  Director  Grant").
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  should the date on which a Regular  Independent
Director  Grant is scheduled to be awarded  pursuant to the  preceding  sentence
fall on a Saturday,  Sunday or holiday,  the Regular Independent  Director Grant
shall be awarded on the first business day immediately  following such scheduled
date.

               2. On the date of each Independent Director's initial election to
the Board, pursuant to a vote of the Company's  stockholders or the Board or, if
such initial  election  shall have occurred prior to the date of adoption of the
Plan, then on said date of adoption,  such  newly-elected  Independent  Director
shall automatically receive an Option to purchase a pro rata share of the shares
of Stock underlying an Option granted pursuant to a Regular Independent Director
Grant, which shall be equal to the product of 315.65 multiplied by the number of
whole months  remaining in the relevant three year period until the next Regular
Independent Director Grant (the "Pro Rata Independent Director Grant").

        S.     Exercise Period of Options Granted to Independent Directors



                                       9

<PAGE>



<PAGE>

               Subject to the last  paragraph  of this  Section  S. each  Option
granted pursuant to the Plan shall vest and become exercisable as follows:

               1.  Those  Options  granted  pursuant  to a  Regular  Independent
Director Grant shall vest and become exercisable as to 5,000 shares on the first
anniversary  of the Grant Date; as to 5,000 shares on the second  anniversary of
the Grant Date; and as to the remaining 5,000 shares on the third anniversary of
the Grant Date.

               2.  Those  Options  granted  pursuant  to a Pro Rata  Independent
Director  Grant  shall vest and become  exercisable  as to that number of shares
equal to the  product  of  315.65  multiplied  by the  number  of  whole  months
remaining  in the first  calendar  year in which  the  Independent  Director  is
elected  initially to the Board on the January 1st  following  such  Independent
Director's  initial  election to the Board;  and as to any  remaining  shares in
accordance  with  the  schedule  for  Options  granted  pursuant  to  a  Regular
Independent Director Grant as provided in Section S(1) hereof.

               Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  an  Option  shall  not vest and
become  exercisable as to the relevant shares unless such  Independent  Director
has served continuously on the Board during the year preceding the date on which
such Options are scheduled to vest and become exercisable, or from the date such
Independent  Director  joined the board should such  Independent  Director  have
joined the board  during such  preceding  year;  provided,  however,  that if an
Independent Director does not fulfill such continuous service requirement due to
such  Independent  Director's  death or disability,  all Options granted to such
Independent  Director  pursuant to Section R hereof shall  nonetheless  vest and
become exercisable as provided in this Section S. For purposes of this Section S
"disability"  shall  mean a  physical  or mental  condition  which  prevents  an
Independent  Director from  performing his duties as an Independent  Director of
the  Company  for a  continuous  six month  period or for a total of six  months
during an 18 month period. Any Option which does not vest and become exercisable
in accordance  with this Section S shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect.  Subject to the provisions of Section L, no Option  granted  pursuant to
this Section S shall remain exercisable for a period of more than ten years from
the Grant Date.

        T.     Withholding

               The Company or any subsidiary shall have the right to deduct from
all  salary  or other  compensatory  payments  made to a  Participant  any taxes
required  to be  withheld  under  the  applicable  laws  or  regulations  of any
governmental authority,  whether Federal, state or local and whether domestic or
foreign  with  respect  to (i) any Option  granted;  or (ii) any shares of Stock
issued  upon  exercise  of


                                       10


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Options  granted,  pursuant  to the Plan.  The person  receiving  such Option or
shares shall be required to pay to the Company or such  subsidiary the amount of
any such taxes which the Company or such subsidiary is required to withhold with
respect to such transaction.

        U.     Cancellation and New Grant of Options

The Committee shall have the authority to effect,  at any time, and from time to
time,  with the consent of the affected  holders,  and pursuant to such terms or
conditions as the Committee shall deem  appropriate,  the cancellation of any or
all outstanding Options under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of
new Options under the Plan  covering the same or different  numbers of shares of
Stock  having an option  exercise  price per share  which may be lower or higher
than the exercise price per share of the cancelled Options.


                                               11




<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                                     [FRONT]
                                     [LOGO]

PC

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK



                                  COMMON STOCK          CUSIP 723640 10 8
                                     SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

        THIS IS TO CERTIFY that




        is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND  NONASSESSABLE  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE OF PIONEER
COMMERCIAL  FUNDING CORP.,  transferable  on the books of the Corporation by the
holder hereof in person or by duly  authorized  ATTORNEY UPON  SURRENDER OF THIS
CERTIFICATE   PROPERLY   ENDORSED.   THIS   CERTIFICATE   IS  NOT  VALID  UNLESS
COUNTERSIGNED  BY  THE  TRANSFER  AGENT.  WITNESS  THE  FACSIMILE  SEAL  OF  THE
CORPORATION AND THE FASIMILE SIGNATURES OR ITS AUTHORIZED OFFICERS.


        DATED:



                                              SECRETARY       CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF
                                                              EXECUTIVE OFFICER


[CORPORATE SEAL]

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                                    [BACK]
                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

        THE CORPORATION  WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH  STOCKHOLDER WHO SO
REQUESTS THE DESIGNATIONS,  PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR
OTHER  SPECIAL  RIGHTS  OF  EACH  CLASS  TO  STOCK  OR  SERIES  THEREOF  AND THE
QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

   The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this
certificate,  shall  be  construed  as  though  they  were  written  out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
TEN COM - as tenants in common           UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - .................Custodian...................
                                                            (Cust)                      (Minor)


TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                       under Uniform Transfer to Minors

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right                         Act ..........................................
         of survivorship and not as                                              (State)
         tenants in common

           Additional  abbreviations  may also be used  though  not in the above list.

        For Value Received, ............................ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 .......................................................................................
       Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee

 .......................................................................................


 .......................................................................................


 .......................................................................................Shares
of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 .......................................................................................


 .......................................................................................
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:......................................

                                             ..........................................

</TABLE>


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE OPTION

               Option (the "Option") dated as of the day of , 1996, from Pioneer
Commercial  Funding  Corp.,  a New York  corporation  (the  "Company"),  to (the
"Holder"), or her assigns (who, upon recordation of the transfer of ownership of
this Option on the records of the Company maintained for such purpose,  shall be
deemed to be the "Holder" or the "Holders").

               WHEREAS,  pursuant to a certain  agreement of even date  herewith
between the Company and the Holder  (the  "Agreement"),  the Company  desires to
afford the Holder an  opportunity  to purchase  shares of the Company's $.01 par
value common stock (the "Common Stock"), subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein.

               NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration,  the Company
hereby agrees as follows:

               1. Grant of Option.  The Company  hereby grants to the Holder the
right and option to purchase up to an  aggregate  of shares of Common Stock (the
"Option Shares"), subject to adjustment as provided for herein.

               2.  Purchase  Price.  The purchase  price of the shares of Common
Stock  covered  by this  Option  shall be $ per  share  (the  "Initial  Exercise
Price"),  subject to  adjustment  (such price as so  adjusted  from time to time
referred to herein as the "Purchase Price") as provided for herein.

               3. Term of Option; Transferability. The term of this Option shall
be for a period  of  years  commencing  on the date  first  above  written  (the
"Exercise  Period").  Subject to the  conditions  and  limitations  set forth in
Section 9 hereof,  the Holder  shall be  entitled to sell,  assign or  otherwise
transfer  ownership  of this  Option  at any time  during,  but not  after,  the
Exercise Period.

               4. Reservation of Shares. At all times during the Exercise Period
there shall be reserved  for  issuance  and/or  delivery  upon  exercise of this
Option such number of shares of Common  Stock as shall be required  for issuance
and delivery in connection therewith.

               5.  Exercise of Option.  This Option may be exercised in whole at
any time  during the  Exercise  Period or in part from time to time  during such
period by executing  and  delivering  a notice of exercise in the form  attached
hereto as Exhibit

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


A. Such notice shall be  accompanied  by payment of the full  purchase  price of
such shares by certified or bank check payable to the order of the Company.

               6. Exchange, Transfer,  Assignment or Loss of Option. This Option
is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Holder, upon presentation
and  surrender  hereof to the  Company  for  other  options  (collectively,  the
"Options") of different  denominations  entitling the Holder thereof to purchase
in the aggregate,  upon the same terms,  and subject to the same  conditions set
forth,  in this Option,  the same number of shares of Common  Stock  purchasable
hereunder. Subject to the provisions of Section 9 of this Option, upon surrender
of this  Option to the  Company  with the  Assignment  Form  (annexed  hereto as
Exhibit B) duly executed,  the Company,  at its sole expense,  shall execute and
deliver a new Option in the name of the  assignee  named in such  instrument  of
assignment  and this  Option  shall  promptly be  cancelled.  This Option may be
divided or combined with other Options upon  presentation  hereof and thereof at
the office of the Company  together with a written  notice  specifying the names
and denominations in which new Options are to be issued and signed by the Holder
hereof.  The term  "Option" as used herein  includes  any Option into which this
Option may be divided or exchanged.  Upon receipt by the Company of an affidavit
executed by the Holder attesting to the loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation
of this Option,  and (in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction) of reasonably
satisfactory  indemnification,  and  upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of this
Option, if mutilated,  the Company will execute and deliver a new Option of like
tenor and date.

               7. Rights before Issuance and Delivery of Shares. No Holder shall
be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership in respect of any shares issued
upon exercise of this Option,  unless and until such shares of Common Stock have
been issued to such Holder as fully paid and non-assessable shares.

               8.  Conditions  Upon  Issuance  of  Option  Shares;  Registration
Rights.

                   (a) Unregistered  Shares.  Neither this Option nor the Common
Stock  issuable upon exercise of this Option has been  registered  pursuant to a
registration statement (a "Registration  Statement") under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act").  Until such time as a  Registration
Statement  pertaining  to the Option  Shares shall be declared  effective by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"),  the Company shall not be
required to issue any  certificate for shares of Common Stock purchased upon the
exercise of this Option unless, in connection with such exercise:

                       (i)  The  Holder  makes  and   delivers   the   following
representations to the Company in writing:




                                       2


<PAGE>


<PAGE>



                            a) The Holder is purchasing the Option Shares solely
for her own account.

                            1) The Holder is an  "accredited  investor" (as that
term  is  defined  in rule  501 of  Regulation  D under  the  Act).  The  Holder
acknowledges that it has been given, or the person who exercises full investment
discretion to act on the Holder's behalf has been given,  the opportunity to ask
questions and receive  satisfactory  answers  concerning  the purchase of Option
Shares upon exercise of this Option,  the operations and financial  condition of
the Company,  and the accuracy of the information provided by the Company to the
Holder or the person who  exercises  full  investment  discretion  to act in the
Holder's behalf.

                            2) The Holder has no  intention of  distributing  or
reselling  the Option Shares or any part thereof,  or interest  therein,  in any
transaction  which would be in  violation of the  securities  laws of the United
States of America or any state securities laws, without prejudice,  however,  to
the Holder's right at all times to sell or otherwise  dispose of all or any part
of the Option Shares pursuant to the above-mentioned  registration thereof under
the Securities Act and, if applicable, qualification under such state securities
laws or under an exemption from such registration available under the Securities
Act.

                            3) If  the  Holder  desires  to  sell  or  otherwise
dispose of all or any part of the  Option  Shares  (other  than  pursuant  to an
effective  Registration  Statement  under the  Securities Act or a sale or other
disposition  made  pursuant to the  Commission's  Rule 144), if requested by the
Company,  the Holder  will  deliver  to the  Company,  an  opinion  of  counsel,
reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company and its counsel,
that such exemption is available.

                       (ii) Upon original issuance thereof,  and until such time
as the same is no longer  required  under  the  applicable  requirements  of the
Securities Act, the certificates evidencing the Holder's ownership of the Option
Shares (and all  certificates  for  securities  issued in  exchange  therefor or
substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend:

               "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE
          NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS
          AMENDED,  OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH
          SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF
          REGISTRATION  OR AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM  UNDER SAID ACT OR
          SUCH LAWS."

                   (b) Piggyback Registration. If, at any time during the period
of five years  commencing on the date hereof,  the Company  proposes to register
any of



                                       3

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

its shares of capital stock under the  Securities  Act (other than in connection
with an initial  public  offering  or other  offering  in which the  underwriter
thereof objects to the  registration  of option shares,  a merger or pursuant to
Form S-8) it will give written  notice by registered  mail, at least thirty (30)
days prior to the filing of each such Registration  Statement,  to the Holder of
her  intention  to do so.  If the  Holder  or,  if there  shall be more than one
Holder,  if the Holders  holding a majority  (as such term is defined in Section
8(f)  hereof) of the Option  Shares  then  issued  and  outstanding,  notify the
Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of any such notice of her or their
desire  to  include  any of the  Option  Shares  in such  proposed  Registration
Statement,  the Company shall afford to each of such Holders the  opportunity to
have any such Option Shares registered under such Registration Statement.

               Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section 8(b), the Company
shall  have the  right at any time  after it shall  have  given  written  notice
pursuant this Section  (irrespective  of whether a written request for inclusion
of any  Option  Shares  shall  have  been  made) to  elect  not to file any such
proposed  Registration  Statement,  or to withdraw the same after the filing but
prior to the effective date thereof.

                   (c) Covenants of the Company with Respect to Registration. In
connection with any registration of Option Shares under Section 8(b) hereof, the
Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                       (i) The  Company  shall  use its best  efforts  to file a
Registration Statement within sixty (60) days of receipt of any demand therefor,
shall use its best efforts to have any Registration Statement declared effective
at the earliest possible time, shall file such post-effective amendments thereto
as may be necessary to maintain such effectiveness for a period of not less than
nine months and shall furnish each Holder  desiring to sell Option Shares,  such
number of prospectuses as shall reasonably be requested.

                       (ii) The Company shall pay all costs  (excluding fees and
expenses of Holder(s) counsel and any underwriting or selling commissions), fees
and expenses in connection with all  Registration  Statements  filed pursuant to
Section 8(b) hereof  including,  without  limitation,  the  Company's  legal and
accounting fees, printing expenses, and blue sky fees and expenses.

                       (iii) The Company  will take all  necessary  action which
may be required in qualifying  or  registering  the Option Shares  included in a
Registration  Statement  for offering and sale under the  securities or blue sky
laws of such states as reasonably are requested by the Holder(s),  provided that
the Company  shall not be  obligated  to execute or file any general  consent to
service of process or to qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do business under
the laws of any such jurisdiction.



                                       4

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                       (iv) In the event that the Company  becomes  aware of any
untrue  statement of a material fact, or of an omission to state a material fact
that  is  required  to be  stated  therein  or  that is  necessary  to make  the
statements  contained  therein not misleading in the light of the  circumstances
then  existing,  the Company will  thereupon give notice to the Holder(s) of the
Option Shares of such mistatement or omission.  The Company also shall indemnify
the  Holder(s)  of the Option  Shares to be sold  pursuant  to any  Registration
Statement  and each  person,  if any,  who controls  such  Holder(s)  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),  against all loss, claim,
damage,  expense or liability  (including  all expenses  reasonably  incurred in
investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any
of them may  become  subject  under the  Securities  Act,  the  Exchange  Act or
otherwise, arising from such Registration Statement.

                   (d)  The  Company's   obligations   to  file  a  Registration
Statement  pursuant to Section  8(b)  hereof  with  respect to any of the Option
Shares are expressly conditioned,  in each instance,  upon the Company's receipt
from the  Holder(s) of the Option Shares to be offered for sale pursuant to such
Registration  Statement,  severally,  and not jointly,  of written agreements to
indemnify the Company,  its officers and directors and each person,  if any, who
controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage or expense or
liability   (including  all  expenses   reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,
preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which they may become
subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from
information  furnished  in writing by or on behalf of such  Holders for specific
inclusion in such Registration Statement.

                   (e)  The  Company  shall  as soon as  practicable  after  the
effective date of such Registration Statement, and in any event within 15 months
thereafter,  issue an earnings  statement (which need not be audited)  complying
with Section  11(a) of the  Securities  Act and covering a period of at least 12
consecutive  months  beginning  after  the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement.

                   (f) For purposes of this  Agreement,  the term  "majority" in
reference  to the  Holder  or  Holders  of this  Option  and the  Option  Shares
purchasable  hereunder,  shall mean any  combination  of issued and  outstanding
Option Shares and rights to purchase Option Shares which if exercised,  would at
the time in question equal or exceed 10,001 Option Shares.

               9.  Transfer  to Comply with the  Securities  Act.  Neither  this
Option nor the Option Shares  issuable upon exercise of this Option may be sold,
assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of except as follows:




                                       5

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



                   (a) To a  person  who,  in the  opinion  of  counsel  for the
Company,  is a person  to whom  this  Option or Option  Shares  may  legally  be
transferred  without   registration  and  without  the  delivery  of  a  current
prospectus under the Securities Act with respect thereto,  and then only against
receipt  of an  agreement  of such  person  setting  forth  the  representations
specified in Section 8(a) hereof, and such person's agreement to comply with the
provisions of this Section 9 with respect to any resale or other  disposition of
such securities  which  agreement  shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and
substance to the Company and its counsel; or

                   (b) to any person upon delivery of a prospectus  then meeting
the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act relating to such  securities  and the
offering thereof for such sale or disposition.

               10.  Adjustment of Purchase  Price.  The Purchase  Price shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time during the Exercise Period as follows:

                   (a) If (and on each occasion that) the Company shall,  at any
time during the Exercise Period, issue or sell Additional Stock (as that term is
defined  in Section  10(b)(i)  hereof)  either  without  consideration  or for a
consideration per share less than the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior
to the issue or sale of such Additional Stock,  then, and in any such event, the
Purchase  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior to such  issue or sale  shall be
reduced,  as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale,  to a
price determined by multiplying such Purchase Price in effect  immediately prior
to such issue or sale, by a fraction:  (i) the numerator of which shall be equal
to the sum of (A) the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding  at the close of business on the day next preceding the date of such
issue or sale,  plus (B) the total  number of shares of Common Stock which could
be purchased at the aforesaid  Purchase  Price with the aggregate  amount of the
consideration (if any) received by the Company (or, without duplication,  deemed
to be received as provided in Sections  10(b)(iii)  and  10(b)(iv)  hereof) upon
such  issue or sale;  and (ii) the  denominator  of which  shall be equal to the
total number of shares of Common Stock  issued and  outstanding  at the close of
business on the date of such issue or sale  (including any such shares deemed to
have been  issued or sold as  provided  in  Sections  10(b)(iii)  and  10(b)(iv)
hereof).

                   (b)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  10 the  following
provisions shall also be applicable:

                       (i) The term Additional Stock shall mean any Common Stock
issued  or sold,  or deemed to have been  issued  or sold  pursuant  to  Section
10(b)(iii)  or Section  10(b)(iv)  hereof,  by the Company  during the  Exercise
Period,  other than Common Stock issued upon the exercise of this Option or upon
exercise of any of the other Options, or upon the exercise of such other options
as


                                       6

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

may be issued by the Company to the Initial  Holder,  (in each case) in whole or
in part.

                       (ii) In determining  the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding  at any time,  shares of Common Stock owned by the Company shall not
be deemed to be outstanding.

                       (iii)  In  case  the  Company,  at any  time  during  the
Exercise Period, shall issue or sell any rights to subscribe for or to purchase,
or grant  any  options  for the  purchase  of,  shares  of  Common  Stock or any
securities   convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  shares  of  Common  Stock
("Convertible  Securities"),  whether or not such rights or options or the right
to  convert  or  exchange  any  such  Convertible   Securities  are  immediately
exercisable,  and the  price  per  share at which  shares  of  Common  Stock are
issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  rights or options or upon  conversion  or
exchange of such Convertible Securities, determined by dividing:

                            1) the total amount,  if any, received or receivable
        by the  Company as consideration  for the issuance of such rights or the
        granting  of  such  options,  plus  the  minimum  aggregate   amount  of
        additional  consideration payable to the Company upon  the  exercise  of
        such   rights  or  options,  plus,  in  the  case  of  such  Convertible
        Securities,  the  minimum aggregate amount of additional  consideration,
        if any,  payable upon the issue of such  Convertible Securities and upon
        the conversion or exchange thereof; by

                            2) the  maximum  number of  shares  of Common  Stock
        issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  such  rights  or  options or upon the
        conversion or  exchange  of  the  maximum  number  of  such  Convertible
        Securities  issuable on the exercise of such rights or options;

shall be less than the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  prior to the issue
of such rights or the grant of such options,  then the maximum  number of shares
of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of such rights or options or upon
conversion  or  exchange of the maximum  number of such  Convertible  Securities
issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  rights or  options  shall be deemed to be
issued  or sold for such  price  per  share;  provided,  however,  that upon the
expiration  of such rights or  options,  and, in the case of options to purchase
Convertible Securities,  upon the expiration of the right to convert or exchange
such Convertible  Securities,  the currently applicable Purchase Price in effect
immediately  prior  to such  expiration  shall  forthwith  be  adjusted  to such
Purchase Price as would have obtained had the adjustments made upon the issuance
of such rights or the  granting of such  options been made upon the basis of the
issuance  of only the number of shares of Common  Stock  actually  issued on the
exercise of such rights or options or on the conversion



                                       7

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

or exchange of such Convertible  Securities (or in the case of rights or options
to  purchase  Convertible  Securities,  actually  issued  and at the time  still
issuable upon the conversion or exchange of the Convertible  Securities actually
issued),  and upon the basis of only the consideration  applicable thereto,  and
any shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  rights or options  which have
expired or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities,  the
right to convert or exchange  which has expired,  shall not thereafter be deemed
to be outstanding and the consideration  applicable thereto shall not thereafter
be deemed to have been  received.  If the said  rights or options  are issued or
granted in  conjunction  with the sale of other  securities of the Company,  the
part of the consideration allocable to the said rights and options, and the part
of the consideration allocable to the said other securities, shall be determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                       (iv) In case the Company, at any time during the Exercise
Period,  shall  issue or sell any  Convertible  Securities,  whether  or not the
rights to convert or exchange  are  immediately  exercisable,  and the price per
share at which shares of Common Stock are  deliverable  upon such  conversion or
exchange, determined by dividing:

                            1) the total amount  received or  receivable  by the
        Company  as  consideration  for  the  issue  or sale of such Convertible
        Securities,   plus  the   minimum   aggregate   amount   of   additional
        consideration (if any) payable to the  Company  upon  such conversion or
        exchange; by 

                            2) the  maximum  number of  shares  of Common  Stock
        issuable as of the date  of  issue  of such  Convertible  Securities  to
        effect the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities;

shall be less than the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the time of
such  issue or sale,  then such  issue or sale shall be deemed to be an issue or
sale (as of the date of issue  or sale of such  Convertible  Securities)  of the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock  necessary to be issued as of that date
to effect the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities, and the
gross amount  received or  receivable  by the Company as  consideration  for the
issue or sale of such Convertible Securities,  plus the minimum aggregate amount
of additional consideration (if any) payable to the Company upon such conversion
or exchange,  shall be deemed to be the  consideration  actually received (as of
the date of the issue or sale of such  Convertible  Securities) for the issue or
sale of such Common Stock;  provided,  however, that upon the termination of the
right to convert or to exchange such  Convertible  Securities  for Common Stock,
the  Purchase  Price shall  forthwith be adjusted to such  Purchase  Price which
would  have  obtained  had  the  adjustments  made  upon  the  issuance  of such
Convertible  Securities  been made upon the  basis of the  issuance  of only the
number of shares of Common Stock actually issued upon 


                                       8

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


the  conversion  or exchange  thereof,  and upon the basis of the  consideration
applicable only to the Convertible Securities so converted or exchanged,  and no
shares issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities
which were not actually so issued shall  thereafter be deemed to be  outstanding
and the consideration  applicable thereto shall not thereafter be deemed to have
been received. No adjustment of the Purchase Price shall be made pursuant to the
provisions  of this  Section  10(b)(iv)  upon any  issue or sale of  Convertible
Securities  if such issue or sale has been made upon the  exercise of any rights
to  subscribe  for  or to  purchase,  or  any  options  to  purchase,  any  such
Convertible  Securities  for which an adjustment of the Purchase  Price has been
made pursuant to Section 10(b)(iii) hereof.

                       (v) If the amount of consideration payable to the Company
upon the exercise of any right or option to which Section  10(b)(iii)  hereof is
applicable  or upon the  conversion  or exchange of any  Convertible  Securities
referred to in Sections  10(b)(iii) or 10(b)(iv) hereof shall change at any time
(other  than  under or by reason  of  provisions  designed  to  protect  against
dilution),  then,  forthwith upon each such change becoming effective,  all such
rights or options or all such rights of conversion  or exchange not  theretofore
exercised shall be deemed to have expired or terminated, as the case may be, and
the Purchase  Price shall  forthwith be adjusted in accordance  with the proviso
contained in Section 10(b)(iii) or Section 10(b)(iv) hereof, as the case may be,
and further adjusted as though such rights or options or Convertible  Securities
deemed  expired or terminated  were newly issued and  convertible or exercisable
upon the payment of such changed consideration.

                       (vi) If the consideration payable to the Company upon the
exercise of any right or option to which Section 10(b)(iii) hereof is applicable
or upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible  Securities referred to in
Section  10(b)(iii) or 10(b)(iv)  hereof shall  decrease at any time under or by
reason of  provisions  with  respect  thereto  designed  to protect  the Holders
thereof  against  dilution,  the  Purchase  Price  which would apply if purchase
rights  hereunder  were being  exercised  immediately  after  such  event  shall
forthwith be decreased  to the Purchase  Price that would have  obtained had the
adjustments  made  upon  the  issuance  of such  right,  option  or  Convertible
Securities  been  made  upon the  basis  of 1) the  issuance  of (and the  total
consideration  received  for) the shares of Common Stock  theretofore  delivered
upon the exercise of such rights or options or upon the  conversion  or exchange
of such  Convertible  Securities,  and 2) the issuance of (and the total minimum
consideration  thereafter receivable for) the maximum number of shares of Common
Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such rights or options or upon
the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

                       (vii) In case any  dividends on any class of stock (other
than  Common  Stock) of the  Company,  payable  in Common  Stock or  Convertible



                                       9

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Securities,  shall be declared or paid by the Company, the Common Stock, or such
Convertible  Securities,  as the case may be, so issued, shall be deemed to have
been issued without consideration.

                       (viii) In case any shares of Common Stock or  Convertible
Securities  or any  rights or  options  to  purchase  any such  Common  Stock or
Convertible  Securities  shall be  issued or sold for  cash,  the  consideration
received by the Company  therefor  shall be deemed to be the amount  received by
the Company therefor,  before deducting therefrom all underwriting  commissions,
discounts or concessions and all finder's fees paid or allowed by the Company in
connection therewith.

                       (ix) In case any  shares of Common  Stock or  Convertible
Securities  or any  rights or  options  to  purchase  any such  Common  Stock or
Convertible  Securities  shall be issued or sold for a consideration  other than
cash, then, in any such event, the amount of the consideration (other than cash)
received  by  the  Company  shall  be  deemed  to be  the  fair  value  of  such
consideration,  as  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company, before deducting all underwriting commissions, discounts or concessions
and all finder's fees paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith.

                       (x) In  case  the  Company  shall  take a  record  of the
Holders of its Common  Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them 1) to receive a
dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in  Common  Stock  or in  Convertible
Securities,  or 2) to  subscribe  for or purchase  Common  Stock or  Convertible
Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or
sale of the shares of Common  Stock  deemed to have been issued or sold upon the
declaration  of such  dividend or the making of such other  distribution  or the
date of the issue of such right to subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

                   (c) If (and on each occasion that) the Company shall,  at any
time  during the  Exercise  Period,  (i) issue any  shares of Common  Stock as a
dividend  upon  Common  Stock,  or (ii)  issue any  shares  of  Common  Stock in
subdivision  of  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock by  reclassification  or
otherwise,   or  (iii)   combine   outstanding   shares  of   Common   Stock  by
reclassification or otherwise, the then current Purchase Price shall be adjusted
to a price  determined  by  dividing  1) the  number of  shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such dividend,  subdivision  or  combination,
multiplied by the then current  Purchase Price, by 2) the total number of shares
of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such issue,  and the  resulting
quotient shall be the adjusted Purchase Price per share.

                   (d) In  case  the  Company  shall,  at any  time  during  the
Exercise Period, declare a dividend or make a distribution upon the Common Stock
payable 


                                       10

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


otherwise  than out of earnings or earned  surplus and otherwise  than in Common
Stock or Convertible  Securities,  then  thereafter the Holder hereof,  upon the
exercise of any of the rights  represented  by this Option,  will be entitled to
receive the number of Option Shares being  purchased  upon such exercise and, in
addition and without further  payment,  the cash,  stock or other securities and
other  property  which the Holder hereof would have received by way of dividends
and  distributions  (otherwise than out of such earnings or surplus or in Common
Stock or  Convertible  Securities)  if such Holder (i) had exercised this Option
immediately  prior to the  declaration  of such  dividend  or the making of such
distribution so as to be entitled  thereto,  and (ii) had retained all dividends
in stock or securities  payable in respect of such Common Stock or in respect of
any stock or securities  paid as dividends  and  distributions  and  originating
directly  or  indirectly  from  such  Common  Stock.  For  the  purposes  of the
foregoing,  a dividend  other than in cash shall be  considered  payable  out of
earnings  or earned  surplus  only to the extent  that such  earnings  or earned
surplus  are  charged  an amount  equal to the fair value of such  dividend,  as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

               11. Adjustment of Number of Shares  Purchasable  Hereunder.  Upon
each  adjustment  of the Purchase  Price  pursuant to Section 10 hereof (in this
Section 11 called  the  Latest  Purchase  Price  Adjustment)  the Holder of this
Option shall thereafter (until another such adjustment) be entitled to purchase,
at the adjusted  Purchase Price per share  resulting  from such Latest  Purchase
Price  Adjustment,  the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  (calculated  to the
nearest  whole  share),  obtained  by  (a)  multiplying  the  number  of  shares
purchasable  hereunder  (as  adjusted  from  time  to time  as a  result  of all
adjustments  to the  Purchase  Price made prior to such  Latest  Purchase  Price
Adjustment)  by the Purchase  Price in effect  immediately  prior to such Latest
Purchase  Price  Adjustment,  and (b)  dividing  the  product so obtained by the
adjusted Purchase Price resulting from such Latest Purchase Price Adjustment.

               12. Notice of Adjustment of Purchase  Price.  Upon any adjustment
of the  Purchase  Price  and/or an  increase or decrease in the number of Option
Shares  purchasable  upon the  exercise of this Option,  then,  and in each such
case, the Company, within thirty (30) days thereafter, shall give notice thereof
in writing in  accordance  with  Section 14 hereof to the Holder of this  Option
stating the adjusted  Purchase  Price and the  increased or decreased  number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of this Option and setting
forth in reasonable  detail the method of  calculation  and the facts upon which
such calculation is based.

               13. Effect of  Reorganization,  Reclassification,  Consolidation,
Merger,  etc.  If, at any time during the Exercise  Period,  there should be any
capital  reorganization or  reclassification of the capital stock of the Company
(other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for in Section 10(d)
hereof) or any  consolidation or merger of the Company with another  corporation
or any  sale, 


                                       11


<PAGE>


<PAGE>


conveyance,  lease or other transfer by the Company of all or substantially  all
of its  property  to any other  corporation,  the  Holder of this  Option  shall
thereafter,  upon exercise of this Option,  be entitled to receive the number of
shares of Common Stock or other securities or property of the Company, or of the
successor  corporation  resulting from such consolidation or merger, as the case
may be, to which the Option  Shares (and any other  securities  and property) of
the  Company,  deliverable  upon the  exercise of this  Option,  would have been
entitled upon such capital  reorganization,  reclassification  of capital stock,
consolidation,  merger, sale or other transfer if this Option had been exercised
immediately prior to such capital  reorganization,  reclassification  of capital
stock,  consolidation,  merger,  sale or other transfer;  and, in any such case,
appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company) shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth
with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Holder of this Option
to the end that the  provisions  set forth herein  (including  those relating to
adjustments  of the Purchase  Price and the number of shares  issuable  upon the
exercise of this Option) shall  thereafter be applicable,  as near as reasonably
may be, in relation to any shares or other property thereafter  deliverable upon
the exercise  hereof as if this Option had been exercised  immediately  prior to
such capital reorganization,  reclassification of capital stock,  consolidation,
merger,  sale or other  transfer and the Holder hereof had carried out the terms
of the exchange as provided for by such capital reorganization, reclassification
of capital stock, consolidation or merger.

               The  Company  shall not effect any such  capital  reorganization,
consolidation or merger unless, upon or prior to the consummation  thereof,  the
successor corporation shall assume by written instrument, deemed by the Board of
Directors  of  the  Company  to be  satisfactory  in  form  and  substance,  the
obligation  to deliver to the Holder  hereof such  shares of stock,  securities,
cash or property as such Holder shall be entitled to purchase in accordance with
the foregoing provisions.

               14. Notices.  All communications and notices hereunder must be in
writing,  either delivered in hand or by next day overnight delivery, or sent by
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  or sent  by  telecopier,  and,  if to the
Company, shall be addressed to it at 6660 Reseda Boulevard,  Reseda,  California
91335,  or at such other  address as the  Company  may  hereafter  designate  in
writing  by  notice  to the  Holder  of this  Option,  and,  if to such  Holder,
addressed  to such Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of
the Company.

               15. Sundays,  Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the
taking of any action  required or the  expiration  of any right  granted  herein
shall be a  Saturday  or a Sunday or shall be a legal  holiday or a day on which
banking  institutions  in the  City of New  York,  New York  are  authorized  or
required by law to remain closed,  then such action may be taken or right may be
exercised  on the next  succeeding  day which is not a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a
legal holiday and not a day on



                                       12


<PAGE>


<PAGE>


which banking  institutions  in the City of New York, New York are authorized or
required by law to remain closed.

               16. Type of Option; Laws Applicable to Construction.  This Option
is not to be treated as an incentive  stock  option  under the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986,  as amended.  This  agreement  shall be construed  and enforced in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York without  regard to its choice
of law principles.

               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company  has  granted  this Option duly
executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date specified above.


                                            PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                                            By:_________________________________
                                                 Arthur H. Goldberg, Chairman
                                                      and Chief Executive

ATTEST:


___________________________________



                                       13

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.
6660 Reseda Boulevard
Reseda, California  91335

Attention:  Secretary

Gentlemen:

               Pursuant to the terms of an Option  dated  ____________  __, 1994
(the  "Option"),  the  undersigned  hereby elects to exercise such Option to the
extent of  purchasing  _________  shares at  $_____  per share for an  aggregate
purchase price of $___________.

               Enclosed is payment of the  purchase  price by  certified or bank
check  in the  aggregate  amount  of the  exercise  price,  payable  to  Pioneer
Commercial Funding Corp.

               Please have the certificate  representing  said shares registered
and forwarded to the undersigned, as follows:

               Name_____________________________________________________________

               Street Address___________________________________________________

               City__________________________State_______Zip Code_________

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            Holder:_____________________________

                                            By:_________________________________
                                                          (Signature)

                                            Name:_______________________________

                                            Title:______________________________

DATE:________________________________


                                       14

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

               FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _______________________________________hereby
sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name________________________________________________
    (Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address_____________________________________________

Social Security or Employer Identification No.______


the right to purchase  Common Stock  represented by this Option to the extent of
___________  shares  as to which  such  right  is  exercisable  and does  hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint  _________________  Attorney, to transfer the
same on the  books  of the  Company  with  full  power  of  substitution  in the
premises.



                                            Holder:_____________________________

                                            By:_________________________________
                                                          (Signature)

                                            Name:_______________________________

                                            Title:______________________________

DATE:______________________________

Signature Guaranteed

pioneer\documents\stock option


                                       15


<PAGE>






                        PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.

                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE OPTION



               Option (the "Option")  dated as of the 16th day of August,  1996,
from Pioneer  Commercial  Funding Corp., a New York corporation (the "Company"),
to United  Mizrahi Bank and Trust Company (the  "Holder"),  or its assigns (who,
upon  recordation  of the transfer of ownership of this Option on the records of
the Company  maintained for such purpose,  shall be deemed to be the "Holder" or
the "Holders").

               WHEREAS,  pursuant to a certain  agreement of even date  herewith
between the Company and the Holder  (the  "Agreement"),  the Company  desires to
afford the Holder an  opportunity  to purchase  shares of the Company's $.01 par
value common stock (the "Common Stock"), subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein.

               NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration,  the Company
hereby agrees as follows:

               1. Grant of Option.  The Company  hereby grants to the Holder the
right and option to purchase up to an aggregate of 41,271 shares of Common Stock
(the "Option Shares"), subject to adjustment as provided for herein.

               2. Purchase  Price;.  The purchase  price of the shares of Common
Stock  covered by this Option  shall be $5.50 per share (the  "Initial  Exercise
Price"),  subject to  adjustment  (such price as so  adjusted  from time to time
referred to herein as the "Purchase Price") as provided for herein.

               3. Term of Option;  Vesting;  Termination;  Transferability.  The
term of this Option shall be for a period of five years  commencing  on the date
first above written (the "Exercise Period").  Until the first anniversary of the
date first above  written,  the Holder  shall not be  entitled  to purchase  any
Option  Shares  hereunder.  This Option shall vest at the rate of 10,318  Option
Shares per annum on the first,  second and third anniversaries of the date first
above written.  On the fourth anniversary of the date first above written,  this
Option  shall  vest  with  respect  to 10,317  Option  Shares.  Anything  herein
contained  to the contrary  notwithstanding,  if, at any time during the term of
this Option, the Revolving Line of Credit and Security Agreement dated as of May
25, 1993 and executed by the Holder and the Company, as amended, modified and/or
superseded from time to time  thereafter,  shall be terminated,  canceled or not
renewed for any reason,  the term of this Option  shall  thereupon  be deemed to
have expired,  and the then  unexercised  and/or unvested portion of this Option
shall  thereupon be canceled 



<PAGE>


<PAGE>



and shall be thereafter unenforceable. Subject to the conditions and limitations
set forth in Section 9 hereof,  the Holder shall be entitled to sell,  assign or
otherwise  transfer  ownership of this Option at any time during, but not after,
the Exercise Period.

               4. Reservation of Shares. At all times during the Exercise Period
there shall be reserved  for  issuance  and/or  delivery  upon  exercise of this
Option such number of shares of Common  Stock as shall be required  for issuance
and delivery in connection therewith.

               5.  Exercise of Option.  This Option may be exercised in whole at
any time  during the  Exercise  Period or in part from time to time  during such
period by executing  and  delivering  a notice of exercise in the form  attached
hereto as Exhibit A. Such  notice  shall be  accompanied  by payment of the full
purchase price of such shares by certified or bank check payable to the order of
the Company.

               6. Exchange, Transfer,  Assignment or Loss of Option. This Option
is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Holder, upon presentation
and  surrender  hereof to the  Company  for  other  options  (collectively,  the
"Options") of different  denominations  entitling the Holder thereof to purchase
in the aggregate,  upon the same terms,  and subject to the same  conditions set
forth,  in this Option,  the same number of shares of Common  Stock  purchasable
hereunder. Subject to the provisions of Section 9 of this Option, upon surrender
of this  Option to the  Company  with the  Assignment  Form  (annexed  hereto as
Exhibit B) duly executed,  the Company,  at its sole expense,  shall execute and
deliver a new Option in the name of the  assignee  named in such  instrument  of
assignment  and this  Option  shall  promptly be  cancelled.  This Option may be
divided or combined with other Options upon  presentation  hereof and thereof at
the office of the Company  together with a written  notice  specifying the names
and denominations in which new Options are to be issued and signed by the Holder
hereof.  The term  "Option" as used herein  includes  any Option into which this
Option may be divided or exchanged.  Upon receipt by the Company of an affidavit
executed by the Holder attesting to the loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation
of this Option,  and (in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction) of reasonably
satisfactory  indemnification,  and  upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of this
Option, if mutilated,  the Company will execute and deliver a new Option of like
tenor and date.

               7. Rights before Issuance and Delivery of Shares. No Holder shall
be entitled to the privileges of stock ownership in respect of any shares issued
upon exercise of this Option,  unless and until such shares of Common Stock have
been issued to such Holder as fully paid and non-assessable shares.

               8.  Conditions  Upon  Issuance  of  Option  Shares;  Registration
Rights.



                                       2

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                      (a)  Unregistered  Shares.  Neither  this  Option  nor the
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Option has been registered  pursuant
to a registration  statement (a "Registration  Statement")  under the Securities
Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "Securities  Act").  Until  such  time  as  a
Registration  Statement  pertaining  to the  Option  Shares  shall  be  declared
effective by the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission"),  the
Company  shall not be  required  to issue any  certificate  for shares of Common
Stock purchased upon the exercise of this Option unless, in connection with such
exercise:

                             (i) The Holder  makes and  delivers  the  following
representations to the Company in writing:

                                    a)  The  Holder  is  purchasing  the  Option
Shares solely for its own account.

                                    1) The  Holder is an  "accredited  investor"
(as that term is defined in rule 501 of Regulation D under the Act).  The Holder
acknowledges that it has been given, or the person who exercises full investment
discretion to act on the Holder's behalf has been given,  the opportunity to ask
questions and receive  satisfactory  answers  concerning  the purchase of Option
Shares upon exercise of this Option,  the operations and financial  condition of
the Company,  and the accuracy of the information provided by the Company to the
Holder or the person who  exercises  full  investment  discretion  to act in the
Holder's behalf.

                                    2)   The   Holder   has  no   intention   of
distributing  or reselling the Option  Shares or any part  thereof,  or interest
therein,  in any transaction  which would be in violation of the securities laws
of the United States of America or any state securities laws, without prejudice,
however,  to the Holder's right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all
or any part of the Option Shares  pursuant to the  above-mentioned  registration
thereof under the Securities Act and, if  applicable,  qualification  under such
state  securities  laws or under an exemption from such  registration  available
under the Securities Act.

                                    3)  If  the   Holder   desires  to  sell  or
otherwise  dispose of all or any part of the Option  Shares (other than pursuant
to an effective  Registration  Statement  under the  Securities Act or a sale or
other  disposition made pursuant to the Commission's  Rule 144), if requested by
the  Company,  the Holder will  deliver to the  Company,  an opinion of counsel,
reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company and its counsel,
that such exemption is available.

                             (ii) Upon original issuance thereof, and until such
time as the same is no longer required under the applicable  requirements of the
Securities Act, the certificates evidencing the Holder's ownership of the Option



                                       3

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



Shares (and all  certificates  for  securities  issued in  exchange  therefor or
substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend:

                "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT BEEN
         REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  OR QUALIFIED
         UNDER ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS.  SUCH  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
         TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF  REGISTRATION  OR AN EXEMPTION  THEREFROM
         UNDER SAID ACT OR SUCH LAWS."

                      (b)  Piggyback  Registration.  If, at any time  during the
period of five years  commencing  on the date  hereof,  the Company  proposes to
register any of its shares of capital stock under the Securities Act (other than
in connection  with an initial  public  offering or other  offering in which the
underwriter  thereof objects to the  registration of option shares,  a merger or
pursuant to Form S-8) it will give written  notice by registered  mail, at least
thirty (30) days prior to the filing of each such Registration Statement, to the
Holder of its  intention to do so. If the Holder or, if there shall be more than
one  Holder,  if the  Holders  holding a  majority  (as such term is  defined in
Section 8(f) hereof) of the Option  Shares then issued and  outstanding,  notify
the Company  within  twenty (20) days after receipt of any such notice of its or
their desire to include any of the Option Shares in such  proposed  Registration
Statement,  the Company shall afford to each of such Holders the  opportunity to
have any such Option Shares registered under such Registration Statement.

         Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section 8(b), the Company shall
have the right at any time  after it shall have given  written  notice  pursuant
this Section  (irrespective  of whether a written  request for  inclusion of any
Option  Shares  shall  have been  made) to elect  not to file any such  proposed
Registration  Statement,  or to withdraw  the same after the filing but prior to
the effective date thereof.


                      (c) Covenants of the Company with Respect to Registration.
In connection with any  registration of Option Shares under Section 8(b) hereof,
the Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                             (i) The Company  shall use its best efforts to file
a  Registration  Statement  within  sixty  (60) days of  receipt  of any  demand
therefor, shall use its best efforts to have any Registration Statement declared
effective  at  the  earliest  possible  time,  shall  file  such  post-effective
amendments  thereto as may be necessary  to maintain  such  effectiveness  for a
period of not less than nine months and shall  furnish  each Holder  desiring to
sell  Option  Shares,  such  number  of  prospectuses  as  shall  reasonably  be
requested.



                                       4

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



                             (ii) The  Company  shall pay all  costs  (excluding
fees  and  expenses  of  Holder(s)  counsel  and  any  underwriting  or  selling
commissions),  fees and expenses in connection with all Registration  Statements
filed  pursuant  to Section  8(b)  hereof  including,  without  limitation,  the
Company's legal and accounting fees,  printing  expenses,  and blue sky fees and
expenses.

                             (iii) The Company  will take all  necessary  action
which may be required in qualifying or registering the Option Shares included in
a Registration  Statement for offering and sale under the securities or blue sky
laws of such states as reasonably are requested by the Holder(s),  provided that
the Company  shall not be  obligated  to execute or file any general  consent to
service of process or to qualify as a foreign  corporation  to do business under
the laws of any such jurisdiction.

                             (iv) In the event that the Company becomes aware of
any untrue  statement of a material  fact, or of an omission to state a material
fact that is  required  to be stated  therein or that is  necessary  to make the
statements  contained  therein not misleading in the light of the  circumstances
then  existing,  the Company will  thereupon give notice to the Holder(s) of the
Option Shares of such mistatement or omission.  The Company also shall indemnify
the  Holder(s)  of the Option  Shares to be sold  pursuant  to any  Registration
Statement  and each  person,  if any,  who controls  such  Holder(s)  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),  against all loss, claim,
damage,  expense or liability  (including  all expenses  reasonably  incurred in
investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any
of them may  become  subject  under the  Securities  Act,  the  Exchange  Act or
otherwise, arising from such Registration Statement.

                      (d)  The  Company's  obligations  to  file a  Registration
Statement  pursuant to Section  8(b)  hereof  with  respect to any of the Option
Shares are expressly conditioned,  in each instance,  upon the Company's receipt
from the  Holder(s) of the Option Shares to be offered for sale pursuant to such
Registration  Statement,  severally,  and not jointly,  of written agreements to
indemnify the Company,  its officers and directors and each person,  if any, who
controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities Act or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage or expense or
liability   (including  all  expenses   reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,
preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which they may become
subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from
information  furnished  in writing by or on behalf of such  Holders for specific
inclusion in such Registration Statement.

                      (e) The  Company  shall as soon as  practicable  after the
effective date of such Registration Statement, and in any event within 15 months
thereafter,  issue an earnings  statement (which need not be audited)  complying
with



                                       5

<PAGE>



<PAGE>



Section  11(a)  of the  Securities  Act and  covering  a  period  of at least 12
consecutive  months  beginning  after  the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement.

                      (f) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "majority" in
reference  to the  Holder  or  Holders  of this  Option  and the  Option  Shares
purchasable  hereunder,  shall mean any  combination  of issued and  outstanding
Option Shares and rights to purchase Option Shares which if exercised,  would at
the time in question equal or exceed 10,001 Option Shares

                9.  Transfer to Comply with the  Securities  Act.  Neither  this
Option nor the Option Shares  issuable upon exercise of this Option may be sold,
assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of except as follows:

                      (a) To a person  who,  in the  opinion of counsel  for the
Company,  is a person  to whom  this  Option or Option  Shares  may  legally  be
transferred  without   registration  and  without  the  delivery  of  a  current
prospectus under the Securities Act with respect thereto,  and then only against
receipt  of an  agreement  of such  person  setting  forth  the  representations
specified in Section 8(a) hereof, and such person's agreement to comply with the
provisions of this Section 9 with respect to any resale or other  disposition of
such securities  which  agreement  shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and
substance to the Company and its counsel; or

                      (b) to any  person  upon  delivery  of a  prospectus  then
meeting the  requirements  of the Securities Act relating to such securities and
the offering thereof for such sale or disposition.

                10.  Adjustment of Purchase  Price.  The Purchase Price shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time during the Exercise Period as follows:

                      (a) If (and on each occasion that) the Company  shall,  at
any time during the Exercise  Period,  issue or sell  Additional  Stock (as that
term is defined in Section 10(b)(i) hereof) either without  consideration or for
a  consideration  per share less than the Purchase  Price in effect  immediately
prior  to the  issue or sale of such  Additional  Stock,  then,  and in any such
event,  the  Purchase  Price in effect  immediately  prior to such issue or sale
shall be  reduced,  as of the  opening of  business on the date of such issue or
sale,  to a price  determined  by  multiplying  such  Purchase  Price in  effect
immediately  prior to such issue or sale,  by a fraction:  (i) the  numerator of
which  shall be equal to the sum of (A) the  total  number  of  shares of Common
Stock issued and  outstanding at the close of business on the day next preceding
the date of such  issue or sale,  plus (B) the total  number of shares of Common
Stock  which  could  be  purchased  at the  aforesaid  Purchase  Price  with the
aggregate  amount of the  consideration  (if any)  received by the Company  (or,
without  duplication,  deemed to be received as provided in Sections  10(b)(iii)
and



                                       6

<PAGE>


<PAGE>




10(b)(iv)  hereof) upon such issue or sale;  and (ii) the  denominator  of which
shall be equal to the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding  at the  close  of  business  on the  date  of  such  issue  or sale
(including  any such  shares  deemed to have been  issued or sold as provided in
Sections 10(b)(iii) and 10(b)(iv) hereof).

                      (b) For the  purposes  of this  Section  10 the  following
provisions shall also be applicable:

                             (i) The term Additional Stock shall mean any Common
Stock issued or sold,  or deemed to have been issued or sold pursuant to Section
10(b)(iii)  or Section  10(b)(iv)  hereof,  by the Company  during the  Exercise
Period,  other than Common Stock issued upon the exercise of this Option or upon
exercise of any of the other Options, or upon the exercise of such other options
as may be issued by the Company to the Initial  Holder,  (in each case) in whole
or in part.

                             (ii) In determining  the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at any time, shares of Common Stock owned by the Company shall
not be deemed to be outstanding.

                             (iii) In case the  Company,  at any time during the
Exercise Period, shall issue or sell any rights to subscribe for or to purchase,
or grant  any  options  for the  purchase  of,  shares  of  Common  Stock or any
securities   convertible  into  or  exchangeable  for  shares  of  Common  Stock
("Convertible  Securities"),  whether or not such rights or options or the right
to  convert  or  exchange  any  such  Convertible   Securities  are  immediately
exercisable,  and the  price  per  share at which  shares  of  Common  Stock are
issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  rights or options or upon  conversion  or
exchange of such Convertible Securities, determined by dividing:

                                    1) the total  amount,  if any,  received  or
                receivable by the Company as  consideration  for the issuance of
                such rights or the  granting of such  options,  plus the minimum
                aggregate  amount of  additional  consideration  payable  to the
                Company  upon the exercise of such rights or options,  plus,  in
                the case of such Convertible  Securities,  the minimum aggregate
                amount of  additional  consideration,  if any,  payable upon the
                issue of such Convertible  Securities and upon the conversion or
                exchange thereof; by

                                    2) the  maximum  number  of shares of Common
                Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of such rights or options or
                upon the  conversion  or exchange of the maximum  number of such
                Convertible  Securities  issuable on the exercise of such rights
                or options;



                                       7


<PAGE>


<PAGE>



shall be less than the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  prior to the issue
of such rights or the grant of such options,  then the maximum  number of shares
of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of such rights or options or upon
conversion  or  exchange of the maximum  number of such  Convertible  Securities
issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  rights or  options  shall be deemed to be
issued  or sold for such  price  per  share;  provided,  however,  that upon the
expiration  of such rights or  options,  and, in the case of options to purchase
Convertible Securities,  upon the expiration of the right to convert or exchange
such Convertible  Securities,  the currently applicable Purchase Price in effect
immediately  prior  to such  expiration  shall  forthwith  be  adjusted  to such
Purchase Price as would have obtained had the adjustments made upon the issuance
of such rights or the  granting of such  options been made upon the basis of the
issuance  of only the number of shares of Common  Stock  actually  issued on the
exercise  of such  rights or options or on the  conversion  or  exchange of such
Convertible  Securities  (or in the  case  of  rights  or  options  to  purchase
Convertible Securities,  actually issued and at the time still issuable upon the
conversion or exchange of the Convertible  Securities actually issued), and upon
the basis of only the consideration  applicable thereto, and any shares issuable
upon the  exercise  of such  rights or options  which  have  expired or upon the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities,  the right to convert or
exchange which has expired, shall not thereafter be deemed to be outstanding and
the consideration applicable thereto shall not thereafter be deemed to have been
received.  If the said  rights or options  are issued or granted in  conjunction
with the sale of other securities of the Company,  the part of the consideration
allocable  to the said  rights and  options,  and the part of the  consideration
allocable to the said other securities, shall be determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company.

                             (iv) In case the  Company,  at any time  during the
Exercise Period, shall issue or sell any Convertible Securities,  whether or not
the rights to convert or exchange are immediately exercisable, and the price per
share at which shares of Common Stock are  deliverable  upon such  conversion or
exchange, determined by dividing:

                                    1) the total amount  received or  receivable
                by the  Company as  consideration  for the issue or sale of such
                Convertible  Securities,  plus the minimum  aggregate  amount of
                additional  consideration  (if any)  payable to the Company upon
                such conversion or exchange; by

                                    2) the  maximum  number  of shares of Common
                Stock  issuable  as of the  date of  issue  of such  Convertible
                Securities  to effect the  conversion  or  exchange  of all such
                Convertible Securities;

shall be less than the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the time of
such  issue or sale,  then such  issue or sale shall be deemed to be an issue or
sale (as of the 



                                       8

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


date of issue or sale of such  Convertible  Securities) of the maximum number of
shares  of Common  Stock  necessary  to be issued as of that date to effect  the
conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities,  and the gross amount
received or receivable by the Company as consideration  for the issue or sale of
such  Convertible  Securities,  plus the minimum  aggregate amount of additional
consideration  (if any) payable to the Company upon such conversion or exchange,
shall be deemed to be the consideration actually received (as of the date of the
issue  or sale of such  Convertible  Securities)  for the  issue or sale of such
Common  Stock;  provided,  however,  that upon the  termination  of the right to
convert  or to  exchange  such  Convertible  Securities  for Common  Stock,  the
Purchase  Price shall  forthwith be adjusted to such Purchase  Price which would
have  obtained had the  adjustments  made upon the issuance of such  Convertible
Securities been made upon the basis of the issuance of only the number of shares
of Common Stock  actually  issued upon the conversion or exchange  thereof,  and
upon  the  basis  of  the  consideration  applicable  only  to  the  Convertible
Securities so converted or exchanged, and no shares issuable upon the conversion
or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities  which were not  actually so issued
shall  thereafter be deemed to be outstanding and the  consideration  applicable
thereto shall not thereafter be deemed to have been  received.  No adjustment of
the  Purchase  Price shall be made  pursuant to the  provisions  of this Section
10(b)(iv) upon any issue or sale of Convertible Securities if such issue or sale
has been made upon the exercise of any rights to  subscribe  for or to purchase,
or any  options  to  purchase,  any such  Convertible  Securities  for  which an
adjustment of the Purchase  Price has been made  pursuant to Section  10(b)(iii)
hereof.

                             (v) If the amount of  consideration  payable to the
Company  upon the  exercise of any right or option to which  Section  10(b)(iii)
hereof is  applicable  or upon the  conversion  or exchange  of any  Convertible
Securities  referred to in Sections  10(b)(iii) or 10(b)(iv) hereof shall change
at any time  (other  than under or by reason of  provisions  designed to protect
against dilution), then, forthwith upon each such change becoming effective, all
such  rights  or  options  or all such  rights of  conversion  or  exchange  not
theretofore exercised shall be deemed to have expired or terminated, as the case
may be, and the Purchase  Price shall  forthwith be adjusted in accordance  with
the proviso contained in Section  10(b)(iii) or Section 10(b)(iv) hereof, as the
case  may be,  and  further  adjusted  as  though  such  rights  or  options  or
Convertible  Securities  deemed  expired or  terminated  were  newly  issued and
convertible or exercisable upon the payment of such changed consideration.

                             (vi) If the  consideration  payable to the  Company
upon the exercise of any right or option to which Section  10(b)(iii)  hereof is
applicable  or upon the  conversion  or exchange of any  Convertible  Securities
referred to in Section 10(b)(iii) or 10(b)(iv) hereof shall decrease at any time
under or by reason of provisions  with respect  thereto  designed to protect the
Holders  thereof  against



                                       9

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


dilution, the Purchase Price which would apply if purchase rights hereunder were
being exercised immediately after such event shall forthwith be decreased to the
Purchase  Price that  would  have  obtained  had the  adjustments  made upon the
issuance  of such right,  option or  Convertible  Securities  been made upon the
basis of 1) the  issuance  of (and the  total  consideration  received  for) the
shares of Common Stock theretofore delivered upon the exercise of such rights or
options or upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities,  and
2) the issuance of (and the total minimum  consideration  thereafter  receivable
for) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock  thereafter  deliverable  upon
the  exercise  of such rights or options or upon the  conversion  or exchange of
such Convertible Securities.

                             (vii) In case any  dividends  on any class of stock
(other than Common Stock) of the Company, payable in Common Stock or Convertible
Securities,  shall be declared or paid by the Company, the Common Stock, or such
Convertible  Securities,  as the case may be, so issued, shall be deemed to have
been issued without consideration.

                             (viii)  In case  any  shares  of  Common  Stock  or
Convertible  Securities  or any rights or options to  purchase  any such  Common
Stock  or  Convertible  Securities  shall  be  issued  or  sold  for  cash,  the
consideration  received by the Company therefor shall be deemed to be the amount
received by the Company  therefor,  before deducting  therefrom all underwriting
commissions,  discounts or concessions  and all finder's fees paid or allowed by
the Company in connection therewith.

                             (ix)  In  case  any  shares  of  Common   Stock  or
Convertible  Securities  or any rights or options to  purchase  any such  Common
Stock or  Convertible  Securities  shall be issued  or sold for a  consideration
other than cash, then, in any such event, the amount of the consideration (other
than cash)  received by the Company shall be deemed to be the fair value of such
consideration,  as  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company, before deducting all underwriting commissions, discounts or concessions
and all finder's fees paid or allowed by the Company in connection therewith.

                             (x) In case the Company  shall take a record of the
Holders of its Common  Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them 1) to receive a
dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in  Common  Stock  or in  Convertible
Securities,  or 2) to  subscribe  for or purchase  Common  Stock or  Convertible
Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or
sale of the shares of Common  Stock  deemed to have been issued or sold upon the
declaration  of such  dividend or the making of such other  distribution  or the
date of the issue of such right to subscription or purchase, as the case may be.



                                       10

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



                      (c) If (and on each occasion that) the Company  shall,  at
any time during the Exercise  Period,  (i) issue any shares of Common Stock as a
dividend  upon  Common  Stock,  or (ii)  issue any  shares  of  Common  Stock in
subdivision  of  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock by  reclassification  or
otherwise,   or  (iii)   combine   outstanding   shares  of   Common   Stock  by
reclassification or otherwise, the then current Purchase Price shall be adjusted
to a price  determined  by  dividing  1) the  number of  shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such dividend,  subdivision  or  combination,
multiplied by the then current  Purchase Price, by 2) the total number of shares
of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately  after such issue,  and the  resulting
quotient shall be the adjusted Purchase Price per share.

                      (d) In case the  Company  shall,  at any time  during  the
Exercise Period, declare a dividend or make a distribution upon the Common Stock
payable  otherwise  than out of earnings or earned surplus and otherwise than in
Common Stock or Convertible Securities,  then thereafter the Holder hereof, upon
the exercise of any of the rights  represented by this Option,  will be entitled
to receive the number of Option Shares being  purchased  upon such exercise and,
in addition and without further payment, the cash, stock or other securities and
other  property  which the Holder hereof would have received by way of dividends
and  distributions  (otherwise than out of such earnings or surplus or in Common
Stock or  Convertible  Securities)  if such Holder (i) had exercised this Option
immediately  prior to the  declaration  of such  dividend  or the making of such
distribution so as to be entitled  thereto,  and (ii) had retained all dividends
in stock or securities  payable in respect of such Common Stock or in respect of
any stock or securities  paid as dividends  and  distributions  and  originating
directly  or  indirectly  from  such  Common  Stock.  For  the  purposes  of the
foregoing,  a dividend  other than in cash shall be  considered  payable  out of
earnings  or earned  surplus  only to the extent  that such  earnings  or earned
surplus  are  charged  an amount  equal to the fair value of such  dividend,  as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

               11. Adjustment of Number of Shares  Purchasable  Hereunder.  Upon
each  adjustment  of the Purchase  Price  pursuant to Section 10 hereof (in this
Section 11 called  the  Latest  Purchase  Price  Adjustment)  the Holder of this
Option shall thereafter (until another such adjustment) be entitled to purchase,
at the adjusted  Purchase Price per share  resulting  from such Latest  Purchase
Price  Adjustment,  the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  (calculated  to the
nearest  whole  share),  obtained  by  (a)  multiplying  the  number  of  shares
purchasable  hereunder  (as  adjusted  from  time  to time  as a  result  of all
adjustments  to the  Purchase  Price made prior to such  Latest  Purchase  Price
Adjustment)  by the Purchase  Price in effect  immediately  prior to such Latest
Purchase  Price  Adjustment,  and (b)  dividing  the  product so obtained by the
adjusted Purchase Price resulting from such Latest Purchase Price Adjustment.



                                       11


<PAGE>


<PAGE>



               12. Notice of Adjustment of Purchase  Price.  Upon any adjustment
of the  Purchase  Price  and/or an  increase or decrease in the number of Option
Shares  purchasable  upon the  exercise of this Option,  then,  and in each such
case, the Company, within thirty (30) days thereafter, shall give notice thereof
in writing in  accordance  with  Section 14 hereof to the Holder of this  Option
stating the adjusted  Purchase  Price and the  increased or decreased  number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of this Option and setting
forth in reasonable  detail the method of  calculation  and the facts upon which
such calculation is based.

               13. Effect of  Reorganization,  Reclassification,  Consolidation,
Merger,  etc.  If, at any time during the Exercise  Period,  there should be any
capital  reorganization or  reclassification of the capital stock of the Company
(other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for in Section 10(d)
hereof) or any  consolidation or merger of the Company with another  corporation
or any  sale,  conveyance,  lease or other  transfer  by the  Company  of all or
substantially all of its property to any other  corporation,  the Holder of this
Option shall  thereafter,  upon exercise of this Option,  be entitled to receive
the number of shares of Common  Stock or other  securities  or  property  of the
Company,  or of the successor  corporation  resulting from such consolidation or
merger, as the case may be, to which the Option Shares (and any other securities
and  property)  of the  Company,  deliverable  upon the exercise of this Option,
would have been entitled upon such capital  reorganization,  reclassification of
capital stock, consolidation,  merger, sale or other transfer if this Option had
been   exercised    immediately   prior   to   such   capital    reorganization,
reclassification  of  capital  stock,  consolidation,   merger,  sale  or  other
transfer;  and, in any such case,  appropriate adjustment (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be made in the application
of the  provisions  herein  set forth with  respect to the rights and  interests
thereafter of the Holder of this Option to the end that the provisions set forth
herein  (including  those  relating to adjustments of the Purchase Price and the
number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Option) shall  thereafter be
applicable,  as near as  reasonably  may be, in  relation to any shares or other
property  thereafter  deliverable upon the exercise hereof as if this Option had
been   exercised    immediately   prior   to   such   capital    reorganization,
reclassification of capital stock, consolidation, merger, sale or other transfer
and the Holder  hereof had carried out the terms of the exchange as provided for
by such capital reorganization, reclassification of capital stock, consolidation
or  merger.


             The  Company  shall not  effect  any such  capital  reorganization,
consolidation or merger unless, upon or prior to the consummation  thereof,  the
successor corporation shall assume by written instrument, deemed by the Board of
Directors  of  the  Company  to be  satisfactory  in  form  and  substance,  the
obligation  to deliver to the Holder  hereof such  shares of stock,  securities,
cash or property as such Holder shall be entitled to purchase in accordance with
the foregoing provisions.



                                       12

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



               14. Notices.  All communications and notices hereunder must be in
writing,  either delivered in hand or by next day overnight delivery, or sent by
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  or sent  by  telecopier,  and,  if to the
Company, shall be addressed to it at 6660 Reseda Boulevard,  Reseda,  California
91335,  or at such other  address as the  Company  may  hereafter  designate  in
writing  by  notice  to the  Holder  of this  Option,  and,  if to such  Holder,
addressed  to such Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of
the Company.

               15. Sundays,  Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the
taking of any action  required or the  expiration  of any right  granted  herein
shall be a  Saturday  or a Sunday or shall be a legal  holiday or a day on which
banking  institutions  in the  City of New  York,  New York  are  authorized  or
required by law to remain closed,  then such action may be taken or right may be
exercised  on the next  succeeding  day which is not a  Saturday,  a Sunday or a
legal  holiday and not a day on which  banking  institutions  in the City of New
York, New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

               16. Type of Option; Laws Applicable to Construction.  This Option
is not to be treated as an incentive  stock  option  under the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986,  as amended.  This  agreement  shall be construed  and enforced in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York without  regard to its choice
of law principles.

               IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company  has  granted  this Option duly
executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date specified above.


                                            PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.



                                            By:
                                               _________________________________
                                                  Arthur H. Goldberg, Chairman
                                                       and Chief Executive


ATTEST:




____________________________________






                                       13

<PAGE>


<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A


Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.
6660 Reseda Boulevard
Reseda, California  91335

Attention:  Secretary


Gentlemen:


               Pursuant to the terms of an Option  dated  ____________  __, 1996
(the  "Option"),  the  undersigned  hereby elects to exercise such Option to the
extent of  purchasing  _________  shares at  $_____  per share for an  aggregate
purchase price of $___________.

               Enclosed is payment of the  purchase  price by  certified or bank
check  in the  aggregate  amount  of the  exercise  price,  payable  to  Pioneer
Commercial Funding Corp.

               Please have the certificate  representing  said shares registered
and forwarded to the undersigned, as follows:

               Name ____________________________________________________________

               Street Address___________________________________________________
                             
               City__________________________ State___________ Zip Code_________
          


                                            Very truly yours,

                                            Holder:____________________________


                                            By:________________________________
                                                         (Signature)

                                            Name:______________________________

                                            Title:_____________________________

                                                  _____________________________

DATE:_______________________________




                                       14

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



                                          EXHIBIT B



               FOR VALUE RECEIVED,_______________________________________hereby
sells, assigns and transfers unto

Name ____________________________________________________________
              (Please typewrite or print in block letters)

Address  __________________________________________________________


Social Security or Employer Identification No. ____________


the right to purchase  Common Stock  represented by this Option to the extent of
___________  shares  as to which  such  right  is  exercisable  and does  hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint __________________  Attorney, to transfer the
same on the  books  of the  Company  with  full  power  of  substitution  in the
premises.


                                            Holder: ____________________________
                                                   


                                            By: ________________________________
                                                          (Signature)

                                            Name: ______________________________

                                            Title:______________________________

DATE: ____________________________

Signature Guaranteed


__________________________________






                                       15


<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                 REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

        REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, entered into as of this
25th day of May 1993, by and between PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING  CORPORATION,  a
New York corporation (herein referred to as "Borrower"),  and UMB Bank and Trust
Company, a New York commercial bank (herein referred to as "Bank").

                                    RECITALS

        Borrower  desires  to  borrow,  and the Bank  desires  to lend,  under a
secured revolving line of credit not to exceed at any one time outstanding,  the
principal  amount of One Million Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  for the first six (6)
months of the term of the Line and to increase thereafter to Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000.00)  for the purpose of funding a mortgage warehouse  revolving line
of credit  provided  there has been no  Default  or Event of  Default as defined
herein; and

        Bank is willing to extend  credit to Borrower from time to time from the
Effective Date of this Agreement to the Maturity Date in the amount  hereinabove
specified upon the  representations  and warranties and subject to the terms and
provisions hereinafter set forth;

        NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of these  Recitals and of the mutual
covenants and conditions herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    SECTION I

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

        1.1 DEFINITIONS.  The following terms, as used in this Agreement,  shall
have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

        "Advance(s)" means any amount of money drawn under the Revolving Line of
Credit  but  shall be  limited  to an  amount  equal  to two  points  below  the
percentage of the principal  mortgage  amount that is funded by the Borrower and
shall  be used  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  a  Mortgage  originated  by a
pre-approved mortgage banking company.

        "Advance  Maturity  Date"  means,  for  any  Advance,   the  date  which
corresponds to the date for the Mortgage Take-out for such Advance.

        "Affiliate" means any person (i) which directly or indirectly  controls,
or is  controlled  by,  or is under  common  control  with,  the  Borrower  or a
Subsidiary;  (ii) which directly or indirectly  beneficially  owns or holds five
percent  (5%) or more of


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


any class of voting  stock of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary;  or (iii)  five
percent  (5%) or more of the voting  stock of which is  directly  or  indirectly
beneficially owned or held by the Borrower or the Subsidiary. The term "control"
means the  possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the  management  and policies of a Person  whether  through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

        "Agreement" means this Revolving Line of Credit and Security  Agreement,
as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time.

        "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday,  Sunday, legal holiday
or day on which Bank is authorized to close in the State of New York.

        "Chapter  11 Case"  means  that  certain  matter  known as In re PIONEER
COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORPORATION a/k/a PCFC of California,  Chapter 11 Case No. 30
B 20085  (HS)  filed in the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court for the  Southern
District of New York.

        "Collateral"  means all property which is subject or is to be subject to
the lien  granted by the  Security  Agreement to be delivered to the Bank by the
Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

        "Commitment"  means  the  Bank's  obligation  to  fund  the  Line to the
Borrower pursuant to Article II in the amount referred to therein.

        "Debt" means all items which, in accordance with GAAP, would be included
in  determining  total  liabilities  as shown on the liability side of a balance
sheet as at the date Debt is to be determined  and, in any event,  shall include
(without  duplication)  letters of credit and all obligations  relating thereto,
any liability  secured by any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien or security  interest on
property  owned or  acquired,  whether  or not such  liability  shall  have been
assumed, and guarantees, endorsements (other than for collection in the ordinary
course  of  business}  and  other  contingent  obligations  in  respect  of  the
obligations of others. When Debt is to be determined on a consolidated basis for
two or more  entities,  obligations  of one  guaranteed  by another shall not be
counted twice.

        "Default"  means the  occurrence  of any event  specified  in  Section 7
regardless  of whether  or not any  requirements  for the giving of notice,  the
lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

        "Effective Date" means the entry date of an Order confirming the Plan of
Reorganization in the Chapter 11 Case.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
the same is or may be amended, and the regulations and interpretations thereof.

        "Event of Default" means any act or occurrence  specified as an Event of
Default  in Section 7 hereof  provided  that any  requirement  for the giving of
notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles and practices in
the United States, including principles of consolidation as consistently applied
by  Borrower  and  certified  to by the  firm of  independent  certified  public
accountants regularly employed as Borrower's auditors and approved by the Bank.

        "Lien" means any mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  security  interest,
hypothecation,  assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or
otherwise), or preference, priority, or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement,  charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever  (including
without limitation any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,  any
financing  lease having  substantially  the same  economic  effect as any of the
foregoing,  and  the  filing  of  any  financing  statement  under  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code or comparable  law of any  jurisdiction  to evidence any of the
foregoing).

        "Line" means the Revolving Line of Credit.

        "Loan  Documents"  means  this  Agreement,   the  Notes,  the  financing
statements   covering  the  Collateral,   and  any  and  all  other   documents,
instruments, certificates an agreements executed and/or delivered by Borrower in
connection herewith,  or any one, more, or all of the foregoing,  as the context
shall require.

        "Maturity  Date" means fifteen (15) months from the date of confirmation
of the Plan of Reorganization submitted in the Chapter 11 Case.

        "Maximum  Rate"  shall mean the  maximum  legal rate of  interest in the
State of New York or if no such rate then exists then of the highest lawful rate
of interest permitted under such other applicable law of Bank's choice in effect
on the date thereof.

        "Mortgage"  shall  mean any  mortgage  which is in  compliance  with all
FNMA/FHLMC requirements and purchased pursuant to the Mortgage Warehouse Line.

        "Mortgage  Warehouse  Line" shall mean the Line extended to the Borrower
by the Bank for the  purpose of  providing  financing  to the  Borrower  for the
acquisition of individual consumer mortgage loans and immediate disposition into
the secondary mortgage market.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        "Note" means any Revolving Credit Note.

        "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, subsidiary, corporation,
business trust, joint stock company, trust,  unincorporated  association,  joint
venture, governmental authority, or other entity of whatever nature.

        "Plan"  means an employee  benefit  plan  maintained  for  employees  of
Borrower and subject to the provisions of ERISA.

        "Plan of  Reorganization"  means that certain first amended and restated
plan of reorganization as such plan may be amended, submitted by the Borrower in
the Chapter 11 Case.

        "Prime Rate" means the highest "rime rate" of interest, quoted from time
to time,  by The Wall  Street  Journal as the "base rate on  corporate  loans at
large U.S. money center commercial banks," provided,  however, that in the event
that  The  Wall  Street  Journal  ceases  quoting  a  "prime  rate"  of the type
described, "Prime Rate" shall mean the highest per annum rate of interest quoted
as the "Bank Prime Loan" rate for "This week" in Statistical Release H. 15 (519)
published  from time to time by the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve
System.  The "Prime Rate" shall change  effective on the date of the publication
of any change in the applicable index by which such "Prime Rate" is determined.

        "Prohibited  Transaction"  means any  transaction  set forth in ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended from time to time.

        "Qualified   Investor"  means  any  person  or  company  that  has  been
preapproved by the Bank to purchase a mortgage from a Bank pre-approved mortgage
banking company.

        "Reportable  Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4042 of
ERISA.

        "Revolving  Credit Note" means the promissory  note,  dated of even date
herewith,  as amended or supplemented  from time to time, in a principal  amount
equal to the maximum amount of the Revolving Line of Credit, evidencing Advances
to be obtained by Borrower under the Revolving Line of Credit, together with any
renewals or extensions thereof, in whole or in part.

        "Revolving  Line of  Credit"  means  that  line of  credit  extended  to
Borrower pursuant to section 2 hereof.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        "Subsidiary" means any corporation organized under the laws of any state
of the United States or the District of Columbia and conducting all its business
and having all its assets  within the United  States,  all of whose  outstanding
stock of all classes (other than director's qualifying shares, if any) is at the
time owned by the Borrower and/or one or more Subsidiaries.

        "Take-out"  means the sale to a Qualified  Investor  pre-approved by the
Bank of any Mortgage(s).

        "Tangible Net Worth" means the excess of total assets over total debt of
Borrower  determined  on a  consolidated  basis,  excluding,  however,  from the
determination  of total assets (i) all  intangible  assets,  including,  without
limitation,  goodwill  (whether  representing the excess cost over book value of
assets acquired or otherwise),  patents,  trademarks,  trade names,  copyrights,
franchises and deferred charges (including, without limitation, unamortized debt
discount and expense, organization costs, research and product development costs
and management contracts,  (ii) treasury stock, (iii) cash set apart and held in
a sinking or other  analogous fund  established for the purpose of redemption or
other  retirement  of stock,  and (iv) to the extent not already  deducted  from
total  assets,  reserves  for  depreciation,   depletion,   obsolescence  and/or
amortization of properties and all other reserves or  appropriation  of retained
earnings  which,  in accordance  with GAAP,  should be established in connection
with the business conducted by Borrower.

        "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New
York.

        1.2 ACCOUNTING  TERMS.  All accounting terms whether or not specifically
defined  herein shall be construed in  accordance  with GAAP,  and all financial
data submitted  pursuant to this Agreement  shall be prepared in accordance with
GAAP.


                                    SECTION 2

                          THE REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT

        2.1 THE  REVOLVING  LINE OF  CREDIT.  Subject  to all of the  terms  and
provisions of this Agreement,  Bank agrees to make Advances to the Borrower from
time to time during the period from the  Effective  Date up to but not exceeding
more than thirty (30) days before the Maturity  Date in an aggregate  amount not
to exceed  at any one time  outstanding,  the  principal  amount of One  Million
Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for the first six (6) months of the term of the Line and
to increase thereafter to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) provided there has
been no Default.


                                       5
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Borrower  may borrow,  repay and  reborrow  under the Line so long as the unpaid
principal balance does not exceed the maximum amount specified above.

        2.2 ADVANCES.  Advances granted by Bank to Borrower hereunder during the
first six (6)  months of the Line shall be  evidenced  by a  promissory  note in
substantially   the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  "A"  with  appropriate
insertions  (herein referred to as the "First Note") dated of even date herewith
and maturing six months after the  Effective  Date on which date the full amount
of principal and interest remaining unpaid on the Note shall be due and payable.
If no Event of Default is then  continuing,  the Bank shall then renew the First
Note upon the same terms and  conditions  for an  additional  nine  month  term.
Advances  granted  by  Bank to  Borrower  thereunder  shall  be  evidenced  by a
promissory note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibits "B"and "C"
(the  "Second Notes"  and "Consolidated  Note"  respectively)  with  appropriate
insertions  and maturing  fifteen (15) months after the Effective  Date on which
date  the  full  amount  of  principal  and  interest  remaining  unpaid  on the
Consolidated  Note shall be due and  payable.  The First  Note,  Second Note and
Consolidated  Note shall bear interest from the date thereof on the  outstanding
unpaid  principal  balance  thereof,  from  time to time,  at a rate per  annum,
(computed  on the  basis of a year of three  hundred  sixty  (360)  days for the
actual  number of days  elapsed),  equal to the Bank's Prime Rate in effect from
time to time  plus One  percent ( 1 %) with any  change in rate to be  effective
simultaneously  with the corresponding  change in the Bank's Prime Rate, payable
monthly  commencing  the first day of the first month  succeeding  the Effective
Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until the Maturity
Date on which date all remaining  interest and principal due hereunder  shall be
due and payable.  Should interest and/or principal not be paid when due, it/they
shall thereafter bear interest at the Maximum Rate.

        The excess of Advances made by Bank over payments of principal  shall be
the outstanding principal balance of the Note from time to time and at any time.
The books and records of Bank shall be evidence of any Advance,  the outstanding
principal balance of the Note,  accrued interest on the Note, and any payment of
principal or interest on the Note.

        The  Borrower  shall pay to the Bank a $.50  penalty fee for any Advance
not paid on the Advance  Maturity  Date for such Advance  unless,  prior to said
Date, a new Take-out  commitment  has been provided by the Borrower and approved
by the Bank which extends the Advance Maturity Date.

        Any  extension  of time for payment of  principal  or of interest on the
Note  resulting  from the due date  falling on a day other  than a Business  Day
shall be included in the computation of interest.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        2.3  REQUEST  FOR  ADVANCE.  Borrower  shall  furnish  to Bank a written
request  for each  Advance at least one ( 1 ) Business  Day prior to the date of
the  proposed  Advance,  which  request  shall  state the date and amount of the
Advance  requested  from Bank and shall be  accompanied  by a Certificate  of No
Default in  substantially  the form attached  hereto as Exhibit "D" and provided
for in Section 3.2(b) hereof. If said request is by telephone, it must be from a
pre-authorized  officer  of  Borrower  and it must be  confirmed  in  writing by
Borrower no later than  twenty-four  (24) hours  thereafter.  The Bank will make
such Advance available to a preapproved  title company in immediately  available
funds by crediting the amount thereof to the Borrower's account. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  Borrower shall be liable for all Advances made by Bank pursuant
to telephone request whether or not Borrower has confirmed same in writing.

        2.4 PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTE. Borrower may at any time prepay the Notes or
any of them,  in full or in part,  provided,  however,  that any  prepayment  of
principal  shall  include  accrued  interest  to the date of  prepayment  of the
principal  amount  being  prepaid.  Any  prepayment  shall be  applied  first to
satisfaction  of any  accrued  and unpaid  interest  on the Note and the balance
shall be against the principal balance thereof.

        2.5 GRANT OF SECURITY  INTEREST.  For value  received and as  collateral
security for the Line, Borrower hereby grants to Bank a security interest,  lien
and  mortgage in and to, and agrees and  acknowledges  that Bank has,  and shall
continue to have, a security interest,  lien and mortgage in and to, and assigns
to Bank its rights in, and all of  Borrower's  power to transfer  title to those
assets  and  properties  of  Borrower  of the types  described  below,  wherever
located,  however  arising or  created,  and  whether  now owned or  existing or
hereafter arising, created or acquired:

               (A)  Each  promissory  note or  other  evidence  of  indebtedness
               ("Mortgage  Note(s)")  now  held  or  hereafter  assigned  to  or
               acquired by Borrower  relating  to any loan  transferred  to Bank
               under Section 3.3 of this Agreement and all instruments and other
               forms of payment,  all general intangibles and accounts,  and all
               proceeds  thereunder and therefrom  (excepting  servicing  rights
               with  respect to the Mortgage  Notes),  and all books and records
               relating to any of the above;

               (B) All collateral, security, liens and security interests now or
               hereafter  held for each such Mortgage  Note,  including  without
               limitation,  the beneficial interest in any related deed of trust
               or mortgage and all guarantees thereof;

                                       7
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               (C) All present and future title insurance  policies insuring any
               of the deeds of trust or mortgages  issued in connection with any
               Mortgage Note;

               (D) All present and future commitments of a Qualified Investor to
               purchase a Mortgage  Note or Mortgage  Notes from Borrower as may
               be assigned;

               (E) All present and future rights of Borrower under  contracts to
               service  Mortgage  Notes and  related  deeds of trust for its own
               account or for the account of third parties;

               (F) Any and all present and future money and deposit accounts and
               all other  assets of Borrower  in which Bank  receives a security
               interest or which hereafter come into the possession,  custody or
               control of Bank;

               (G) All proceeds,  instruments,  general  intangibles,  property,
               property rights, privileges and benefits arising out of, from the
               enforcement of, or in connection  with, the collateral  described
               in subparagraphs (A) through (F), above, {the "Collateral");

               (H) All books, records, files, computer programs, data processing
               records,  computer  software,  documents  and other  information,
               property,  or  general  intangibles,   at  any  time  evidencing,
               describing, or pertaining to the Collateral described or referred
               to  in  subsections   (A)  through  (G)  above  (the  "Books  and
               Records"); and

               (I) All  products  and proceeds (as defined in the UCC) of any of
               the Collateral  described  above in any form, and all proceeds of
               such proceeds, including, without limitation, all cash and credit
               balances, all payments under any indemnity,  warranty or guaranty
               with  respect to any of such  property,  all awards for taking by
               eminent  domain,   all  proceeds  of  fire  or  other  insurance,
               including any refunds of unearned premiums in connection with any
               cancellation, adjustment, or termination of any insurance policy,
               all  proceeds  obtained  as a  result  of  any  legal  action  or
               proceeding  with respect to any of such  property,  and claims by
               Borrower  against  third  parties  for  loss  or  damage  to,  or
               destruction of, any of such property.

        2.6  REPAYMENT  OF  THE  NOTE.  Each  Qualified  Investor  shall  sign a
preapproved Bailee Flow Agreement acknowledging, inter alia, certain irrevocable
instructions  whereby the Qualified Investor shall agree that all payments shall
be made directly to the Bank.
 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 3

                     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT ADVANCE

        3.1  INITIAL  CREDIT  ADVANCE.  Bank's  obligation  to make the  initial
Advance hereunder is subject to the condition precedent that the Bank shall have
received on or before the day of such Advance each of the following, in form and
substance acceptable to the Bank:


             (a)  Delivery of  Documents.  Bank shall have  received  all of the
following in form and substance satisfactory to it:

                  (1) Loan Documents.  The Borrower's Note drawn to the order of
Bank and any  other  documents  evidencing  the  instant  transaction  that Bank
reasonably requests.

                  (2)  Other  Corporate  Documents.  Certified  copies  of those
resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower  approving and authorizing the
execution,  delivery and performance of this  Agreement,  the Note and all other
documents  provided for herein and all other  actions to be taken by Borrower in
connection herewith.

                  (3) Commissioner of Corporations  Consent. The written consent
of  the  California   Commissioner  of  Corporations  to  Borrower's  pledge  of
Collateral to secure the Note.

                  (4)  Opinion of Counsel.  The  written  opinion of counsel for
Borrower, acceptable to Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, to the
effect that:

                       (i) Borrower is duly incorporated and organized,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of New York without
limitation on the duration of its existence and is duly licensed or qualified as
a foreign  corporation and is in good standing in the State of California and in
all other  jurisdictions  wherein the  character  of the  property  owned or the
nature  of  the  business  transacted  makes  such  licensing  or  qualification
necessary.

                       (ii)  Borrower  is duly  authorized  under  the law,  its
Articles  of  Incorporation,  and its  By-Laws  to  execute  and  carry out this
Agreement,  the Note,  the pledge of Collateral to secure the Note and all other
documents  provided  for  herein;  the same  have been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary  corporate action and either do not require the consent or approval of
such governmental  body, agency or authority or the prior consent or approval of
any governmental 



                                       9
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


body, agency or authority has been obtained by Borrower; and this Agreement, the
Note,  the  pledge  of  Collateral  to secure  the Note and all other  documents
provided  for herein  when  executed  and  delivered  for value  received,  will
constitute  the legal,  valid and binding  obligations  of Borrower  enforceable
against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other similar
laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

                       (iii) There is no  provision  in  Borrower's  Articles of
Incorporation,  By-Laws or  preferred  stock,  nor any  indenture,  contract  or
agreement  to which  Borrower  is a party,  nor any New  York  statute,  rule or
regulation binding on Borrower,  nor any judgment,  order or decree of any court
or arbiter, which, to the knowledge of such counsel, would be contravened by the
execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Note, the pledge of Collateral to
secure  the  Note  or  any  other  documents  provided  for  herein,  or by  the
performance of any term,  provision or covenant of Borrower  contained herein or
therein.

             (c) Accuracy of Representations and Warranties. The representations
and  warranties  contained  in  Section  4 of this  Agreement  shall be true and
correct on and as of the date of the initial Advance.

             (d) No Event of  Default.  No Default  or Event of  Default  and no
event  which,  with the  giving of notice or the lapse of time,  or both,  would
constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

             (e) Approval of Bank Counsel.  All legal matters incident to, or in
connection  with,  the  transactions  hereby  contemplated  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for Bank.

             (f) Evidence of Collateral. Bank shall have received the Collateral
and all documents necessary to perfect its security interest therein in form and
substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

             (g)  Confirmation  of Plan of  Reorganization.  In  addition to all
other conditions herein  referenced,  the Credit Line shall not become operative
until  there is an entry of an order  confirming  Borrower's  First  Amended and
Restated  Plan of  Reorganization,  as such plan may be  amended  (the  "Plan of
Reorganization"), filed with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of New York pursuant to applicable provisions of Chapter 11 of Title 11
of the United  States Code (the  "Bankruptcy  Code") with regard to that certain
matter  known as In re  PIONEER  COMMERCIAL  FUNDING  CORPORATION  a/k/a PCFC of
California,  Chapter  11 Case No. 90 B 20085  (HS)  filed in the  United  States
Bankruptcy  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of New  York  and  referred  to
hereinafter as the "Chapter 11 Case".

                                       10
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        3.2 SUBSEQUENT  ADVANCES.  Bank's  obligation to make any Advances other
than the initial  Advance  hereunder  shall be subject to the fulfillment of the
following conditions precedent:

             (a) Bank shall have  received a written  request  from  Borrower as
provided in Section 2.3 hereof; and

             (b) Bank shall have received a  certificate  dated the date of such
credit  extension,  executed on behalf of Borrower by the  President,  Executive
Vice President or the Vice President and Secretary of Borrower advising that:

                  (i) The representations and warranties  contained in Section 4
hereof are correct on and as of the date of such credit as though made on and as
of such date, other than those which specifically refer to an earlier date; and

                  (ii) No  Default  or  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  or would  result  from  such  credit  extension,  and no event  has
occurred which would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that
notice be given or that time elapse, or both.

             (c) The Bank shall have received such other approvals, opinions, or
documents as the Bank may reasonably request.

        3.3  ALL ADVANCES.  Prior to or  concurrently  with the Bank  making any
Advance  hereunder,  Borrower shall furnish to the Bank the following  documents
pursuant to the Mortgage Warehouse Line:

             (a) Mortgage application approved by the Bank.

             (b) A  complete  mortgage  warehouse  package,  including  but  not
limited to 1) a copy of the mortgage,  2) promissory  note, 3)  application,  4)
audit report, and 5) appraisal,  all in compliance with FNMA/FHLMC requirements,
including,  but not limited to,  receipt by the Bank of the original  promissory
note,  endorsed in blank,  a  preliminary  title report  acceptable to the Bank,
issued  by a title  company  that  has  been  pre-approved  by the  Bank,  and a
corporate  assignment from the Borrower to the Bank of the Deed of Trust for the
respective mortgage (received by the Bank prior to disbursement).

             (c) Mortgages will be from a mortgage banking company that has been
pre-approved by the Bank.

             (d) Mortgages will conform to  pre-approved  written  criteria that
may not be  modified  without  the  written  consent  of the  Bank  except  that
mortgages shall at all times comply with FNMA/FHLMC requirements.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

             (e) The Mortgage loan  package(s)  shall be received by the Bank no
later than 10:30 a.m.  The Bank shall  notify the  Borrower by 5:00 p.m. of that
same  business day whether the Mortgage  funding  requests have been accepted or
declined for funding.

             (f) The  Borrower  shall  pay to the Bank  $50  plus  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred to cover examination of each Mortgage package reviewed.

             (g) The  Borrower  shall  pay to the Bank  $300  for each  mortgage
company submitted to the Bank for approval.


                                   SECTION 4

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        Borrower represents and warrants that:

        4.1 CORPORATE  EXISTENCE.  Borrower is a corporation  duly organized and
validly  existing  under the laws of New York, is in good standing  therein,  is
duly licensed or qualified as a foreign  corporation  in the State of California
and in all other  jurisdictions  wherein the character of the property  owned or
the nature of the business  transacted by it makes licensing or qualification as
a foreign corporation  necessary and is duly authorized,  qualified and licensed
under  all  applicable  laws,  regulations,   ordinances  or  orders  of  public
authorities  to carry on its business in the places and in the manner  presently
conducted.  Borrower  has the  corporate  power  to  execute  and  deliver  this
Agreement,  the Note,  the pledge of Collateral to secure the Note and all other
documents related hereto,  to obtain credit hereunder,  and to perform the terms
and conditions hereof and thereof.

        4.2 CORPORATE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by
Borrower  of the Loan  Documents  have been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary
corporate  action and do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of
Borrower's  shareholders;  (ii) contravene  Borrower's charter or bylaws;  (iii)
violate any provision of law, any effective Order in the Chapter 11 Case,  rule,
regulation  (including,  without  limitation,  Regulation  U  of  the  Board  of
Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System),  order,  writ,  judgment,  decree,
injunction,  determination, or award presently in effect having applicability to
the Borrower; (iv) result in a breach of, or violation under any indenture, bank
loan,  credit agreement,  lease,  instrument or agreement to which Borrower is a
party or to which any of  Borrower's  properties  is subject;  (v) result in, or
require,  the creation or imposition of any lien, upon or with respect to any of
the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower, other than liens
granted to the Bank;  or (vi) cause the 


                                       12
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Borrower to be in default under any such law,  rule,  regulation,  order,  writ,
judgment,  injunction,  decree,  determination,  or award or any such indenture,
agreement, lease or instrument.

        4.3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Financial statements of Borrower for its most
recent fiscal year,  copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Bank,
are complete and  accurately  and fairly  represent the  financial  condition of
Borrower,  the  results of its  operations  and the  transactions  in its equity
accounts as of the dates and for the periods referred to therein,  and have been
prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are no material  liabilities,  direct or
indirect,  fixed or  contingent,  of Borrower  as of the date of such  financial
statements  which are not reflected  therein or in the notes thereto.  There has
been no material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition  or  operation of
Borrower  since  the  date of the  balance  sheet  contained  in such  financial
statements.

        4.4 ASSETS.  Borrower has good and marketable  title to all property and
assets reflected in the balance sheet referred to in Section 4.3 hereof,  except
property  and assets sold or  otherwise  disposed of in the  ordinary  course of
business subsequent to that date. There are no outstanding liens or encumbrances
on any properties or assets of Borrower,  nor are there any security  agreements
to which Borrower is a party, or title retention agreements, whether in the form
of leases or otherwise,  of any personal  property other than those reflected in
those financial  statements referred to in Section 4.3 hereof or those permitted
under Section 6.2.

        4.5  LITIGATION.  Other than the  Chapter 11 Case there are no  actions,
suits,  proceedings or investigations  pending,  or to the knowledge of Borrower
upon reasonable  inquiry,  threatened,  against or affecting Borrower at law, in
equity, or before or by any governmental department,  commission, board, bureau,
agency, or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign which, if adversely determined,
would have a material adverse effect on the business or condition,  financial or
otherwise,  of Borrower and  Borrower is not in default in any material  respect
with respect to any order, writ, injunction,  ruling, determination or decree of
any of the foregoing except as heretofore disclosed to the Bank in writing.

        4.6  BURDENSOME  PROVISIONS.  Borrower is not a party to any  indenture,
agreement,  instrument  or lease,  or subject to any charter,  by-law,  or other
corporate restriction,  or any law, rule,  regulation,  order, writ, judgment or
injunction,  having a  material  adverse  effect  on the  business,  operations,
properties or assets of Borrower.

        4.7 NO DEFAULT OF OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Borrower  is not in default in the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition
contained in any debenture,  note or other evidence of  indebtedness of Borrower
or in any indenture or agreement of Borrower.

                                       13

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

 
        4.8 TAXES.  Except as permitted  pursuant to Section  5.6,  Borrower has
filed all tax returns (federal,  state and local) which are required to be filed
by Borrower and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all taxes
which  have or may become due  pursuant  to said  returns  and  pursuant  to any
matters raised by audits or pursuant to any  assessment  received by Borrower or
for other causes known to Borrower,  including, but not limited to, interest and
penalties, if any.

        4.9 VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement, the Note, the pledge
of Collateral  to secure the Note and all other  documents  related  hereto when
executed and delivered will constitute valid and binding obligations of Borrower
enforceable  against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms,  except
as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or
other similar laws  affecting the rights of creditors  generally.  Borrower will
duly and  punctually  pay the  principal  and  interest  payable  under the Note
according to the terms thereof and hereof.

        4.10  REGULATION U. No part of the proceeds of Advances  made  hereunder
will be used to  purchase  or carry any  margin  stock  (within  the  meaning of
Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System) or to
extend  credit to others for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  any margin
stock.  Borrower  is not  engaged  principally  in or as  one  of its  important
activities,  the business of extending  credit for the purpose of  purchasing or
carrying any such margin stock. If requested by Bank, Borrower will furnish Bank
a statement in conformity with the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1.

        4.11 ERISA. The Borrower is in compliance in all material  respects with
all applicable  provisions of ERISA. Neither a Reportable Event nor a Prohibited
Transaction  has occurred and is continuing  with respect to any Plan; no notice
of intent to terminate a Plan has been filed,  nor has any Plan been terminated;
no  circumstances  exist which  constitute  grounds  under Section 4042 of ERISA
entitling the PBGC to institute  proceedings to terminate,  or appoint a trustee
to administrate,  a Plan, nor has the PBGC instituted any such proceedings;  the
Borrower has not completely or partially withdrawn under Section 4201 or 4204 of
ERISA from a  Multi-employer  Plan;  the  Borrower  has met its minimum  funding
requirements  under ERISA with respect to all of its Plans and the present value
of all vested benefits under each Plan exceeds the fair market value of all Plan
assets  allocable to such benefits,  as determined on the most recent  valuation
date of the  Plan  and in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ERISA  and the
regulations  thereunder for calculating the potential  liability of the Borrower
to the PBGC or the  Plan  under  Title IV of  ERISA;  and the  Borrower  has not
incurred any liability to the PBGC under ERISA.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        4.12  OPERATION  OF  BUSINESS.  The  Borrower  possesses  all  licenses,
permits, franchises, patents, copyrights,  trademarks and trade names, or rights
thereto, to conduct its business substantially as now conducted and as presently
proposed to be  conducted,  and the  Borrower is not in  violation  of any valid
rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing.

        4.13 NO MISREPRESENTATION.  No information, material or data supplied to
the Bank by the  Borrower  in  connection  with this Line  includes  any  untrue
statement of a material fact, nor is a material fact omitted.


                                    SECTION 5

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        Borrower  covenants  and  agrees  that so long as  credit  shall  remain
available hereunder, and until the full and final payment of any promissory note
made in favor of the Bank, unless Bank waives compliance in writing:

        5.1    FINANCIAL INFORMATION.   Borrower will deliver to Bank:

               (a) Within  ninety (90) days after the end of each of  Borrower's
fiscal years, complete copies of its audit report, which report shall include at
least a balance  sheet as of the close of each such fiscal  year, a statement of
income and retained  earnings for each such fiscal year, and a statement of cash
flow of Borrower for such fiscal year,  all in reasonable  detail and stating in
comparative form the respective figures for the corresponding date and period in
the prior fiscal  year,  as at the end of said fiscal  year,  together  with the
report by a firm or firms of independent certified public accountants acceptable
to Bank. Such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and
shall fairly  reflect the  financial  condition  and  operations of Borrower and
shall be  accompanied  by a certificate  of said  accountants,  certified to the
Bank, to the effect that, in making the examination necessary for their audit of
the  financial  affairs of Borrower  for such fiscal  year,  nothing has come to
their  attention  of any  violation  of any of the terms or  provisions  of this
Agreement or of the  occurrence of any  condition,  event or act which,  with or
without notice or lapse of time, or both,  would  constitute an Event of Default
or, if such  accountants  shall have obtained  knowledge of any such  violation,
condition, event or act, the nature and status thereof.

               (b) As soon as such statements are available,  but not later than
ninety (90) days after the end of each  quarter,  a copy of unaudited  financial
statements  of Borrower,  including  its balance  sheets as of the close of such
quarter and its  statement of income and retained  earnings for such quarter and
for that part of the fiscal year ending with the last day of such  quarter,  all
in reasonable  detail and



                                       15
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

all  certified  to by the  Borrower's  chief  financial  officer as having  been
prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial statements shall be accompanied
by a certificate of said officer  stating that he has no knowledge that an Event
of  Default,  or an event  which,  with  notice or lapse of time or both,  would
constitute an Event of Default,  has occurred and is continuing  or, if an Event
of Default or such event has occurred and is  continuing,  a statement as to the
nature  thereof and the action  which  Borrower  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.

               (c) Promptly,  after sending or filing thereof, copies of any and
all proxy statements,  financial  statements and reports, if any, which Borrower
sends to its public  stockholders and copies of all regular and periodic reports
and all  registration  statements  which  Borrower files with the Securities and
Exchange Commission;

               (d) The Bank and its agents  shall have the right,  both prior to
closing and from time to time thereafter,  at Borrower's  expense,  (i) to visit
and inspect  Borrower's  business  premises,  and the premises where  Borrower's
assets and books and  records  are  located  and (ii) to conduct an audit of the
books and records of Borrower.  The results of any such visit and  inspection or
of any such audit shall be acceptable to the Bank in the Bank's sole discretion.
So long as the  Borrower  is not in default,  Borrower's  expense for the Bank's
audit shall be limited to $1,300.00 per annum. In the event that the Borrower is
in default,  then the  Borrower  shall be liable for all of the Bank's  expenses
incurred under this paragraph.

               (e) Such  additional  information  as Bank may from  time to time
reasonably request with respect to the business affairs and financial  condition
of Borrower.

        5.2  Management/Performance Reports. Borrower shall provide all internal
reports  within 10 days after the end of each month.  These reports will consist
of, but not be limited to, a:

             (a) trial balance segmented by mortgage company showing mortgagor's
name; address;  city; date that Borrower funded the mortgage company;  amount of
mortgage;  amount  advanced  by  Borrower;  documentation  fee;  date of takeout
commitment; and the name and address of the respective investor.

             (b)  Commitment  fail  report  segmented  by  mortgage  company and
containing all information referenced in 5.2 (a) herein.

             (c) Delinquency  report referencing all mortgage companies that are
15 days or more past due in payment of  interest.  The report will  indicate the
date of



                                       16
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

last contact;  reason for tardiness;  anticipated cure date; and what action has
been taken to avoid reoccurrence.

             (d)  Monthly  trend  reports  of the prior 24  months  of  mortgage
company activity and performance indicating:

                  (i) the volume in both numbers and dollars and average dollars
per mortgage;

                  (ii) days late in payment of interest;

                  (iii) those  mortgages  which were not taken out  ("Commitment
fails") as required; and

                  (iv) the  number of  mortgages  declined  and their  aggregate
amount.

        5.3 USE OF  PROCEEDS  OF THE  REVOLVING  CREDIT.  Borrower  will use the
proceeds of the Advances made by Bank to Borrower to support Borrower's Mortgage
Warehouse Line.
 
        5.4  MAINTENANCE  OF CORPORATE  EXISTENCE.  Borrower  will remain in and
continue to operate  substantially  the same line of  business  it is  presently
engaged in;  maintain  and  preserve  its  corporate  existence  and all rights,
privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business;
qualify and remain  qualified as a foreign  corporation in each  jurisdiction in
which such  qualification is required;  and, conduct its business in an orderly,
efficient and customary manner.

        5.5 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. Borrower will maintain, preserve and keep
all properties and assets  (tangible and intangible)  necessary or useful in its
business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

        5.6 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Borrower will comply with the requirements of
all  applicable  laws,  rules,   regulations  and  orders  of  any  governmental
authority,  including, but without limitation, any obligations imposed by ERISA,
non-compliance with which could adversely affect its business or credit,  except
where contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings.

        5.7 TAXES AND CLAIMS.  Borrower  will pay and  discharge  promptly,  all
taxes,  assessments and  governmental  charges or levies imposed upon it or upon
its income or profits or upon any properties  belonging to it, prior to the date
on  which  penalties  attach  thereto,  and pay all  lawful  claims  for  labor,
materials and supplies  that, if unpaid,  might become a lien or charge upon its
property,  provided  that



                                       17
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Borrower shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment,  charge, levy or
claim if the  amount,  applicability  or validity  thereof  shall  currently  be
contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and if Borrower shall have set
aside on its books and shall maintain  adequate  reserves for the payment of the
same in conformity with GAAP.

        5.8  INSURANCE.   Borrower  will  obtain  and  maintain  insurance  with
financially  sound and reputable  insurance  companies or  associations  in such
amounts and against such risks as are usually  carried by  companies  engaged in
the same or a similar  business and  similarly  situated,  which  insurance  may
provide for reasonable  deductibility but in no event be less than the amount of
the Line.  Borrower  shall  furnish Bank on request full  information  as to the
insurance maintained by Borrower.

        5.9 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. Borrower will give prompt written notice to Bank
as soon as  possible  but in no event,  within  five (5)  days,  of any Event of
Default  or of any  event of  default  under any other  agreement  or  indenture
entered  into by Borrower  or of any other  matter  which has  resulted or might
result in a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or
operations of Borrower.

        5.10 CHANGES IN MANAGEMENT.  Borrower will give prompt written notice to
Bank of any changes in the senior management of Borrower.

        5.11 NOTICE OF LITIGATION.  Borrower will notify the Bank Promptly after
the commencement  thereof,  notice of all actions,  suits and proceedings before
any court or governmental  department,  commission,  board,  bureau,  agency, or
instrumentality,   domestic  or  foreign,  affecting  the  Borrower,  which,  if
determined  adversely to the Borrower,  could have a material  adverse effect on
the financial condition of the Borrower.

        5.12 RIGHT OF  INSPECTION  OF RECORDS.  Borrower  will keep and maintain
full and accurate  accounts and records of its operations  according to GAAP and
permit Bank and its designated officers,  employees, agents and representatives,
to have access to such accounts, records and operations and to make examinations
thereof at all reasonable times. The Bank may discuss the affairs,  finances and
accounts of the Borrower with any of Borrower's employees,  officers,  directors
and the Borrower's independent accountants.

        5.13  EXECUTION  OF  OTHER   DOCUMENTS.   Borrower  will  do,   execute,
acknowledge  and  deliver,  or  cause  to be done,  executed,  acknowledged  and
delivered,  all and every such further  acts,  covenants,  assurances or further
instruments  and documents as Bank may reasonably  request in order to carry out
the intent and purpose hereof.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        5.14 DEPOSITORY ACCOUNT.  During the term hereof, Borrower will maintain
a deposit or account with Bank.

                                    SECTION 6

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        Borrower  covenants and agrees that so long as the Bank has a Commitment
to the  Borrower  hereunder,  and until the full and final  payment of the Note,
unless Bank waives compliance in writing, Borrower will not:

        6.1  CONSOLIDATION  AND MERGER.  Liquidate or dissolve or enter into any
consolidation,   merger,   partnership,   joint  venture,   syndicate  or  other
combination,  except that Borrower may be  consolidated  with or merged with any
other corporation,  provided that in any such merger or consolidation.  Borrower
shall be the  surviving  or  resulting  corporation  and  immediately  after the
effectiveness of such merger or consolidation,  there shall have occurred and be
continuing no Default or Event of Default.

        6.2  LIENS. Create,  incur,  assume, or suffer to exist any Lien upon or
with respect to any of its properties, now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

             (1) Liens in favor of the Bank;

             (2) Liens for taxes or assessments or other  government  charges or
levies if not yet due and payable;

             (3)  Liens  imposed  by  law,  such as  mechanics',  materialmen's,
landlords',  warehousemen's,  and  carriers'  Liens,  and other  similar  liens,
securing  obligations  incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not
past due for more than thirty (30) days;

             (4) Liens,  deposits, or pledges to secure the performance of bids,
tenders,  contracts  (other than  contracts  for the  payment of money),  leases
(permitted under the terms of this Agreement)  public or statutory  obligations,
surety,  stay, appeal,  indemnity,  performance or other similar bonds, or other
similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

             (5)  Easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions,  and  other  similar
encumbrances  which,  in the  aggregate,  do not  materially  interfere with the
occupation,  use,  and  enjoyment  by the  Borrower  of the  property  or assets
encumbered thereby in the normal course of its business or materially impair the
value of the property subject thereto; and

                                       19
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

             (6)  Liens  (other  than on the  Collateral)  to  secure  financing
described in Section 6.03(4).

        6.03 DEBT. Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, any Debt, except:

             (1) Debt of the Borrower under this Agreement or the Note;

             (2) Debt of the Borrower  subordinated on terms satisfactory to the
Bank to the Borrower's obligations under this Agreement and the Note;

             (3) Accounts payable to trade creditors for goods or services which
are not aged  more than  ninety  (90) days  from the  billing  date and  current
operating liabilities (other than for borrowed money) which are not more than 90
days past due, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and paid
within the specified time; and

             (4)  Additional  financing  obtained  by the  Borrower  in order to
support its mortgage warehouse lending activity.

        6.04 LEASES.  Create,  incur, assume, or suffer to exist, any obligation
as lessee for the rental or hire of any real or personal property, except leases
existing on the date of this Agreement and any extension or renewals thereof.


        6.05 SALE AND LEASEBACK.  Sell,  transfer,  or otherwise  dispose of any
real or personal  property to any Person and  thereafter  directly or indirectly
lease back the same or similar property. 

        6.06  DIVIDENDS.  Declare  or pay any  dividends  or  purchase,  redeem,
retire, or otherwise acquire for value any of its capital stock now or hereafter
outstanding;  or make  any  distribution  thereof  to its  stockholders  as such
whether  in cash,  assets,  or  obligations  of the  Borrower;  or  allocate  or
otherwise set apart any sum for the payment of any dividend or distribution  on,
or for the purchase,  redemption,  or  retirement  of, any shares of its capital
stock;  or make any other  distribution  by reduction of capital or otherwise in
respect to any shares of its capital  stock  except  that:  (i) the Borrower may
declare and deliver  dividends and make  distributions  payable solely in common
stock of the Borrower;  and (ii) the Borrower may purchase or otherwise  acquire
shares of its capital stock by exchange for or out of the proceeds received from
a substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its capital stock.

        6.07 SALE OF ASSETS. Sell, lease, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose
of any of its now owned or hereafter acquired assets, receivables, and leasehold
interest,  except: (i) for inventory,  including  mortgages,  disposed of in the
ordinary



                                       20
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

course of business;  and (ii) the sale or other  disposition of assets no longer
used or useful in the conduct of its business.

        6.08  INVESTMENTS.  Make any loan or advance to any Person,  (other than
loans  constituting  a part of its mortgage  warehouse  lending  activities)  or
purchase or otherwise acquire any capital stock, assets,  obligations,  or other
securities  of,  make any capital  contribution  to, or  otherwise  invest in or
acquire any interest in any Person except:  (i) direct obligations of the United
States or any agency  thereof with  maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition;  (ii) commercial  paper of a domestic issue rated at least "A-1"
by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or "P-1" by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc.;
{iii)  certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date
of  acquisition  issued  by any FDIC  insured  bank in an  amount  less than One
Hundred  Thousand Dollars  ($100,000.00);  and (iv) for stock,  obligations,  or
securities  received in settlement of debts  (created in the ordinary  course of
business) owing to the Borrower.

        6.09 GUARANTIES.  Assume, guarantee,  endorse, or otherwise be or become
directly or contingently  responsible or liable (including,  but not limited to,
an agreement to purchase any obligation,  stock, assets,  goods, or services, or
to supply or  advance  any funds,  assets,  goods or to  maintain  or cause such
Person to  maintain  a minimum  working  capital or net worth,  or  services  or
otherwise to assure the creditors of any Person against loss) for obligations of
any Person,  except  guaranties by  endorsement  of negotiable  instruments  for
deposit or  collection  or similar  transactions  in the ordinary  course of its
mortgage warehouse lending business.

        6.10 TRANSACTION WITH AFFILIATE. Enter into any transaction,  including,
without limitation, the purchase, sale, or exchange of property or the rendering
of any service, with any Affiliate except in the ordinary course of and pursuant
to the  reasonable  requirements  of the  Borrower's  business and upon fair and
reasonable  terms no less  favorable to the Borrower than would be obtained in a
comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

        6.11 DEFAULT UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS.  Borrower will not commit or do, or
fail to commit or do, any act or thing  which would  constitute  a breach of, or
default  under,  any of the  terms  or  provisions  of any  other  agreement  or
indenture,  contract,  document  or  instrument  executed  or to be  executed by
Borrower in connection  with the borrowing of money and under which Borrower may
be obligated as borrower or guarantor, if such breach or default consists of the
failure to pay any indebtedness when due or if such breach or default caused the
acceleration of any indebtedness or requires that any such  indebtedness be paid
prior to its  stated  maturity  or due date or  causes  the  termination  of any
commitment to lend.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 7

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        7.1  EVENTS  OF  DEFAULT.  If any one or more  of the  following  events
(herein called "Events of Default")  described herein shall occur for any reason
whatsoever (and whether the occurrence shall be voluntary or involuntary or come
about or to be effected by operation of law or pursuant to or in compliance with
any judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order,  rule or regulation of
any administrative or governmental body), then Borrower shall be in default:

             (a) Note. If Borrower shall default in the payment of principal of,
or interest on, the Note when the same shall become due and payable; or

             (b) Misrepresentation.  If any of the representations or warranties
made herein or in any certificate or financial or other statement  heretofore or
hereafter  furnished to Bank by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with this
Agreement or the extension of any credit  hereunder shall be false or misleading
in any material respect at the time made; or

             (c)  Covenants.  If  Borrower  shall fail to perform or observe any
other  covenant,  term,  provision,  condition,  agreement or obligation of this
Agreement and such failure to perform or observe has a material  adverse  effect
on the collectability of the Advances; or

             (d) Other Debts.  If Borrower  shall fail to perform or observe any
material covenant, term, provision, condition, agreement or obligation under any
other agreement,  indenture,  document, note or other instrument (including, but
not limited to the  generality of the  foregoing,  other  indebtedness  owing to
Bank)  executed or to be executed by Borrower,  which  failure shall entitle the
lender thereon to accelerate debt due under such agreement; or

             (e)  Insolvency.  If Borrower shall become  insolvent;  or admit in
writing the inability to pay its debts as they mature;  or fail generally to pay
debts as they become due; or make an assignment  for the benefit of creditors of
commence a case for dissolution;  or apply for or consent to the appointment of,
or taking possession by a trustee, liquidator, assignee, custodian, sequestrator
or receiver (or similar  official) for the Borrower or for a substantial part of
the property or business of the Borrower;  or shall take any corporate action in
furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

             (f) Appointment.  If a trustee,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,
sequestrator  or receiver (or similar  official) shall be appointed for Borrower
or for a  substantial  part of the property or business of Borrower  without the
consent of


                                       22
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Borrower and shall not be discharged within thirty (30) calendar days after such
appointment; or

             (g) Custody.  If any governmental  agency or any court of competent
jurisdiction at the instance of any governmental  agency shall assume custody or
control of the whole or any  substantial  portion of the properties or assets of
Borrower and shall not be dismissed within thirty (30) calendar days thereafter;
or

             (h) Liens. If any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment, or
similar  process  shall be  entered  or  filed  against  Borrower  or any of the
properties or other assets of Borrower and shall remain unvacated,  unbended, or
unstayed for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days; or

             (i) Bankruptcy.  If a bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency,  or
liquidation  case or other case for relief under any  bankruptcy  law or any law
for the relief of debtors  shall be  commenced  by or against  Borrower  and, if
instituted against Borrower,  shall not be dismissed within thirty (30) calendar
days after such  institution  or Borrower  shall by any action or answer approve
of, consent to, or acquiesce in any such case or admit the material  allegations
of, or default in answering a petition filed in any such case; or

             (j)  Suspension  of  Business.  If Borrower  shall  voluntarily  or
involuntarily  suspend the  transaction of its business or a vital  component of
its  business,  as  presently  conducted,  for more  than  five (5)  consecutive
Business Days;

             (k) Material Adverse Change. If there shall be any material adverse
change from the present  condition or affairs  (financial  or  otherwise) of the
Borrower that in the Bank's reasonable opinion impairs its security or increases
its risk; or

             (l) Validity  Contest.  If this  Agreement,  the Note, or any other
document  related hereto shall,  at any time while the Note shall remain unpaid,
cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared  null and void, or the
validity or  enforceability  thereof  shall be contested by Borrower or Borrower
shall  deny  that it has any or  further  liability  or  obligation  under  this
Agreement, the Note, or any other documents related hereto.

                                   SECTION 8

                                    REMEDIES

        8.1  REMEDIES.  Upon the  occurrence of any Event of Default or Default,
Bank's  obligation  to  disburse  any  undisbursed  portion  of the  Line  shall
immediately cease; provided,  however, that if such obligation has ceased due to
the  occurrence of


                                       23
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

a Default or an Event of Default  and such  Default or Event of Default has been
cured or waived,  then such  obligation  shall be reinstated as of the date such
Default or Event of Default is cured or waived. Upon the occurrence or existence
of any  Default or Event of Default  or at any time  thereafter  so long as such
Default or Event of Default is  continuing,  without  prejudice to the rights of
Bank to enforce its claim  against  Borrower for damages for failure by Borrower
to fulfill any of its obligation hereunder or to bring suit against Borrower for
specific  performance of this  Agreement,  Bank shall have all of the rights and
remedies described hereafter,  inclusive,  and it may exercise any one, more, or
all of such remedies, in its sole discretion, without thereby waiving any of the
others.

             (a) Acceleration of the Line. Bank, at its option,  may declare the
Line to be  immediately  due  and  payable,  and in the  event  a  voluntary  or
involuntary  case is commenced under the Bankruptcy Code by or against  Borrower
as a debtor,  the Line  automatically will be due and payable without any notice
or  declaration  by Bank,  whereupon the same shall become  immediately  due and
payable without presentment, demand, protest, notice of non-payment or any other
notice  required  by law  relative  thereto,  all of which are hereby  expressly
waived by Borrower,  anything  contained herein to the contrary  notwithstanding
and, in  connection  therewith,  the rate of  interest  charged on the Note then
outstanding  shall  automatically  and without further notice increase to a rate
per annum equal to the Maximum Rate. If any Note of Borrower to Bank, shall be a
demand  instrument  however,  the recitation of the right of Bank to declare any
and all amounts  outstanding  to be  immediately  due and payable,  whether such
recitation  is  contained  in such Note,  or in this  Agreement,  as well as the
recitation  of  the  above  events   permitting  Bank  to  declare  all  amounts
outstanding  due and payable,  shall not constitute an election by Bank to waive
its right to demand payment under a demand at any time in any event,  as Bank in
its discretion may deem appropriate.  Thereafter,  Bank, at its option, may, but
shall not be obligated  to, accept less than the entire amount due, if tendered,
provided,  however,  that  unless  then  agreed to in writing  by Bank,  no such
acceptance  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  a  waiver  of  any  Default  or a
reinstatement of any Commitment of Bank to Borrower hereunder.

             (b)  Remedies  of a Secured  Party.  Bank shall have the rights and
remedies of a secured  party under the UCC in effect on the date of the Event of
Default  or Default  (regardless  of  whether  the same has been  enacted in the
jurisdiction  where the rights or remedies  are  asserted),  including,  without
limitation,  the right to take the  Collateral  or any portion  thereof into its
possession,  by such means  (without  breach of the peace) and through agents or
otherwise  as it may  elect  (and,  in  connection  therewith,  demand  that the
Borrower assemble the Collateral at a place or places and in such manner as Bank
shall prescribe),  and sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any
portion thereof in its then condition or following any  commercially  reasonably
preparation  or  processing,  which  disposition  may be by  public  or  private
proceedings,  by one or more contracts,



                                       24
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

as a unit or in parcels,  at any time and place and on any terms, so long as the
same are commercially  reasonable.  Bank may apply the proceeds of any such sale
or  disposition to any of the amounts due and owing under the Line in such order
as Bank, in its sole  discretion,  may elect.  Bank shall give Borrower  written
notice of the time and place of any public  sale of the  Collateral  or the time
after which any other intended  disposition  thereof is to be made, except where
the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline  speedily in value or is of
a type  customarily  sold on a recognized  market.  The  requirement  of sending
reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given to Borrower at least five
(5) days  before such  disposition.  Expenses of  retaking,  holding,  insuring,
preserving,  protecting,  preparing for sale or selling or the like with respect
to the Collateral shall include,  in any event,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and
other legally recoverable collection expenses, all of which shall constitute the
amount due and owing under the Line.

             For the purposes of the preceding  paragraph,  the Bank may, so far
as the  Borrower  can  give  authority  therefor,  enter  upon any or all of the
premises  where any of the  Collateral  or books or records may be situated  and
take possession and remove the same therefrom.

             (c) Sole  Determination.  The Bank shall have the right in its sole
discretion to determine  which rights,  security  liens,  security  interests or
remedies it shall at any time pursue,  relinquish,  subordinate,  modify or take
any other action with respect thereto, without in any way modifying or affecting
any of  them  or any of the  Bank's  rights  hereunder.  Any  moneys,  deposits,
balances,  or other property of Borrower which may come into the Bank's hands at
any time or in any manner, may be retained by the Bank and applied to any of the
indebtedness of Borrower to Bank.

             (d)  Rights  and  Remedies  Cumulative.  No right or remedy  herein
conferred upon the Bank is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy
contained herein or in any other instrument or document  delivered in connection
with or  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and every such right or remedy  shall be
cumulative  and  shall  be in  addition  to every  other  such  right or  remedy
contained herein and therein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or
by statute, or otherwise.

             (e) Rights and  Remedies Not Waived.  No course of dealing  between
the  Borrower  and the Bank or any  failure  or delay on the part of the Bank in
exercising  any rights or remedies  hereunder  shall  operate as a waiver of any
rights or remedies  of the Bank and no single or partial  exercise of any rights
or remedies  hereunder shall operate as a waiver or preclude the exercise of any
other rights or remedies hereunder.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

             (f) Right of Setoff. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of any Event of Default, the Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time
to time,  without notice to the Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived
by the Borrower) to set off and apply any and all deposits  (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at
any time owing by the Bank to or for the credit or the  account of the  Borrower
against any and all the  obligations  of the Borrower now or hereafter  existing
under this  Agreement or the Note or any other Loan  Document,  irrespective  of
whether or not the Bank shall have made any demand  under this  Agreement or the
Note or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured.
The Bank  agrees  promptly  to notify  the  Borrower  after any such  setoff and
application,  provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
validity  of such  setoff  and  application.  The  rights of the Bank under this
Section  are in  addition  to other  rights  and  remedies  (including,  without
limitation, other rights of setoff) which the Bank may have.

             (g) Cross Default. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under
the terms and  conditions  of the Line,  said Event of Default or Default  shall
also act as a default  under the terms and  conditions of any other loan made by
Bank to Borrower and upon the  occurrence of a default or event of default under
the terms and  conditions of any other loan made by Bank to Borrower,  then such
default  or event of default  shall  also act as an Event of Default  hereunder.
Upon the  happening  of such event of default,  or Event of Default,  the entire
principal  balance  under the terms of the Line,  and/or  any other  outstanding
loan,  with all accrued  interest  thereon,  shall  become  immediately  due and
payable  in  full.  This  provision  shall  apply to any  future  modifications,
renewals and/or extensions hereof.

                                    SECTION 9

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        9.1 NOTICES.  Any notices,  payments,  requests,  reports information or
demands  which any party  hereto  may desire or may be  required  to give to any
other party shall be given or made upon such other party either through  deposit
in the mails,  by hand delivery or transmitted by facsimile (FAX) at its address
as follows:

            Borrower:

                      PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.
                      2500 Camino Diablo, Suite 210
                      Walnut Creek, California 94596
                      FAX NO: (510) 256-0703
                      Attn: Ted Reingold, Executive Vice President

                                       26
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

            Bank:

                      UMB BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                      10 Rockefeller Plaza
                      New York, NY 10021
                      FAX NO: (212) 459-0164
                      Attn: Christian M. Dahl, Vice President

or as to each party,  at such other address as shall be designated by such party
in a written notice to such other party, complying as to delivery with the terms
of this  Section.  All such notices,  requests,  demands,  directions  and other
communications  shall,  when  mailed,  delivered  or FAXed,  be  effective  when
deposited in the mails or FAXed,  respectively,  addressed as aforesaid,  except
that  notices or  requests  to the Bank  pursuant  to  Section  2.3 shall not be
effective until received by Bank.

        9.2  WAIVER.  Neither  the  failure of, nor any delay on the part of any
party  hereto in  exercising  any  right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  shall
preclude other or further exercise thereof,  or the exercise of any right, power
or  privilege;  nor shall any waiver of any right,  power,  privilege or default
hereunder constitute a waiver of any other right, power, privilege or default or
constitute  a waiver of any other  default  of the same or of any other  term or
provision. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Note
shall be effective  unless  contained in writing  signed by Bank,  and then such
shall only be effective in the  specific  instance and for the specific  purpose
given.  All rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive
of any rights or remedies otherwise provided by law.

        9.3 BANKER'S LIEN OR SET OFF.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed
any waiver or prohibition of Bank's right of banker's lien or setoff.

        9.4 EXPENSES OF BANK. The Borrower shall pay on demand all out-of-pocket
costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with the filing and recording of the
Loan  Documents  and  Borrower  shall also pay for all stamp and other taxes and
fees  payable or  determined  to be payable in  connection  with the  execution,
delivery,  filing  and  recording  of any of the Loan  Documents  and the  other
documents to be delivered under any such Loan Documents,  and agrees to save the
Bank  harmless  from and  against  any and all  liabilities  with  respect to or
resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes.

        9.5  ASSIGNABILITY.  This Agreement shall bind and the benefits  thereof
shall inure to, Borrower and Bank and their  respective  successors and assigns,
as the case may be.  Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any of the rights
of Borrower hereunder without the prior written consent of Bank.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        9.6 GOVERNING LAW. This  Agreement,  the Notes,  and all other documents
executed  pursuant to the provisions  hereof shall all be deemed entered into in
the State of New York and shall be governed by and  construed  according  to the
laws of the  State of New York  without  giving  effect to its  conflict  of law
principles.

        9.7 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the  parties  with  respect  to the  matters  herein  contained  and,  as  such,
supersedes  and  cancels all prior  understandings  and  agreements  between the
parties.

        9.8  HEADINGS.  The  headings  hereinabove  set forth are solely for the
purpose of identification and shall not be construed as a part of the paragraphs
they head.

        9.9 AMENDMENTS. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
provision of any Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party,  nor consent to
any  departure  by the Borrower  from any Loan  Document to which it is a party,
shall in any event be  effective  unless the same shall be in writing and signed
by the Bank,  and then such  waiver or consent  shall be  effective  only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

        9.10  SEVERABILITY  OF  PROVISIONS.  Any  provision of any Loan Document
which is prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to such
jurisdiction,   be   ineffective   to  the   extent  of  such   prohibition   or
unenforceability  without  invalidating  the  remaining  provisions of such Loan
Document or affecting the validity or  enforceability  of such  provision in any
other jurisdiction.

        9.11 NUMBER - GENDER.  As used herein,  the singular  shall  include the
plural,  the plural shall include the  singular,  and,  masculine,  feminine and
neuter pronouns shall be fully interchangeable,where the context so requires.

        9.12 INCORPORATION.  This Agreement  specifically  incorporates all such
terms and conditions contained in the Commitment letter executed by the parties.
If  there  is any  conflict  between  the  Agreement  and the  Commitment,  this
Agreement shall be controlling.  The Commitment shall be incorporated and become
one of the Loan Documents.

                                JURY TRIAL WAIVER

        BORROWER AND BANK HEREBY KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE
THE RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT  TO ANY  LITIGATION  BASED
HEREIN, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT,  AND ANY


                                       28
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION THEREWITH, OR ANY COURSE OF
CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING,  STATEMENTS,  (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS
OF EACH PARTY. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT FOR THE BANK IN ENTERING
INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  BORROWER FURTHER  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS JURY TRIAL WAIVER
PROVISION HAS BEEN  EXPLAINED TO IT BY ITS COUNSEL AND THAT IT  UNDERSTANDS  AND
AGREES TO SAME.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement  has been  executed by the parties
hereto by their respective corporate officers thereunto duly authorized,  all as
of the date first hereinabove written.

UMB BANK AND TRUST COMPANY                    PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING
                                              CORPORATION


_____________________________________         By:______________________________
CHRISTIAN M. DAHL, Vice President             Title:



_____________________________________
LILLY COHEN, Assistant Vice President


                                       29
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF  NEW YORK

        SWORN  TO,   SUBSCRIBED  AND  ACKNOWLEDGED   before  me  this        day
of          199_,  by  ______________________  as___________________________  of
PIONEER  COMMERCIAL  FUNDING  CORP., a New York  corporation,  on behalf of said
corporation.



_________________________________
Notary Public, State of New York
My Commission Expires:

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK

        SWORN TO,  SUBSCRIBED  AND  ACKNOWLEDGED  before me this          day of
        199_,  by  CHRISTIAN  M.  DAHL as Vice  President  of UMB Bank and Trust
Company, a New York chartered commercial bank, on behalf of said bank.



________________________________
Notary Public, State of New York
My Commission Expires:

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK

        SWORN TO, SUBSCRIBED AND ACKNOWLEDGED before me this       day of      ,
199_, by LILLY COHEN as Assistant Vice President of  ___________________________
corporation, on behalf of said corporation.



__________________________________
Notary Public, State of New York
My Commission Expires:

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


              [Letterhead of United Mizrahi Bank and Trust Company]



                                                   February 21, 1996

Glenda S. Klein,
Senior Vice President
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corporation
6660 Reseda Blvd.  Suite 108
Reseda, Ca.  91335

     REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE  REVOLVING  LINE OF CREDIT AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT
     DATED AS OF MAY 25,  1993  ("THE  REVOLVER")  BETWEEN  UMB  BANK AND  TRUST
     COMPANY N/K/A UNITED MIZRAHI BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, "THE BANK" AND PIONEER
     COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORPORATION "PCFC".

Dear Mrs. Klein:

The Bank has agreed to amend  Section  2.1 of the  Revolver  by  increasing  the
principal  amount of advances  available by One million  five  hundred  thousand
dollars  ($1,500,000.00)  to an  aggregate  amount  not to exceed  four  million
dollars ($4,000,000.00). In consideration of the amendment, PCFC agrees to pay a
facility fee of one percent  (1%),  per annum on the  increased  amount which is
eight thousand ($8,000.00), which fee will be charged to PCFC's checking account
upon receipt of the signed copy of this letter.

Section  5.4 of the  Revolver  is hereby  deleted.  Section  5.4 will now state:
Borrower  will  remain in and  continue  to operate  solely in the  business  of
warehousing of loans,  which may include second  mortgages and home  improvement
loans  under  FHA/VA/HUD  guidelines,  provided  that such  loans do not  exceed
borrowers thirty-five percent (35%) of borrower's capital; maintain and preserve
its corporate existence and all rights,  privileges and franchises  necessary or
desirable  in the conduct of its  business;  qualify and remain  qualified  as a
foreign  corporation  in  each  jurisdiction  in  which  such  qualification  is
required;  and conduct  its  business in an  orderly,  efficient  and  customary
manner.

And  PCFC  also  agrees,   upon  completion  of  its  Initial  Public  Offering,
("I.P.O."),  that it will issue to the Bank,  Warrants for Common  Stock,  in an
amount equal to four point nine percent  (4.9%),  of the common stock issued and
outstanding at the time of the I.P.O. The exercise price of each warrant will be
five dollars and fifty cents per share ($5.50).  Each year after the first year,
twenty-five  percent  (25%),  of the warrants would be exercisable at the Bank's
discretion,  however,  in the event that the four




<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>
                                   Page 2 of 2

million dollar  commitment is reduced or terminated any unexercised  warrants in
the  bank's  possession  would be reduced  proportionately  to the extent of the
reduced commitment.

All other terms and  conditions  of the Revolver  shall remain in full force and
effect and none of the terms of the  Revolver are or shall be deemed to amended,
modified or waived except by the express terms contained herein.

                                                   Very truly yours,


                                                   Lilly S. Cohen
                                                   Assistant Vice President


                                                   Christian M. Dahl
                                                   Vice President

Accepted and agreed to this         day of February, 1996
Pioneer Commercial Funding Corporation

By:________________________________________
     Glenda Klein, Senior Vice President


<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

               Agreement dated as of the 1st day of April, 1995, between Pioneer
Commercial  Funding Corp.,  a New York  Corporation  (the  "Company") and Glenda
Klein (the "Executive").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

               WHEREAS,  the Executive has heretofore  served as the Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and

               WHEREAS,   the  Company   desires  to  formalize  the  terms  and
conditions of the Executive's  continued employment by the Company in the manner
hereinbelow provided,

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual
terms, covenants and conditions hereinbelow set forth, it is agreed, as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   Employment

               Section 1.1 Employment of the  Executive.  Commencing on the date
first  above-written (the "Commencement  Date") and continuing through March 31,
1997, the Executive shall be engaged by the Company as Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive of the Company. During
said period of employment,  (a) the Executive shall devote  substantially all of
her time and efforts to the  Company's  business,  provided,  however,  that the
Executive  may  serve on a  reasonable  number of  boards  of  directors,  trade
associations and public service organizations,  committees and commissions;  and
(b) the  Executive  shall stand for election as a Director of the Company at the
annual  meetings of  shareholders  held throughout the term of her service under
this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                             Compensation; Benefits

               Section 2.1 Salary.  In consideration of her services  hereunder,
the  Executive  shall  receive a base salary  payable at the rate of $90,000 per
annum  during the first year of the term of this  Agreement,  and  $100,000  per
annum during the second year of such term,  subject to such  increases,  but not
decreases  therein,  to be made from time to time  during the term hereof as the
Board of Directors, or the Compensation Committee thereof, may deem appropriate.
The payment of such salary shall be made in twice monthly installments and shall
be subject to all applicable withholding obligations imposed upon the Company by
federal,  state and local taxing  authorities.  The Board of Directors,  or said
Committee,  may in its  discretion  approve one or more bonuses to the Executive
based on performance or such other

<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

circumstances as the Board deems appropriate.

               Section 2.2 Stock  Options.  In order to stimulate the efforts of
the Executive,  strengthen her desire to remain with the Company and provide her
with a more direct  interest  in its welfare by  encouraging  and  enabling  the
Executive  to  acquire  shares  of the  Company's  $.01 par value  common  stock
("Common Stock"), the Company hereby agrees to grant to the Executive:

                      (a) an option to purchase  100,000  shares of Common Stock
during the five year period  commencing on the Commencement  Date at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share; and

                      (b) in the  event  that  the  Executive  shall  have  been
continuously  employed  by the  Company  during  the  period  commencing  on the
Commencement  Date and continuing  through April 30, 1996, an option to purchase
50,000  shares of Common Stock during the five year period  commencing on May 1,
1996 at an exercise  price equal to the closing  price of the Common  Stock,  as
quoted on April 30, 1996 on the principal market on which such shares shall then
be (or if no trading in the Common  Stock  shall have taken  place on such date,
then on the next preceding date on which such trading shall have  occurred).  If
the Common Stock shall not then be registered  under the Securities and Exchange
Act of 1934  and  publicly  traded  on the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market  or any  other
exchange,  the  exercise  price for said option  shall be  determined  by mutual
agreement between the Company's Board of Directors and the Executive.

                      (c) The  above-described  options  shall not be "incentive
stock  options," as such term is used in Section  422A of the  Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended. The option described in Section 2.2(a) hereof shall be
fully vested on the  Commencement  Date,  and shall be  exercisable  at any time
during the term thereof,  regardless of the Executive's  employment  status with
the Company on the date or dates of exercise  thereof.  The option  described in
Section  2.2(b)  hereof  shall be fully  vested  on May 1,  1996,  and  shall be
exercisable at any time during the term thereof,  regardless of the  Executive's
employment status with the Company on the date or dates of exercise thereof. All
of the rights and  obligations  of the Company and the Executive with respect to
the issuance of shares of the Common Stock underlying each of said options shall
be, as set forth in the form of option annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

               Section  2.3  Employee  Benefits.  The Company  will  provide the
Executive and her spouse during the term of this Agreement with health insurance
coverage (medical and vision) commensurate with the coverages presently provided
to the Executive  through the plan  currently in effect  between the Company and
Kaiser Permanente/Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               Section 2.4 Vacation.  The  Executive  shall be entitled to three
weeks of paid  vacation  during  each  year of the term of this  Agreement.  The
Executive  shall  coordinate  her vacation  plans so that she and the  Company's
Chief Executive shall not be away from the Company at the same time.

               Section 2.5 Executive Benefits.

                      (a)  Life  Insurance.  The  Company  shall  also  acquire,
continue, renew and/or replace, as necessary, and shall pay all premiums due and
owing with respect to, one or more  policies  insuring the life of the Executive
in the  aggregate  amount of $750,000  during the first year of the term of this
Agreement,  and $1,000,000  during the second year of such term. The proceeds of
such insurance shall be payable to the Executive's chosen  beneficiary  pursuant
to, and in satisfaction of the Company's obligations under, Section 5.3 hereof.

                      (b) Leased Automobile. In consideration of the Executive's
relinquishment of her right to take 11 weeks of accrued vacation, and in lieu of
her receipt of payment for such  benefit,  the Company shall lease an automobile
for the  Executive's  exclusive  use  during  the  term of this  Agreement.  The
obligation  under such lease to be paid by the Company shall not exceed  $800.00
per month, provided,  however, that the Company shall be responsible for payment
for the  insurance  and  maintenance  of,  and the  consumption  of fuel by, the
automobile.

               Section  2.6  Expense  Reimbursement.  The  Company  shall pay or
reimburse the Executive for all reasonable  expenses actually incurred by her in
performing   the   services   to   be   rendered   by   her   hereunder.    Such
payment/reimbursement   shall  be  made  within  a  reasonably  prompt  time  in
accordance  with, and upon the Executive's  compliance  with, the Company's then
pertaining expense reimbursement policies and procedures.

                                    ARTICLE 3
                             Proprietary Information

               Section 3.1  Definitions.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the
following definitions shall apply:

                      (a)   "Trade    Secrets"    shall   mean   all   Software,
documentation,  know-how,  and  information  relating to the past,  present,  or
future business of the Company or any plans  therefor,  or relating to the past,
present,  or  future  business  of a third  party or plans  therefor  which  are
disclosed to the Company,  which the Company does not disclose to third  parties
without  restrictions on use or further  disclosure;  provided,  however,  Trade
Secrets shall not include the general  knowledge and experience of the Executive
obtained during the employment of the


                                       3
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Executive by the Company.

                      (b)  "Proprietary  Information"  shall mean Trade Secrets,
and any and all processes, methods, techniques, projects,  developments,  plans,
research data, financial data, personnel data, customer lists and supplier lists
created  by or for the  Company  which  is  maintained  in  confidentiality  and
disclosed only to other executives or employees of the Company on a need to know
basis.

                      (c)  "Software"  shall  mean each of one or more  standard
computer  programs  created  in  whole  or in part  by the  Company  and/or  its
executives  and  employees  or by anyone else as an  "employee  for hire" of the
Company  (which  each  may  consist  of one or more  modules  or  sub-programs),
together  with the media upon which it resides,  and all  accompanying  standard
documentation  pertaining  thereto,  as well as all "derivative  works" thereof,
i.e.,  any source code,  object code,  software  instruction  or set of software
instructions,  or  documentation,  in human  readable or machine  readable form,
which is in whole or in part based upon, or derived from, Software.

               Section 3.2 The Executive's Obligations Concerning Trade Secrets.

                      (a)  During  the term of this  Agreement  and at all times
thereafter,  the Executive shall treat Trade Secrets on a confidential basis and
not disclose them to others without the prior written permission of the Company,
or use them for any purpose other than for the  performance  of services for the
Company.

                      (b) Trade  Secrets are the  Company's  sole and  exclusive
property and the  Executive  shall  surrender to the Company  possession  of all
Trade  Secrets in her  possession  upon any  suspension  or  termination  of her
employment. If after the suspension or termination of the Executive's employment
hereunder,  she becomes aware of any Trade Secrets in her possession,  she shall
promptly surrender possession thereof to the Company.

               Section  3.3  The  Executive's   Obligations  Applicable  to  All
Proprietary Information.

                      (a)  During  the term of this  Agreement  and at all times
thereafter,  the Executive  shall not disclose any  Proprietary  Information  to
others outside the Company or use the same for any unauthorized purposes without
written approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, unless and until such
Proprietary  Information  has become  public  knowledge  other than  through its
unauthorized dissemination by the Executive.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

                      (b)  The  Executive   agrees  that  all  files,   letters,
memoranda,  reports,  records,  data,  sketches,  drawings,  notebooks,  program
Software diagrams, documentation, schematics and printouts in any tangible media
including, but not limited to, paper, photographs,  computer disks and tapes and
other forms of human-readable and machine-readable media, containing Proprietary
Information,  whether created by the Executive or others,  which shall come into
the Executive's  custody or possession,  shall be and are the exclusive property
of the Company to be used by the Executive only in the performance of her duties
for the  Company.  All such  tangible  media or  copies  thereof  and all  other
tangible property of the Company in the Executive's  custody or possession shall
be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or
(ii)  termination  of the  Executive's  employment.  After  such  delivery,  the
Executive shall not retain any such tangible media or copies thereof or any such
other tangible property.

                      (c)  The  Executive  agrees  that  her  obligation  not to
disclose or to use  information,  know-how and records of the types set forth in
Sections  3.3(a) and (b) above,  and her obligation to return tangible media and
other tangible property, set forth in Section 3.3(b) above, also extends to such
types of information,  know-how,  records and tangible  property of customers of
the Company or  suppliers  to the  Company or other  third  parties who may have
disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Executive in the course
of the Company's business.

                      (d) The  Executive  shall  provide  the  Company  with all
information,  documentation  and  assistance  that it may  request  to  perfect,
enforce,  or defend the  proprietary  rights in or based on Trade  Secrets.  The
Company,  in its sole discretion,  shall determine the extent of the proprietary
rights,  if any,  to be  protected.  All  such  information,  documentation  and
assistance  shall be provided at reasonable  compensation  to the Executive,  if
provided after any suspension or termination of the Executive's employment.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                             Competitive Activities

               Section  4.1 During  the term of her  employment  hereunder,  the
Executive shall not:

                      (a) Perform any services,  directly or indirectly, for any
person or entity competing, directly or indirectly, with the Company;

                      (b) Own, directly or indirectly, an interest (other than a
common stock ownership interest of not more than 5% of a corporation listed on a
national  securities exchange or


                                       5
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

traded through NASDAQ) in any entity competing, directly or indirectly, with the
Company; and

                      (c) Compete, directly or indirectly,  with any products or
services marketed or offered by the Company.

               Section 4.2 During the one year period  after any  suspension  or
termination of the Executive's  employment with the Company, the Executive shall
not contact,  directly or indirectly,  any of the Company's  customers with whom
she had contact during the last year of her employment hereunder for the purpose
of soliciting business.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                            Termination of Agreement

               Section  5.1  Events  of  Termination.   The  employment  of  the
Executive  shall  terminate prior to the end of the term of this Agreement under
any of the following circumstances.

                      (a) The death of the Executive.

                      (b) In the event that the  Executive  shall  substantially
fail to perform her duties hereunder due to illness or other incapacity,  and if
such illness or other incapacity shall continue for a period of six months,  the
Company  shall have the right,  by notice sent to the Executive at her residence
of record with the Company, to terminate the Executive's employment hereunder as
of a date  (not  less than four  months  after the date of the  sending  of such
notice) to be specified in such notice.

                      (c) In the event of gross malfeasance, gross misconduct or
a felony conviction of the Executive, or for other similar good cause materially
detrimental to the Company, as determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction,
the Company shall have the right, by notice thereof sent to the Executive at her
residence of record with the Company,  to terminate the  Executive's  employment
hereunder "for cause" as of a date specified in such notice.

                      (d)  In  the  event  that  the  Executive  resigns  as the
Company's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

                      (e) In the  event  that (i) a  majority  of the  Company's
outstanding Common Stock is acquired by a third party; (ii) substantially all of
the  Company's  assets are  acquired by a third  party;  or (iii) the Company is
merged with and into another  entity,  and in either of such events,  such third
party or entity or the Executive elects to terminate her employment hereunder.

               Section  5.2 The  Executive's  Entitlements  Upon 


                                       6
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

Termination - General.

                      (a) Except to the extent specifically provided for herein,
the  Executive  shall not be entitled to receive any severance pay or other form
of compensation upon termination of her employment hereunder.

                      (b) In the event that the Executive's employment hereunder
shall  terminate  pursuant to any of the  provisions of Section 5.1 hereof,  the
Executive (or her estate in the event of her death) shall be entitled to receive
all unpaid  Compensation1  and bonuses which shall have accrued through the date
of termination.

               Section  5.3 The  Executive's  Entitlements  Upon  Termination  -
Death.  In the event of  termination  of this  Agreement due to the  Executive's
death, the sole obligation which the Company shall owe to the Executive's estate
(or any other beneficiary of the Executive's  choosing) shall be to pay or cause
to be paid the insurance benefits described in Section 2.5(a) hereof.

               Section 5.4 The Executive's Entitlements Upon Termination Illness
or  Incapacity.  In the event of termination of this Agreement due to illness or
other  incapacity,  the Executive shall also receive  severance pay equal to one
year's salary payable in the amount  equivalent to her annual salary at the time
when the  Company  shall  have sent to the  Executive  the notice  specified  in
Section 5.1(b) hereof.  Unless otherwise  agreed by the Company,  such severance
shall be paid in the same manner as the Executive's  salary would have been paid
to her during the course of the applicable period of time.

               Section 5.5 The Executive's  Entitlements Upon Termination Change
of  Control.  In the  event  that the  Executive's  employment  shall  terminate
pursuant to any of the provisions of Section 5.1(e) hereof,  the Executive shall
be entitled to receive, in lieu of any benefit or provision made pursuant to any
other section or subsection of this  Agreement:  (a) all salary which  otherwise
would be due to her during the remainder of the term of this Agreement  pursuant
to Section 2.1 hereof,  payable in the manner provided in such section;  (b) all


- --------
(1) i.e., the aggregate amount  reportable by the Company on the Executive's IRS
W-2 form with respect to the salary and employee and executive benefits which he
would have  received  through  the date on which  termination  or death  occurs,
including  all sums  payable to the  Executive  for accrued but unused  vacation
time, less all payments made during such year to him or for his benefit pursuant
to Section 2.1 hereof.



                                       7
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

benefits which otherwise would be due to her during the remainder of the term of
this  Agreement  pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 2.5 hereof,  to be provided in the
manners  provided in such  sections;  and (c) the sum of $100,000 which shall be
payable in a lump sum (less  required tax  withholdings)  not later than 30 days
after the date of such  termination.  The  provisions  of this Section 5.5 shall
survive the termination of this  Agreement,  and shall be binding upon any third
party or entity which  acquires a majority of the Company's  outstanding  Common
Stock or substantially all of its assets, or which is the surviving  constituent
of a merger with the Company.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                 Indemnification

               Section  6.1  The  Executive's   Entitlements.   Subject  to  any
limitations  imposed by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation  and/or
Bylaws of the  Company,  and until such time as the  Company  shall enter into a
separate  indemnification   agreement  with  the  Executive,  the  Company  will
indemnify and defend the Executive  hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable  law with  respect to all claims for  compensatory  damages  (but not
punitive damages or the expenses  incurred by the Executive in defending against
such claims)  alleged  against the  Executive in any action,  suit or proceeding
commenced  against  her by reason of her status as a present or former  officer,
director or employee of the  Company,  or any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the
Company,  including actions brought by or in the right of the Company to procure
a judgment  in its favor.  The  provisions  of this  Article  shall  survive the
termination of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                               Litigation Expenses

               Section 7.1 Payment by the  Company.  In the event the  Executive
becomes  a party to any  litigation  regarding  any  matter  pertaining  to this
Agreement, or any act of commission or omission alleged to have been made by the
Executive while employed by the Company,  including actions brought by or in the
right of the  Company to procure a judgment  in its favor  (each of which  shall
hereinafter be referred to as a "Covered Proceeding"),  the Executive shall have
the right to have her expenses,  including,  but not limited to all of her legal
fees in prosecuting or defending  such  proceeding,  paid by the Company as such
expenses are incurred during the course of such Covered  Proceeding.  This right
shall be in addition to any other rights of  indemnification  the  Executive may
have  under the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or Bylaws  of the  Company,  or
pursuant to any Indemnity Agreement or to applicable law. The provisions of this
Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

               Section  7.2  Decision  by the  Company  Not to Pay  Expenses  in
Advance. Anything herein or elsewhere contained to the contrary notwithstanding,
in the  event  that the  Board of  Directors  determines  in good  faith,  after
reviewing  the facts  available to it at the time of  commencement  of a Covered
Proceeding,  that (a) there is a substantial  likelihood that the claims alleged
against the Executive will be sustained on the merits;  (b) the facts underlying
such claims would support a termination  of this Agreement for cause pursuant to
Section 5.1(c) hereof; and (c) it would not, under such circumstances, be in the
best  interest of the  Company to pay the  expenses  incurred  by the  Executive
including,  but not limited to all of her legal fees in prosecuting or defending
such proceeding, as such expenses are incurred, the Company shall give notice in
writing to the Executive of its  determination and the facts upon which the same
shall be based (a  "Determination").  In such event,  unless and until the court
having  jurisdiction over the Covered  Proceeding (or another court of competent
jurisdiction), after reviewing the relevant facts and the reasons upon which the
Determination  has been  based,  orders  the  Company  to  undertake  to pay the
Executive's  expenses,  as the same are incurred,  the provisions of Section 7.1
hereof shall not be deemed to apply to such Covered Proceeding.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                                  Miscellaneous

               Section 8.1 Assignability. This Agreement shall not be assignable
by the Executive.  This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company without
the prior written consent of the Executive except to a corporation  which is the
surviving entity in any merger involving the Company,  or to a corporation which
acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the Company.

               Section 8.2  Notices.  All  notices,  advices,  demands and other
communications  under this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly given to made on the next  business day if delivered by facsimile
transmission,  overnight  courier or Express Mail, or on the tenth  business day
after being mailed by first class, certified mail, postage prepaid, and properly
addressed as follows:

To the Company at:
c/o Manhattan Associates
150 East 52nd Street
New York, New York  10022

Attention: Mr. Arthur H. Goldberg

To the Executive at:

                                       9
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

20542 San Jose Street
Chatsworth, California  91311

or to such  other  address  as either  party may  designate  by notice  given in
accordance with this Article.

               Section 8.3  Benefit.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs,  personal
representatives, successor and assigns.

               Section 8.4 Entire Agreement; Modification Waiver. This Agreement
constitutes the entire agreement  between the parties  pertaining to the subject
matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements,
representations and understandings of the parties. No termination,  modification
or amendment of this Agreement  shall be binding,  unless executed in writing by
the parties  hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall
be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision,  whether or not
similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

               Section  8.5  Sections  Headings.  The  section  headings of this
Agreement are included for convenience  only and shall not affect in any way the
construction of interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

               Section 8.6 Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by
and  construed in  accordance  with the  internal  laws of the State of New York
without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.



                                       10
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


               Section  8.7  Severability.  In the event that any one or more of
the provisions  contained in this  Agreement  shall be determined to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason,  the validity,  legality
and  enforceability of any such provision in any other respect and the remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall not be in any way impaired.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                            Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.

                                            By:________________________________
                                                       Arthur H. Goldberg,
                                                   Chairman and Chief Executive

                                              _________________________________
                                                             Glenda Klein


<PAGE>



<PAGE>

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


        AGREEMENT  dated  as of  December  23,  1996,  by  and  between  Pioneer
Commercial Funding Corp. ("Pioneer"), a New York corporation having an office at
6660 Reseda Boulevard,  Reseda,  California 91335 and Trans Lending Corporation,
(the "Corporation"), a Delaware corporation having an office at 5081 North Dixie
Highway, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.

        WHEREAS,  Pioneer desires to purchase from the Corporation,  pursuant to
the terms,  and subject to the conditions  hereinafter set forth,  500 shares of
the  Corporation's  Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock")
and 200 shares of the Corporation's  non-voting,  non-dividend  paying preferred
stock, par value $1,000 per share (the "Preferred Stock"); and

        WHEREAS,  Pioneer  and the  Corporation  desire to set forth  agreements
concerning the manner in which the business of the  Corporation  will be managed
after Pioneer acquires such securities from the Corporation,

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual terms,
covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, it is hereby agreed as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1

                      PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES BY PIONEER


        Section  1.1  Purchase of  Securities.  At the Closing to be held on the
Closing Date,  Pioneer shall purchase from the  Corporation 500 shares of Common
Stock (the "Common  Shares") and 200 shares of Preferrred  Stock (the "Preferred
Shares")  in  consideration  for the  payment to the  Corporation  of the sum of
$300,000  to  be  made  by  wire  transfer  to  an  account  designated  by  the
Corporation,  or by good, unendorsed certified check payable to the order of the
Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE 2

                         REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PARTIES

        Section 2.1 The Corporation's Representations.

               (a) The  Corporation  (i) has been duly  organized and is validly
existing  as a  corporation  in good  standing  under  the laws of the  state of
Delaware,  (ii) is duly qualified and licensed and in good standing as a foreign
corporation  in each  jurisdiction  in which its  ownership  or  leasing  of any
properties or the character


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

of its  operations  requires such  qualification or licensing, and (iii) has all
requisite  corporate  power and authority and has obtained any and all necessary
authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,   certificates,  franchises  and
permits  of  and  from  all  governmental  or  regulatory  officials  and bodies
(including,  without  limitation,  those having jurisdiction over  environmental
or similar  matters)  to own or lease its  properties  and conduct its business.

               (b) The Corporation is not a party to or bound by any instrument,
agreement or other arrangement (other than this  Agreement)  providing for it to
issue  any  capital  stock,  rights,  warrants,  options   or other  securities.
Immediately  prior  to  the  Closing  there  shall be issued and outstanding 500
shares  of Common Stockand none of the shares of Preferred Stock.

               (c)  Schedule  A  annexed  hereto  contains   monthly  cash  flow
projections  prepared by the Corporation with respect to its proposed operations
during the period from December 1996 - December  1997 (the  "Projections").  The
Projections were prepared by the Corporation's management with all due diligence
based  upon such  management's  experience  and  knowledge  of the  business  of
assembling,   packaging   and  selling   automotive   financing   contracts   to
institutional  purchasers  thereof.  In accordance with the  Projections,  it is
anticipated that the Corporation will generate a cumulative loss from operations
of  approximately  $68,400 during the period  December 1996 - February 1997, and
will thereafter generate positive cash flows from its operations.

          (d) Kenneth Germain ("Germain"), the President of the Corporation, has
in excess of 15 years of experience in the automotive financing business.

          (e) The  Corporation  has entered into  agreements  with the companies
identified on Schedule B annexed  hereto,  pursuant to which the Corporation has
been  appointed to represent such  companies in their  respective  capacities as
purchasers of automobile financing paper.

          (f) At or prior to the Closing,  the  Corporation  shall enter into an
employment  agreement with Germain containing such terms and conditions as shall
be acceptable to the Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer.

        Section 2.2 Pioneer's Representations.

          (a) Pioneer is acquiring the Common  Shares and the  Preferred  Shares
solely for its own account.

          (b) Pioneer is an  "accredited  investor"  (as that term is defined in
rule 501 of  Regulation  D under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
"Act")).



                                       2
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


Pioneer acknowledges that it has been given the opportunity to ask questions and
receive  satisfactory  answers  concerning  this  Agreement,  the operations and
financial  condition of the  Corporation,  and the  accuracy of the  information
provided by the Corporation to Pioneer.

          (c) Pioneer has no intention of  distributing  or reselling the Common
Shares,  the Preferred Shares or any part thereof,  or interest therein,  in any
transaction  which would be in  violation of the  securities  laws of the United
States of America or any state securities laws.

          (d) Upon original issuance thereof, and until such time as the same is
no  longer   required  under  the  applicable   requirements  of  the  Act,  the
certificates  evidencing  Pioneer's  ownership  of the  Common  Shares  and  the
Preferred Shares (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution
thereof) shall bear the following legend:


          "THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT
          BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS
          AMENDED,  OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH
          SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF
          REGISTRATION  OR AN  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM  UNDER SAID ACT OR
          SUCH LAWS."



                                    ARTICLE 3

                                     CLOSING

          Section 3.1 Date,  Time and Place of Closing.  The closing of the sale
of the Common Shares and  Preferred  Shares by the  Corporation  to Pioneer (the
"Closing")  shall take place on  December , 1996 (the  "Closing  Date") at 10:30
A.M. New York time,  at the offices of the  Corporation,  or on such other date,
and at such other time and place as the parties may mutually agree upon.

          Section  3.2  Conditions  Precedent  to  Closing.  At or  prior to the
Closing,  as conditions  precedent to each party's  obligation to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby:

               (a)  Pioneer  shall  deliver  to the  Corporation  a  Secretary's
Certificate attesting to the passage and continuing effect of resolutions by the
Board of Directors of Pioneer  authorizing Pioneer to execute this Agreement and
consummate the 


                                       3
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


transactions contemplated hereby.

               (b) The Corporation shall deliver to Pioneer:

                   (i) a  good  standing  certificate  issued  by  the  Delaware
Department of State not earlier than 30 days prior to the Closing; and

                   (ii) a Secretary's  Certificate  attesting to the passage and
continuing  effect of resolutions  by the Board of Directors of the  Corporation
authorizing  the  Corporation  to execute  this  Agreement  and  consummate  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

               (c) The  Corporation  and Germain  shall  execute the  employment
agreement described in Section 4.2 hereof.

               (d) Germain and Pioneer  shall  execute that certain  Non-Compete
Agreement of even date herewith.

               (e) Alan Mann ("Mann")  shall  deliver to Germain an  irrevocable
proxy  authorizing  Germain to vote all 250 shares of the  Corporation's  Common
Stock owned by Mann on any question coming before the Corporation's stockholders
at any  meeting  of  stockholders  or  pursuant  to any  written  consent of the
stockholders  exeuted in lieu of a meeting.  Such irrevocable proxy shall remain
in full force and effect on December 17, 1999 or on the date when Germain  shall
sell, transfer (other than to immediate members of his family),  assign, pledge,
hypotheccate  or  otherwise  dispose of any of the  shares of the  Corporation's
Common Stock owned by him, whichever shall first occur.

        Section 3.3 Deliveries to be Made at the Closing.  At the Closing:

               (a) Pioneer shall deliver to the Corporation payment of the funds
specified in Section 1.1 hereof in the manner provided therein.

               (b) The Corporation shall deliver to Pioneer:

                   (i) a share certificate evidencing Pioneer's ownership of 500
fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock; and

                   (ii) a share certificate  evidencing  Pioneer's  ownership of
200 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock.


                                    ARTICLE 4


                                       4
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


                    CONTROL; MANAGEMENT; OFFICER COMPENSATION


         Section  4.1  Control.  As long as Pioneer  shall be a holder of Common
Stock:

               (a) The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  shall  consist of
three members.

               (b) The  Corporation  shall cause all of the  shareholders of the
Corporation  other than Pioneer to vote all of their respective shares of Common
Stock in favor of the election of Arthur H. Goldberg ("Goldberg"),  Elie Housman
("Housman") and Germain as directors of the Corporation.

               (c)  Pioneer  shall vote all of its  respective  shares of Common
Stock in favor of the election of Goldberg,  Housman and Germain as directors of
the Corporation.

               (d) Pioneer shall cause  Goldberg and Housman to vote in favor of
the appointment of Germain to serve as President of the Corporation.

        Section 4.2  Compensation  to be Paid to Germain.  Commencing on the day
immediately  following  the  Closing,  and  continuing  until  such  time as the
Corporation's Board of Directors may decide otherwise,  Germain shall receive an
annual base salary,  in his capacity as  President  of the  Corporation,  in the
amount of  $96,000,  payable at the rate of $8,000 per  month.  Germain's  total
compensation  including  his annual base salary,  bonuses,  dividends  and other
distributions  with  respect to profits and all other  compensatory  payments of
every nature and description shall be in such amounts, and shall be paid as such
times as the Board  shall  determine.  The  rights,  duties and  obligations  of
Germain and the Corporation in r espect of Germain's employment are set forth in
a written employment agreement between such parties of even date herewith.

         Section  4.3  Control of  Corporation's  Operating  Bank  Account.  The
Corporation  shall  maintain an operating bank account in such bank as the Board
of  Directors  shall  determine.  No  checks  drawn  on  such  account,  and  no
withdrawals  from  said  account,  in excess  of  $1,500.00,  shall be valid and
binding upon the Corporation  unless effected by authority of Germain and either
Goldberg  or  Housman,  in  their  respective  capacities  as  officers  of  the
Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                         REDEMPTION OF PREFERRED SHARES



                                       5
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

        Section 6.1 Pioneer's Option. In the event that the cumulative loss from
operations  generated by the Corporation at any time after the Closing equals or
exceeds the sum of $100,000, Pioneer shall thereupon have the option to sell all
of the  Preferred  Shares  to the  Corporation  for  the  sum of  $200,000  (the
"Option").  Such Option  shall be  exercisable  at any time during the six month
period following Pioneer's receipt of financial  statements from the Corporation
or its independent accountants evidencing the Corporation's cumulative loss from
operations in an amount equal to or in excess of $100,000. Pioneer's exercise of
such  Option  must  be  evidenced  by a  written  notice  thereof  sent  to  the
Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall purchase all of the Preferred  Shares at a
closing to be held not more than 30 days after its  receipt of such  notice.  At
such Option  closing,  upon  receipt of the  certificates  evidencing  Pioneer's
ownership of all of the Preferred  Shares  accompanied by a stock power executed
in blank,  payment of said  purchase  price shall be made by wire transfer to an
account designated by Pioneer, or by delivery of a good, unendorsed certified or
bank check payable to Pioneer's order.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


         Section  6.1  Endorsement  on Share  Certificate.  The  certificate  or
certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock issued by
the  Corporation  to any of the parties  hereto shall,  in addition to any other
legend  required by law , have  endorsed  upon the face  thereof  the  following
legend:

               "THIS SHARE CERTIFICATE IS HELD SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF
          AN  AGREEMENT  DATED AS OF  DECEMBER  18, 1996 MADE BY TRANS
          LENDING  CORPORATION AND PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP., A
          COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."

         Section 6.2 Term of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall remain in force
until  terminated in writing by all of the  shareholders  then holding shares in
the Corporation, or upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

               (a)  the   bankruptcy,   receivership   or   dissolution  of  the
Corporation; or

               (b) the  effectuation  of an  assignment  for the  benefit of the
Corporation's creditors.

        Section 6.3 Notices. All notices, offers, acceptances, waivers and other



                                       6
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>

communications  to any party under this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been  sufficiently  given on the date of  delivery  thereof if
sent by hand,  guaranteed  overnight  courier or facsimile  transmission,  or if
mailed,   first  class  postage  prepaid  certified  mail  with  return  receipt
requested,  to such  addressee  at its or his  respective  address  first  above
written,  or to such  other  address as such  addressee,  by notice to all other
parties given in accordance with this section, may designate from time to time.

        Section 6.4 Number and Gender.  Wherever and whenever the context of any
provision of this Agreement so requires,  the employment of a particular  gender
term shall be deemed to include such other  gender term as may be required,  and
the use of a singular  term  shall be deemed to  include  the plural of same and
vice-versa, as the case may be.

         Section 6.5 Benefit.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and, subject
to the terms  hereof,  shall  operate  for the  benefit of the parties and their
respective, successors and assigns.
                     
         Section 6.6  Modification  and Amendment.  This Agreement  shall not be
modified or amended  unless such  modification  or  Amendment  is evidenced by a
writing  executed  by  all  of  the  shareholders  then  holding  shares  in the
Corporation.  This Agreement  supersedes all other agreements and understandings
heretofore or now existing between the parties hereto.

         Section 6.7  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in several
counterparts,  each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be considered
an  original  Agreement,  but all of which  together  shall  constitute  but one
instrument.
              
        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.


                                       Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.


                                       By:______________________________________
                                           Arthur H. Goldberg, Chief Executive
                                                      Officer

                                       Trans Lending Corporation


                                       By:______________________________________
                                                Kenneth Germain, President



                                       7

<PAGE>







                              NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT


        NON-COMPETE  AGREEMENT  dated as of December 23, 1996,  between  Pioneer
Commercial  Funding Corp.  (the  "Company"),  a New York  corporation  having an
office at 6660 Reseda Boulevard,  Reseda, California 91335, and Kenneth Germain,
having an office at 5081 North Dixie  Highway,  Boca Raton,  Florida  33431 (the
"Stockholder").

        WHEREAS,   simultaneously  with  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement,  the Company is  acquiring  (the  "Acquisition")  a 50% common  stock
ownership interest in Trans Lending Corporation,  a Delaware corporation ("Trans
Lending"); and

        WHEREAS,  the  Acquisition  is being made pursuant to the Stock Purchase
Agreement  dated as of December 23, 1996,  between the Company and Trans Lending
(the "Stock Purchase Agreement"); and

        WHEREAS,  immediately prior to the Acquisition, the Stockholder will own
a 50% common stock ownership  interest in Trans Lending,  and immediately  after
the Acquisition,  the Stockholder will own a 25% common stock ownership interest
in Trans Lending; and

        WHEREAS,  this  Agreement is being  entered  into  pursuant to the Stock
Purchase  Agreement in connection  with the  Acquisition,  and the execution and
delivery of this Agreement is a condition  precedent to the  consummation of the
Acquisition,

        NOW,   THEREFORE,    in   consideration   of   the   mutual   covenants,
representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and intending to be
legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

        1.      Covenant Not to Compete.

               (a) In order to induce the Company to consummate the Acquisition,
and in consideration therefor, the Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that,
subject  to the  time  limitations  set  forth  in  paragraph  1(b)  below,  the
Stockholder,  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  during  the  term  of  this
Agreement,  for himself, or as agent of or on behalf of, or in conjunction with,
any person,  firm,  corporation  or other entity  (other than on behalf of Trans
Lending),  (i) engage or participate in or become employed by or render advisory
or  other  services,  directly  or  indirectly,  to or  for  any  person,  firm,
corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture or other entity which is  principally
engaged in the businesses of purchasing  purchasing  used vehicle loans made to,
or used vehicle  leases made with,  individuals  who are deemed to be


<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


relatively high credit risks ("non-prime credit  individuals") by the new and/or
used  vehicle  dealerships  (the  "Suppliers")  who make such  loans and  leases
available  for  purchase  by Trans  Lending  or its  Customers  (as such term is
hereinafter  defined),  and/or representing in any capacity any of the customers
of Trans Lending,  i.e., the banks,  insurance companies,  stock brokerage firms
and  other  financial   institutions   and  other  entities  (all  of  whom  are
collectively  referred to as  "Customers")  in connection  with such  Customers'
purchases  of used  vehicle  loans made to, or used  vehicle  leases  made with,
non-prime  credit  individuals  (any  of the  above-described  activities  being
hereinafter referred to as a "Competitive  Business"),  (ii) invest or otherwise
have an interest in or become interested in, as a principal,  partner,  officer,
director,  Stockholder,  agent,  joint venturer,  creditor,  guarantor,  surety,
investor or otherwise,  any such person, firm, corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture or other entity principally engaged in a Competitive  Business, or (iii)
take any action with respect to the  Customers  who purchase  used vehicle loans
made to, or used vehicle leases made with, non-prime credit individuals, and the
Suppliers  who  provide  such  loans  and  leases  to Trans  Lending  which  can
reasonably  be expected to adversely  affect the  relationship  of Trans Lending
with any of such Customers or Suppliers.

               (b) The  provisions  of paragraph  1(a) above shall be subject to
the following time limitations:

                      (i) In the event of a Termination for Cause (as defined in
               the Employment  Agreement dated as of December 23, 1996,  between
               Trans Lending and the Stockholder (the "Employment  Agreement")),
               for a three (3) year period commencing on the date of termination
               of  the   Stockholder's   employment   with  Trans  Lending  (the
               "Termination Date");

                      (ii) In the event of a Voluntary  Termination  (as defined
               in  the  Employment  Agreement),  for a  three  (3)  year  period
               commencing on the Termination Date;

                      (iii) In the  event of a  Termination  Without  Cause  (as
               defined in the Employment  Agreement) (as used herein,  such term
               shall not include the non-renewal or expiration of the Employment
               Agreement),   for  a  two  (2)  year  period  commencing  on  the
               Termination Date; or

                      (iv) In the event of the  non-renewal or expiration of the
               Employment Agreement, for a one (1) year period commencing on the
               expiration of the Employment Agreement;

provided,  however,  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1(a)  hereof  shall  not be
enforceable


                                       2
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


against the  Stockholder  unless the Company or Trans Lending shall  continue to
pay the Stockholder the the Stockholder's Gross Compensation(1) during whichever
of the foregoing periods of time may be applicable.

               (c) The  limitations  imposed  upon the  Stockholder  pursuant to
paragraph  1(a) hereof shall be applicable  in Dade and Broward  Counties in the
State of Florida,  New York County in the State of New York,  Los Angeles County
in the  State  of  California,  and at the  specific  street  addresses  located
elsewhere in the United States whereat Trans  Lending's  Customers and Suppliers
are located.

               (d)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein,
the  Stockholder  may own up to 1% of the capital stock of any entity engaged in
any  Competitive  Business  that is  publicly  traded on a U.S.  national  stock
exchange or quotation  system  (provided that the Stockholder  does not control,
directly or indirectly,  through one or more entities or groups  (whether formal
or  informal),  the voting or  disposition  of greater than 1% of the  aggregate
beneficial ownership interest of any such entity).

               (e) The Stockholder  understands that the foregoing  restrictions
may limit his ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business
of Trans  Lending,  but he  nevertheless  believes that he has received and will
receive  sufficient  consideration and other benefits pursuant to this Agreement
and the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  and the  agreements  executed in  connection
therewith to clearly  justify such  restrictions  which, in any event (given his
education,  skills and ability),  the Stockholder does not believe would prevent
him from earning a living.

        2. Non-Solicitation.  For a period commencing on the date hereof through
and  including the third  anniversary  of the  termination  or expiration of the
Stockholder's employment with Trans Lending (the "Non-Solicitation Period"), the
Stockholder shall not: 

               (a) directly or indirectly,  in one or a series of  transactions,
recruit, solicit or otherwise induce or influence any corporation,  partnership,
joint venture or other entity or enterprise,  proprietor,  partner, Stockholder,
lender, director,  officer, employee,  consultant,  sales agent, joint venturer,
investor, lessor, client (including any prospective client), customer, supplier,
agent, representative or any


- ---------
        1 Gross  Compensation  shall mean the  aggregate  of (i) the annual base
salary  which  was  being  paid  to  the  Stockholder   immediately prior to the
termination  of  his  employment;  and  (ii) all  bonuses  which had  accrued to
the  Stockholder  (whether  paid  or  unpaid)  between  January 1 of the year in
which  his  employment  shall have terminated and the date immediately preceding
such termination.




                                       3
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



other person which has a business  relationship  with Trans  Lending at any time
during  the  Non-Solicitation  Period,  to  discontinue,  reduce or modify  such
employment, agency or business relationship with Trans Lending; or

               (b) employ or seek to employ or cause any  business to employ any
person who at any time during the Non-Solicitation  Period is or was employed or
retained by Trans Lending.

        3.  Confidential  Information.  The Stockholder  acknowledges that Trans
Lending  would  be  irreparably  damaged  if  any  confidential  or  proprietary
information  relating to Trans Lending or the Company or any of their respective
business  activities  were  disclosed  to or  utilized  on behalf of others in a
Competitive  Business.  Accordingly,  except  as  required  by  law  or  in  any
litigation or similar  proceeding (in which event, the Stockholder shall provide
the Company  with  prompt  notice of such  requirement  prior to making any such
disclosure,  so that the Company may seek an appropriate  protective  order,  or
otherwise cooperate with the Company in making such disclosure), the Stockholder
shall not disclose and shall keep  confidential  any  non-public or  proprietary
information  relating to Trans Lending or the Company or any of their respective
businesses  to any  person  or  entity,  nor  shall  he  make  use  of any  such
confidential or proprietary  information for the benefit of any person or entity
involved in a Competitive  Business.  For the purpose of this Section,  the term
"confidential or proprietary  information"  means all information which is known
to the  Stockholder  and relates to Trans Lending or the Company or any of their
respective  businesses and their  respective  trade secrets,  books and records,
financial information and condition, suppliers, customers, marketing and pricing
information,  and all other non-public  information relating to Trans Lending or
the Company or any of their respective businesses.

        4. Severability; Extraordinary Relief: Damages.

               (a)  It is  the  desire  and  intent  of  the  parties  that  the
provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible
under  the  laws and  public  policies  applied  in each  jurisdiction  in which
enforcement  is  sought.  Accordingly,  if  any  particular  provision  of  this
Agreement  shall be adjudicated to be invalid or  unenforceable,  such provision
shall be deemed  amended to reduce the scope of the portion thus  adjudicated to
be invalid or  unenforceable  or delete such portion from such  provision,  such
reduction  or  deletion  to apply  only with  respect to the  operation  of such
provision  of this  Agreement  in the  particular  jurisdiction  in  which  such
adjudication is made and enforced thereafter.

               (b)  The  Stockholder   acknowledges  and  understands  that  the
provisions  of this  Agreement are of a special and unique  nature,  the loss of
which cannot  adequately be  compensated  for in damages by an action at law and
that the breach of the provisions of this Agreement would cause Trans Lending or
the




                                       4
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


Company  irreparable  harm.  In  the  event  of a breach or threatened breach by
the Stockholder of any provision of this Agreement, Trans Lending or the Company
shall  be  entitled  to an  injunction  restraining  him  from  such  actual  or
threatened  breach.  Nothing  contained herein shall be construed as prohibiting
Trans  Lending or the  Company  from  pursuing  any other  remedies  (including,
without  limitation,  an  action  for  damages)  available  for such  actual  or
threatened  breach of this  Agreement,  and the pursuit of an  injunction or any
other remedy shall not be deemed to be an exclusive election of such remedy. The
Stockholder  shall  reimburse  Trans  Lending or the  Company  for all costs and
expenses  (including,   without  limitation,   reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and
expenses) incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.

        5.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains  the entire  agreement
between  the  parties  with  respect to the  subject  matter  contained  in this
Agreement  and supersede all prior  agreements  or  understandings  with respect
thereto. 

        6.  Headings.  The  section and  paragraph  headings  contained  in this
Agreement  are for  reference  purposes only and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

        7.  Notices.   All  notices,   claims,   requests,   demands  and  other
communication  hereunder shall be in writing and sent by facsimile  transmission
or by a nationally-recognized overnight courier, delivered personally, or mailed
(by registered or certified mail,  return receipt requested and postage prepaid)
as follows:

               if to the Stockholder, to:

                      Kenneth Germain
                      2190 Sunderland Avenue
                      Wellington, Florida 33414
                      Fax. No. 561-[                ]

               with a copy to:

                      David J. Bartone, Esq.
                      1450 G Street, N.W.
                      Washington, D.C.  20005-5717
                      Fax No. 202-824-8133

               if to the Company, to:

                      Pioneer Commercial Funding Corp.
                      6660 Reseda Boulevard
                      Reseda, California 91335


                                       5
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>


                      Fax: (818) 776-0056
                      Attention: Arthur H. Goldberg

               with a copy to:

                      Hall Dickler Kent Friedman & Wood LLP
                      909 Third Avenue, 27th Floor
                      New York, New York 10022
                      Fax: (212) 935-3121
                      Attention: Steven D. Dreyer

or to such  other  address  as the party to whom  notice is to be given may have
furnished  to the other  parties  in writing in  accordance  herewith.  Any such
notice or  communication  shall be deemed to have been received (a), in the case
of  personal  delivery,  on the  date  of  such  delivery,  (b) in the  case  of
nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day after the date
when sent, (c) in the case of international  overnight courier,  upon receipt of
confirmation  of  delivery,  (d) in the  case  of  telecopy  transmission,  when
received and (e) in the case of mailing,  on the third  business  day  following
posting.

        8. Governing  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the state of New  York,  without  giving  effect to
principles governing conflicts of laws.

        9. Benefits of Agreement:  Assignment.  The terms and provisions of this
Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and its
heirs, personal  representatives,  executors,  successors and permitted assigns.
This Agreement shall not be assignable by the Stockholder without the consent of
the Company. The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of each
affiliate  and  subsidiary  of the Company and each  successor  of the  Company,
whether by merger,  consolidation,  transfer of all or substantially  all of its
assets or otherwise.

        10.  Modification.  This  Agreement  shall not be altered  or  otherwise
amended except pursuant to an instrument in writing signed by each party.

        11.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number of
counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be an original instrument, but all
such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.



                                       6
<PAGE>
 

<PAGE>



        12.  Waivers.  The waiver by any party of a breach of any  provision  of
this  Agreement  shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
breach.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have duly executed this  Agreement the
date first written above.

                                    PIONEER COMMERCIAL FUNDING CORP.



                                     By:_______________________________________
                                                Arthur H. Goldberg,
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive




                                       ________________________________________
                                                   Kenneth Germain



<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission